Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
Kaṭhopaniṣad
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Amṛtabindūpaniṣat
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Brahmabindūpaniṣat
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Garbhopaniṣat
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Mūlamadhyamakārikāḥ
Nyāyasūtra
Nādabindūpaniṣat
Pāśupatasūtra
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Saṅghabhedavastu
Vaiśeṣikasūtra
Vṛddhayamasmṛti
Yogasūtra
Śira'upaniṣad
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
Abhidharmakośa
Abhidharmakośabhāṣya
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Amaruśataka
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
Bhallaṭaśataka
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Daśakumāracarita
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Harṣacarita
Kirātārjunīya
Kumārasaṃbhava
Kāmasūtra
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Meghadūta
Nyāyabhāṣya
Nyāyabindu
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
Tantrākhyāyikā
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Viṃśatikākārikā
Viṃśatikāvṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Ṛtusaṃhāra
Ṭikanikayātrā
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Amaraughaśāsana
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Commentary on Amaraughaśāsana
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
Gītagovinda
Haṃsasaṃdeśa
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kālikāpurāṇa
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Mahācīnatantra
Maṇimāhātmya
Mukundamālā
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasahṛdayatantra
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnasamuccaya
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasārṇava
Ratnadīpikā
Rājamārtaṇḍa
Rājanighaṇṭu
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
Spandakārikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Vetālapañcaviṃśatikā
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
Ānandakanda
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śyainikaśāstra
Śāktavijñāna
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Bhramarāṣṭaka
Caurapañcaśikā
Commentary on the Kādambarīsvīkaraṇasūtramañjarī
Dhanurveda
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Haṃsadūta
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Janmamaraṇavicāra
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Kokilasaṃdeśa
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasikasaṃjīvanī
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
Tarkasaṃgraha
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
AĀ, 2, 7, 1.0 vāṅ me
manasi pratiṣṭhitā mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āvīr ma edhi devasya ma āṇī sthaḥ śrutaṃ me mā prahāsīr anenādhītenāhorātrān saṃdadhāmy ṛtaṃ vadiṣyāmi satyaṃ vadiṣyāmi tan mām avatu tad vaktāram avatv avatu mām avatu vaktāram avatu vaktāram //
AĀ, 2, 7, 1.0 vāṅ me manasi pratiṣṭhitā
mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āvīr ma edhi devasya ma āṇī sthaḥ śrutaṃ me mā prahāsīr anenādhītenāhorātrān saṃdadhāmy ṛtaṃ vadiṣyāmi satyaṃ vadiṣyāmi tan mām avatu tad vaktāram avatv avatu mām avatu vaktāram avatu vaktāram //
AĀ, 1, 3, 2, 4.0 manasi vai sarve kāmāḥ śritā manasā hi sarvān kāmān dhyāyati //
AĀ, 1, 3, 2, 4.0 manasi vai sarve kāmāḥ śritā
manasā hi sarvān kāmān dhyāyati //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 9.0 tve kratum api vṛñjanti viśva iti tvayīmāni sarvāṇi bhūtāni sarvāṇi
manāṃsi sarve kratavo 'pi vṛñjantīty eva tad āha //
AĀ, 1, 3, 8, 9.0 cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ
mano vāk prāṇaḥ tā etāḥ pañca devatā imaṃ viṣṭāḥ puruṣaṃ pañco haivaitā devatā ayaṃ viṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 7.0 so 'sau lokaḥ so 'sāv ādityas tan
manas tad bṛhat sa bharadvājas tacchataṃ tāni ṣaḍ vīryāṇi bhavanti //
AĀ, 2, 1, 3, 2.0 prajāpate reto devā devānāṃ reto varṣaṃ varṣasya reta oṣadhaya oṣadhīnāṃ reto 'nnam annasya reto reto retaso retaḥ prajāḥ prajānāṃ reto hṛdayaṃ hṛdayasya reto
mano manaso reto vāg vāco retaḥ karma tad idaṃ karma kṛtam ayaṃ puruṣo brahmaṇo lokaḥ //
AĀ, 2, 1, 3, 2.0 prajāpate reto devā devānāṃ reto varṣaṃ varṣasya reta oṣadhaya oṣadhīnāṃ reto 'nnam annasya reto reto retaso retaḥ prajāḥ prajānāṃ reto hṛdayaṃ hṛdayasya reto mano
manaso reto vāg vāco retaḥ karma tad idaṃ karma kṛtam ayaṃ puruṣo brahmaṇo lokaḥ //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 2.0 vāg agniś cakṣur asāv ādityaś candramā
mano diśaḥ śrotraṃ sa eṣa prahitāṃ saṃyogo 'dhyātmam imā devatā ada u āvir adhidaivatam ity etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 10.0 manasā sṛṣṭā āpaś ca varuṇaś cāpo hāsmai śraddhāṃ saṃnamante puṇyāya karmaṇe varuṇo 'sya prajāṃ dharmeṇa dādhāraivam ete manaḥ pitaraṃ paricaranty āpaś ca varuṇaś ca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 10.0 manasā sṛṣṭā āpaś ca varuṇaś cāpo hāsmai śraddhāṃ saṃnamante puṇyāya karmaṇe varuṇo 'sya prajāṃ dharmeṇa dādhāraivam ete
manaḥ pitaraṃ paricaranty āpaś ca varuṇaś ca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 11.0 yāvad anv āpo yāvad anu varuṇas tāvān asya loko bhavati nāsya tāval loko jīryate yāvad eteṣāṃ na jīryate 'pāṃ ca varuṇasya ca ya evam etāṃ
manaso vibhūtiṃ veda //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 3.0 sa eṣa giriś cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ
mano vāk prāṇas taṃ brahmagirir ity ācakṣate //
AĀ, 2, 3, 3, 5.0 tā etā devatāḥ prāṇāpānayor eva niviṣṭāś cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ
mano vāg iti prāṇasya hy anv apāyam etā apiyanti //
AĀ, 2, 3, 5, 7.0 sa heśvaro yaśasvī kalyāṇakīrtir bhavitor īśvaro ha tu purāyuṣaḥ praitor iti ha smāhākṛtsno hy eṣa ātmā yad vāg abhi hi prāṇena
manase 'syamāno vācā nānubhavati //
AĀ, 2, 3, 8, 10.1 anakāmamāro 'tha devarathas tasya vāg uddhiḥ śrotre pakṣasī cakṣuṣī yukte
manaḥ saṃgrahītā tad ayaṃ prāṇo 'dhitiṣṭhati //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 7.0 vāk pūrvarūpaṃ
mana uttararūpaṃ prāṇaḥ saṃhiteti śūravīro māṇḍūkeyaḥ //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 8.0 atha hāsya putra āha jyeṣṭho
manaḥ pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ manasā vā agre saṃkalpayaty atha vācā vyāharati tasmān mana eva pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ prāṇas tv eva saṃhiteti //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 8.0 atha hāsya putra āha jyeṣṭho manaḥ pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ
manasā vā agre saṃkalpayaty atha vācā vyāharati tasmān mana eva pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ prāṇas tv eva saṃhiteti //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 8.0 atha hāsya putra āha jyeṣṭho manaḥ pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ manasā vā agre saṃkalpayaty atha vācā vyāharati tasmān
mana eva pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ prāṇas tv eva saṃhiteti //
AĀ, 5, 1, 5, 7.0 saṃ prāṇo vācā sam ahaṃ vācā saṃ cakṣur
manasā sam ahaṃ manasā saṃ śrotram ātmanā sam aham ātmanā mayi mahān mayi bhargo mayi bhago mayi bhujo mayi stobho mayi stomo mayi śloko mayi ghoṣo mayi yaśo mayi śrīr mayi kīrtir mayi bhuktir iti //
AĀ, 5, 1, 5, 7.0 saṃ prāṇo vācā sam ahaṃ vācā saṃ cakṣur manasā sam ahaṃ
manasā saṃ śrotram ātmanā sam aham ātmanā mayi mahān mayi bhargo mayi bhago mayi bhujo mayi stobho mayi stomo mayi śloko mayi ghoṣo mayi yaśo mayi śrīr mayi kīrtir mayi bhuktir iti //
AĀ, 5, 3, 2, 3.2 satyasaṃmitaṃ vākprabhūtaṃ
manaso vibhūtaṃ hṛdayograṃ brāhmaṇabhartṛkam //
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 21, 4.0 apaśyaṃ tvā
manasā cekitānam iti prajāvān prājāpatyaḥ prajām evāsmiṃs tad dadhāti //
AB, 2, 2, 32.0 taṃ dhīrāsaḥ kavaya un nayanti svādhyo
manasā devayanta iti ye vā anūcānās te kavayas ta evainaṃ tad unnayanti //
AB, 2, 5, 9.0 mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā manasā vā iṣita vāg vadati yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yan maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyate manasaiva tad vācam īrayati tan manaseritayā vācā devebhyo havyaṃ sampādayati //
AB, 2, 5, 9.0 mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā
manasā vā iṣita vāg vadati yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yan maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyate manasaiva tad vācam īrayati tan manaseritayā vācā devebhyo havyaṃ sampādayati //
AB, 2, 5, 9.0 mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā manasā vā iṣita vāg vadati yāṃ hy
anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yan maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyate manasaiva tad vācam īrayati tan manaseritayā vācā devebhyo havyaṃ sampādayati //
AB, 2, 5, 9.0 mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā manasā vā iṣita vāg vadati yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yan maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyate
manasaiva tad vācam īrayati tan manaseritayā vācā devebhyo havyaṃ sampādayati //
AB, 2, 5, 9.0 mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā manasā vā iṣita vāg vadati yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yan maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyate manasaiva tad vācam īrayati tan
manaseritayā vācā devebhyo havyaṃ sampādayati //
AB, 2, 10, 4.0 tisro vai devānām manotās tāsu hi teṣām
manāṃsy otāni vāg vai devānām manotā tasyāṃ hi teṣām manāṃsy otāni gaur vai devānām manotā tasyāṃ hi teṣām manāṃsy otāny agnir vai devānām manotā tasmin hi teṣām manāṃsy otāny agniḥ sarvā manotā agnau manotāḥ saṃgacchante tasmād āgneyīr eva manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānvāha //
AB, 2, 10, 4.0 tisro vai devānām manotās tāsu hi teṣām manāṃsy otāni vāg vai devānām manotā tasyāṃ hi teṣām
manāṃsy otāni gaur vai devānām manotā tasyāṃ hi teṣām manāṃsy otāny agnir vai devānām manotā tasmin hi teṣām manāṃsy otāny agniḥ sarvā manotā agnau manotāḥ saṃgacchante tasmād āgneyīr eva manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānvāha //
AB, 2, 10, 4.0 tisro vai devānām manotās tāsu hi teṣām manāṃsy otāni vāg vai devānām manotā tasyāṃ hi teṣām manāṃsy otāni gaur vai devānām manotā tasyāṃ hi teṣām
manāṃsy otāny agnir vai devānām manotā tasmin hi teṣām manāṃsy otāny agniḥ sarvā manotā agnau manotāḥ saṃgacchante tasmād āgneyīr eva manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānvāha //
AB, 2, 10, 4.0 tisro vai devānām manotās tāsu hi teṣām manāṃsy otāni vāg vai devānām manotā tasyāṃ hi teṣām manāṃsy otāni gaur vai devānām manotā tasyāṃ hi teṣām manāṃsy otāny agnir vai devānām manotā tasmin hi teṣām
manāṃsy otāny agniḥ sarvā manotā agnau manotāḥ saṃgacchante tasmād āgneyīr eva manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānvāha //
AB, 2, 26, 2.0 vāk ca prāṇaś caindravāyavaś cakṣuś ca
manaś ca maitrāvaruṇaḥ śrotraṃ cātmā cāśvinaḥ //
AB, 2, 27, 6.0 eṣa vasur vidadvasur iha vasur vidadvasur mayi vasur vidadvasuś cakṣuṣpāś cakṣur me pāhīti maitrāvaruṇam bhakṣayaty upahūtaṃ cakṣuḥ saha
manasopa māṃ cakṣuḥ saha manasā hvayatām upahūtā ṛṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā upa mām ṛṣayo daivyāso hvayantāṃ tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā iti prāṇā vā ṛṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojās tān eva tad upahvayate //
AB, 2, 27, 6.0 eṣa vasur vidadvasur iha vasur vidadvasur mayi vasur vidadvasuś cakṣuṣpāś cakṣur me pāhīti maitrāvaruṇam bhakṣayaty upahūtaṃ cakṣuḥ saha manasopa māṃ cakṣuḥ saha
manasā hvayatām upahūtā ṛṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā upa mām ṛṣayo daivyāso hvayantāṃ tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā iti prāṇā vā ṛṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojās tān eva tad upahvayate //
AB, 2, 28, 6.0 atho
mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā manasā vā iṣitā vāg vadati yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yad evātra maitrāvaruṇo dvir āgurate saiva hotur āgūḥ //
AB, 2, 28, 6.0 atho mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā
manasā vā iṣitā vāg vadati yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yad evātra maitrāvaruṇo dvir āgurate saiva hotur āgūḥ //
AB, 2, 28, 6.0 atho mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā manasā vā iṣitā vāg vadati yāṃ hy
anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yad evātra maitrāvaruṇo dvir āgurate saiva hotur āgūḥ //
AB, 2, 40, 2.0 dīdivāṃsam apūrvyam iti śaṃsati
mano vai dīdāya manaso hi na kiṃcana pūrvam asti mana eva tat saṃbhāvayati manaḥ saṃskurute //
AB, 2, 40, 2.0 dīdivāṃsam apūrvyam iti śaṃsati mano vai dīdāya
manaso hi na kiṃcana pūrvam asti mana eva tat saṃbhāvayati manaḥ saṃskurute //
AB, 2, 40, 2.0 dīdivāṃsam apūrvyam iti śaṃsati mano vai dīdāya manaso hi na kiṃcana pūrvam asti
mana eva tat saṃbhāvayati manaḥ saṃskurute //
AB, 2, 40, 2.0 dīdivāṃsam apūrvyam iti śaṃsati mano vai dīdāya manaso hi na kiṃcana pūrvam asti mana eva tat saṃbhāvayati
manaḥ saṃskurute //
AB, 3, 8, 3.0 vaṣaṭkāra mā mām pramṛkṣo māhaṃ tvām pramṛkṣam bṛhatā
mana upahvaye vyānena śarīram pratiṣṭhāsi pratiṣṭhāṃ gaccha pratiṣṭhām mā gamayeti vaṣaṭkāram anumantrayeta //
AB, 3, 19, 14.0 apa dhvāntam ūrṇuhīti yena tamasā prāvṛto manyeta tan
manasā gacched apa haivāsmāt tal lupyate //
AB, 4, 28, 1.0 bṛhac ca vā idam agre rathaṃtaraṃ cāstāṃ vāk ca vai tan
manaś cāstāṃ vāg vai rathaṃtaram mano bṛhat tad bṛhat pūrvaṃ sasṛjānaṃ rathaṃtaram atyamanyata tad rathaṃtaraṃ garbham adhatta tad vairūpam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 1.0 bṛhac ca vā idam agre rathaṃtaraṃ cāstāṃ vāk ca vai tan manaś cāstāṃ vāg vai rathaṃtaram
mano bṛhat tad bṛhat pūrvaṃ sasṛjānaṃ rathaṃtaram atyamanyata tad rathaṃtaraṃ garbham adhatta tad vairūpam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 30, 4.0 yuñjate
mana uta yuñjate dhiya iti sāvitraṃ yuktavat prathame 'hani prathamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 4, 30, 6.0 iheha vo
manasā bandhutā nara ity ārbhavaṃ yad vā eti ca preti ca tat prathamasyāhno rūpaṃ tad yat preti sarvam abhaviṣyat praiṣyann evāsmāllokād yajamānā iti tad yad iheha vo manasā bandhutā nara ity ārbhavam prathame 'hani śaṃsaty ayaṃ vai loka ihehāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayati //
AB, 4, 30, 6.0 iheha vo manasā bandhutā nara ity ārbhavaṃ yad vā eti ca preti ca tat prathamasyāhno rūpaṃ tad yat preti sarvam abhaviṣyat praiṣyann evāsmāllokād yajamānā iti tad yad iheha vo
manasā bandhutā nara ity ārbhavam prathame 'hani śaṃsaty ayaṃ vai loka ihehāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayati //
AB, 5, 20, 8.0 pra vīrayā śucayo dadrire te te satyena
manasā dīdhyānā divi kṣayantā rajasaḥ pṛthivyām ā viśvavārāśvinā gataṃ no 'yaṃ soma indra tubhyaṃ sunva ā tu pra brahmāṇo aṅgiraso nakṣanta sarasvatīṃ devayanto havanta ā no divo bṛhataḥ parvatād ā sarasvaty abhi no neṣi vasya iti praugaṃ śucivat satyavat kṣetivad gatavad okavan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 23, 4.0 manasā prastauti manasodgāyati manasā pratiharati vācā śaṃsati //
AB, 5, 23, 4.0 manasā prastauti
manasodgāyati manasā pratiharati vācā śaṃsati //
AB, 5, 23, 4.0 manasā prastauti manasodgāyati
manasā pratiharati vācā śaṃsati //
AB, 5, 23, 5.0 vāk ca vai
manaś ca devānām mithunaṃ devānām eva tan mithunena mithunam avarundhate devānām mithunena mithunam prajāyante prajātyai prajāyate prajayā paśubhir ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 5, 25, 20.0 apūrvā cābhrātṛvyā cāpūrvā tan
mano 'bhrātṛvyā tat saṃvatsaraḥ //
AB, 5, 33, 2.0 ayaṃ vai yajño yo 'yaṃ pavate tasya vāk ca
manaś ca vartanyau vācā ca hi manasā ca yajño vartata iyaṃ vai vāg ado manas tad vācā trayyā vidyayaikam pakṣaṃ saṃskurvanti manasaiva brahmā saṃskaroti //
AB, 5, 33, 2.0 ayaṃ vai yajño yo 'yaṃ pavate tasya vāk ca manaś ca vartanyau vācā ca hi
manasā ca yajño vartata iyaṃ vai vāg ado manas tad vācā trayyā vidyayaikam pakṣaṃ saṃskurvanti manasaiva brahmā saṃskaroti //
AB, 5, 33, 2.0 ayaṃ vai yajño yo 'yaṃ pavate tasya vāk ca manaś ca vartanyau vācā ca hi manasā ca yajño vartata iyaṃ vai vāg ado
manas tad vācā trayyā vidyayaikam pakṣaṃ saṃskurvanti manasaiva brahmā saṃskaroti //
AB, 5, 33, 2.0 ayaṃ vai yajño yo 'yaṃ pavate tasya vāk ca manaś ca vartanyau vācā ca hi manasā ca yajño vartata iyaṃ vai vāg ado manas tad vācā trayyā vidyayaikam pakṣaṃ saṃskurvanti
manasaiva brahmā saṃskaroti //
AB, 6, 2, 10.0 tad āhur yad adhvaryur evānyān ṛtvijaḥ saṃpreṣyaty atha kasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyata iti
mano vai grāvastotrīyāsampreṣitaṃ vā idaṃ manas tasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyate //
AB, 6, 2, 10.0 tad āhur yad adhvaryur evānyān ṛtvijaḥ saṃpreṣyaty atha kasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyata iti mano vai grāvastotrīyāsampreṣitaṃ vā idaṃ
manas tasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyate //
AB, 6, 24, 10.0 sa yat prathamaṃ ṣaḍ vālakhilyānāṃ sūktāni viharati prāṇaṃ ca tad vācaṃ ca viharati yad dvitīyaṃ cakṣuś ca tan
manaś ca viharati yat tṛtīyaṃ śrotraṃ ca tad ātmānaṃ ca viharati tad upāpto vihāre kāma upāpto vajre vālakhilyāsūpāpto vācaḥ kūṭa ekapadāyām upāptaḥ prāṇakᄆptyām //
AB, 6, 28, 4.0 sa yat prathame sūkte viharati prāṇaṃ ca tad vācaṃ ca viharati yad dvitīye cakṣuśca tan
manaś ca viharati yat tṛtīye śrotraṃ ca tad ātmānaṃ ca viharati //
AB, 7, 5, 1.0 tad āhur yasyāgnihotram adhiśritam amedhyam āpadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sarvam evainat srucy abhiparyāsicya prāṅ udetyāhavanīye haitāṃ samidham abhyādadhāty athottarata āhavanīyasyoṣṇam bhasma nirūhya juhuyān
manasā vā prājāpatyayā varcā taddhutaṃ cāhutaṃ ca sa yady ekasmin unnīte yadi dvayor eṣa eva kalpas tac ced vyapanayituṃ śaknuyān niṣṣicyaitad duṣṭam aduṣṭam abhiparyāsicya tasya yathonnītī syāt tathā juhuyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 12, 3.0 tad āhur yasya gārhapatyāhavanīyāv antareṇāno vā ratho vā śvā vā pratipadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti nainan
manasi kuryād ity āhur ātmany asya hitā bhavantīti tac cen manasi kurvīta gārhapatyād avicchinnām udakadhārāṃ haret tantuṃ tanvan rajaso bhānum anvihīty āhavanīyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 12, 3.0 tad āhur yasya gārhapatyāhavanīyāv antareṇāno vā ratho vā śvā vā pratipadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti nainan manasi kuryād ity āhur ātmany asya hitā bhavantīti tac cen
manasi kurvīta gārhapatyād avicchinnām udakadhārāṃ haret tantuṃ tanvan rajaso bhānum anvihīty āhavanīyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 16, 10.0 tasmā indraḥ stūyamānaḥ prīto
manasā hiraṇyarathaṃ dadau tam etayā pratīyāya śaśvad indra iti //
AB, 7, 33, 3.0 yad atra śiṣṭaṃ rasinaḥ sutasya yad indro apibac chacībhiḥ idaṃ tad asya
manasā śivena somaṃ rājānam iha bhakṣayāmīti //
AB, 7, 33, 4.0 śivo ha vā asmā eṣa vānaspatyaḥ śivena
manasā bhakṣito bhavaty ugraṃ hāsya rāṣṭram avyathyam bhavati ya evam etam bhakṣam bhakṣayati kṣatriyo yajamānaḥ //
AB, 8, 20, 4.0 tām pibed yad atra śiṣṭaṃ rasinaḥ sutasya yad indro apibacchacībhiḥ idaṃ tad asya
manasā śivena somaṃ rājānam iha bhakṣayāmi abhi tvā vṛṣabhā sute sutaṃ sṛjāmi pītaye tṛmpa vyaśnuhī madam iti //
Aitareyopaniṣad
AU, 1, 3, 8.3 sa yaddhainan
manasāgrahaiṣyad dhyātvā haivānnam atrapsyat //
AU, 1, 3, 11.3 sa īkṣata yadi vācābhivyāhṛtaṃ yadi prāṇenābhiprāṇitaṃ yadi cakṣuṣā dṛṣṭaṃ yadi śrotreṇa śrutaṃ yadi tvacā spṛṣṭaṃ yadi
manasā dhyātaṃ yady apānenābhyapānitaṃ yadi śiśnena visṛṣṭam atha ko 'ham iti //
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 1, 1, 16.0 yadi
manasi kurvītābhayam vo 'bhayaṃ me 'stv ity abhayaṃ haivāsya bhavaty evam upatiṣṭhamānasya //
AVPr, 1, 2, 1.0 vācā tvā hotrā prāṇenādhvaryuṇā cakṣuṣodgātrā
manasā brahmaṇā śrotreṇāgnīdhreṇaitais tvā pañcabhir ṛtvigbhir daivyair abhyuddharāmi //
AVPr, 1, 3, 11.0 yan me skannaṃ
manaso jātavedo yad vā 'skandaddhaviṣo yatra yatra utpruṣo vipruṣaḥ saṃjuhomi satyāḥ santu yajamānasya kāmāḥ svāheti //
AVPr, 1, 3, 27.0 yan me chidraṃ
manaso yac ca vācaḥ sarasvatī manyumantam jagāma viśvais tad devaiḥ saha saṃvidānaḥ saṃdadhātu bṛhaspatiḥ //
AVPr, 2, 5, 4.0 drapsaś caskandety abhimantryāthāhavanīya ājyāhutīr juhuyān
manase cetase dhiya iti sūktena //
AVPr, 5, 3, 2.0 anvāhitaś ced anugacched anv agnir ity anyaṃ praṇīyāgnyanvādhānavratopāyanābhyāṃ
manasopasthāya bhūr iti vyāharet //
AVPr, 6, 8, 4.0 trīṇi vā caturgṛhītāny anuvākasyety ācāryā ete nityakalpāyārtvijyetarūpayasāṃ tanvām ārttim ārchatāṃ cottarāṃ vā saṃdhiṃ saṃdhāya juhuyād iti taittirīyabrāhmaṇam iṣṭvā taddaivatyāmedhikīyatāmarttir vidyāj jāmiṃ puruṣavidhiṃ māyayā vā yajñasaṃbandhinīṃ
vāṅmanaścintāyāṃ prāg viharaṇād ārtāya prajāpatir manasi sārasvato vāci visṛṣṭāyāṃ vidhānaṃ dīkṣāyāṃ brahmavrate svāhety etena nyāyena vājasaneyībrāhmaṇamoghena mantrāḥ kᄆptāḥ //
AVPr, 6, 8, 4.0 trīṇi vā caturgṛhītāny anuvākasyety ācāryā ete nityakalpāyārtvijyetarūpayasāṃ tanvām ārttim ārchatāṃ cottarāṃ vā saṃdhiṃ saṃdhāya juhuyād iti taittirīyabrāhmaṇam iṣṭvā taddaivatyāmedhikīyatāmarttir vidyāj jāmiṃ puruṣavidhiṃ māyayā vā yajñasaṃbandhinīṃ vāṅmanaścintāyāṃ prāg viharaṇād ārtāya prajāpatir
manasi sārasvato vāci visṛṣṭāyāṃ vidhānaṃ dīkṣāyāṃ brahmavrate svāhety etena nyāyena vājasaneyībrāhmaṇamoghena mantrāḥ kᄆptāḥ //
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 17, 2.2 aṅkān samaṅkān haviṣā yajāmi hṛdi śrito
manasā yo jajāna //
AVP, 1, 30, 1.1 kāmas tad agre sam avartata
manaso retaḥ prathamaṃ yad āsīt /
AVP, 1, 56, 2.1 ud dharṣantāṃ maghavann āyudhāny ut satvanāṃ māmakānāṃ
manāṃsi /
AVP, 1, 65, 1.2 anāturāḥ
sumanasaḥ suvīrā jyog jīvantas tava sakhye syāma //
AVP, 1, 76, 3.1 yo no durhārd dhṛdayenābhivaste yaś cakṣuṣā
manasā yaś ca vācā /
AVP, 1, 78, 4.2 tan no devaṃ
mano adhi bravītu sunīti no nayatu dviṣate mā radhāma //
AVP, 1, 81, 1.1 yajñasya cakṣuḥ prabhṛtir mukhaṃ ca vācā śrotreṇa
manasā juhomi /
AVP, 1, 81, 3.1 yan mā hutaṃ yad ahutam ājagāma yasmād annān
manasodrārajīmi /
AVP, 1, 88, 4.1 bhīmā ṛṣayo namo astv ebhyaś cakṣur yad eṣāṃ
manasaś ca saṃdṛk /
AVP, 4, 11, 3.2 indro devānāṃ hṛdayaṃ vo astu sadhrīcīnaṃ vo
mano 'stūgram //
AVP, 4, 11, 4.1 tvaṣṭā vāyuḥ kaśyapa indram agnir
manasānv āyan haviṣas padena /
AVP, 4, 11, 4.2 avindañ chakraṃ rajasi praviṣṭaṃ sadhrīcīnaṃ vo
mano astūgram //
AVP, 4, 11, 5.2 manasā vidvān haviṣā juhomi sadhrīcīnaṃ vo mano astūgram //
AVP, 4, 11, 5.2 manasā vidvān haviṣā juhomi sadhrīcīnaṃ vo
mano astūgram //
AVP, 4, 11, 6.2 tasyośanā kratubhiḥ saṃvidānaś cittaṃ viveda
manasi praviṣṭam //
AVP, 5, 4, 4.1 mahyaṃ yajantāṃ mama yānīṣṭākūtiḥ satyā
manaso me astu /
AVP, 5, 15, 8.2 prāṇo vyāno
mana ākūtir vāg devī devebhyo havyaṃ vahatu prajānatī //
AVP, 10, 4, 5.1 yad vaḥ krūraṃ
manaso yac ca vāco devainasād yadi vā pitryeṇa /
AVP, 10, 4, 7.1 samyag vo rāṣṭraṃ saha vo
manāṃsi samīcīnāḥ paśavo viśvarūpāḥ /
AVP, 10, 9, 1.1 ye 'psv antar agnayaḥ praviṣṭā mroko
manohā khano nirdāha ātmadūṣis tanadūṣiḥ /
AVP, 12, 9, 3.2 tāsām agnau
manasaikāṃ juhomi tāṃ naḥ svādvīṃ bhūtapatiḥ kṛṇotu //
AVP, 12, 9, 9.1 namo mahimna uta cakṣuṣe vāṃ vaśarṣabhau
manasā tat kṛṇomi /
AVP, 12, 19, 2.1 kravyādam agne rudhiraṃ piśācaṃ
manohanaṃ jahi jātavedaḥ sahobhiḥ /
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 2, 12, 2.2 pāśe sa baddho durite ni yujyatāṃ yo asmākaṃ
mana idaṃ hinasti //
AVŚ, 2, 12, 3.2 vṛścāmi taṃ kuliśeneva vṛkṣaṃ yo asmākaṃ
mana idaṃ hinasti //
AVŚ, 2, 30, 1.2 evā mathnāmi te
mano yathā māṃ kāminy aso yathā man nāpagā asaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 34, 3.1 ye badhyamānam anu dīdhyānā anvaikṣanta
manasā cakṣuṣā ca /
AVŚ, 2, 35, 4.1 ghorā ṛṣayo namo astv ebhyaś cakṣur yad eṣāṃ
manasaś ca satyam /
AVŚ, 2, 35, 5.1 yajñasya cakṣuḥ prabhṛtir mukhaṃ ca vācā śrotreṇa
manasā juhomi /
AVŚ, 3, 4, 4.2 adhā
mano vasudeyāya kṛṇuṣva tato na ugro vi bhajā vasūni //
AVŚ, 3, 8, 6.1 ahaṃ gṛbhṇāmi
manasā manāṃsi mama cittam anu cittebhir eta /
AVŚ, 3, 8, 6.1 ahaṃ gṛbhṇāmi manasā
manāṃsi mama cittam anu cittebhir eta /
AVŚ, 3, 18, 6.2 mām anu pra te
mano vatsaṃ gaur iva dhāvatu pathā vār iva dhāvatu //
AVŚ, 3, 21, 5.1 yaṃ tvā hotāraṃ
manasābhi saṃvidus trayodaśa bhauvanāḥ pañca mānavāḥ /
AVŚ, 4, 21, 5.2 imā yā gāvaḥ sa janāsa indra icchāmi hṛdā
manasā cid indram //
AVŚ, 4, 38, 6.2 ime te stokā bahulā ehy arvāṅ iyaṃ te karkīha te
mano 'stu //
AVŚ, 5, 3, 4.1 mahyaṃ yajantāṃ mama yānīṣṭākūtiḥ satyā
manaso me astu /
AVŚ, 5, 6, 9.1 cakṣuṣo hete
manaso hete brahmaṇo hete tapasaś ca hete /
AVŚ, 5, 6, 10.1 yo 'smāṃś cakṣuṣā
manasā cittyākūtyā ca yo aghāyur abhidāsāt /
AVŚ, 5, 11, 1.2 pṛśniṃ varuṇa dakṣiṇāṃ dadāvān punarmagha tvaṃ
manasācikitsīḥ //
AVŚ, 6, 8, 2.2 evā ni hanmi te
mano yathā māṃ kāminy aso yathā man nāpagā asaḥ //
AVŚ, 6, 8, 3.2 evā pary emi te
mano yathā māṃ kāminy aso yathā man nāpagā asaḥ //
AVŚ, 6, 45, 1.2 parehi na tvā kāmaye vṛkṣāṁ vanāni saṃ cara gṛheṣu goṣu me
manaḥ //
AVŚ, 6, 53, 3.1 saṃ varcasā payasā saṃ tanūbhir aganmahi
manasā saṃ śivena /
AVŚ, 6, 71, 2.2 yasmān me
mana ud iva rārajīty agniṣ ṭaddhotā suhutaṃ kṛṇotu //
AVŚ, 6, 83, 4.1 vīhi svām āhutiṃ juṣāṇo
manasā svāhā manasā yad idaṃ juhomi //
AVŚ, 6, 83, 4.1 vīhi svām āhutiṃ juṣāṇo manasā svāhā
manasā yad idaṃ juhomi //
AVŚ, 6, 92, 1.1 vātaraṃhā bhava vājin yujyamāna indrasya yāhi prasave
manojavāḥ /
AVŚ, 6, 93, 2.1 manasā homair harasā ghṛtena śarvāyāstra uta rājñe bhavāya /
AVŚ, 6, 94, 2.1 ahaṃ gṛbhṇāmi
manasā manāṃsi mama cittam anu cittebhirete /
AVŚ, 6, 94, 2.1 ahaṃ gṛbhṇāmi manasā
manāṃsi mama cittam anu cittebhirete /
AVŚ, 6, 96, 3.1 yac cakṣuṣā
manasā yac ca vācopārima jāgrato yat svapantaḥ /
AVŚ, 7, 1, 1.1 dhītī vā ye anayan vāco agraṃ
manasā vā ye 'vadann ṛtāni /
AVŚ, 7, 2, 1.2 ya imaṃ yajñam
manasā ciketa pra ṇo vocas tam iheha bravaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 5, 3.1 yad devā devān haviṣā 'yajantāmartyān
manasā martyena /
AVŚ, 7, 5, 5.2 ya imaṃ yajñaṃ
manasā ciketa pra ṇo vocas tam iheha bravaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 52, 2.1 saṃ jānāmahai
manasā saṃ cikitvā mā yutsmahi manasā daivyena /
AVŚ, 7, 52, 2.1 saṃ jānāmahai manasā saṃ cikitvā mā yutsmahi
manasā daivyena /
AVŚ, 7, 70, 1.1 yat kiṃ cāsau
manasā yac ca vācā yajñair juhoti haviṣā yajuṣā /
AVŚ, 7, 73, 8.1 hiṃkṛṇvatī vasupatnī vasūnāṃ vatsam icchantī
manasā nyāgan /
AVŚ, 7, 97, 2.1 sam indra no
manasā neṣa gobhiḥ saṃ sūribhir harivant saṃ svastyā /
AVŚ, 8, 1, 7.1 mā te
manas tatra gān mā tiro bhūn mā jīvebhyaḥ pra mado mānu gāḥ pitṝn /
AVŚ, 8, 2, 3.2 yat te
manas tvayi tad dhārayāmi saṃvitsvāṅgair vada jihvayālapan //
AVŚ, 8, 3, 12.2 manyor
manasaḥ śaravyā jāyate yā tayā vidhya hṛdaye yātudhānān //
AVŚ, 8, 4, 8.1 yo mā pākena
manasā carantam abhicaṣṭe anṛtebhir vacobhiḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 2, 2.1 yan me
manaso na priyaṃ cakṣuṣo yan me babhasti nābhinandati /
AVŚ, 9, 4, 10.2 antarikṣe
manasā tvā juhomi barhiṣ ṭe dyāvāpṛthivī ubhe stām //
AVŚ, 9, 9, 6.1 pākaḥ pṛchāmi
manasā 'vijānan devānām enā nihitā padāni /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 8.1 mātā pitaram ṛta ā babhāja 'dhīty agre
manasā saṃ hi jagme /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 18.2 kavīyamānaḥ ka iha pra vocad devaṃ
manaḥ kuto adhi prajātam //
AVŚ, 9, 10, 5.1 hiṃkṛṇvatī vasupatnī vasūnāṃ vatsam ichantī
manasābhyāgāt /
AVŚ, 9, 10, 17.2 te dhītibhir
manasā te vipaścitaḥ paribhuvaḥ pari bhavanti viśvataḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 5, 48.2 manyor
manasaḥ śaravyā jāyate yā tayā vidhya hṛdaye yātudhānān //
AVŚ, 10, 8, 28.2 eko ha devo
manasi praviṣṭaḥ prathamo jātaḥ sa u garbhe antaḥ //
AVŚ, 11, 5, 24.2 prāṇāpānau janayann ād vyānaṃ vācaṃ
mano hṛdayaṃ brahma medhām //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 14.1 yo no dveṣat pṛthivi yaḥ pṛtanyād yo 'bhidāsān
manasā yo vadhena /
AVŚ, 12, 2, 49.2 anāturānt
sumanasas talpa bibhraj jyog eva naḥ puruṣagandhir edhi //
AVŚ, 13, 1, 13.1 rohito yajñasya janitā mukhaṃ ca rohitāya vācā śrotreṇa
manasā juhomi /
AVŚ, 13, 1, 19.1 vācaspate saumanasaṃ
manaś ca goṣṭhe no gā janaya yoniṣu prajāḥ /
AVŚ, 14, 1, 32.2 śubhaṃ yatīr usriyāḥ somavarcaso viśve devāḥ krann iha vo
manāṃsi //
AVŚ, 14, 1, 57.2 na steyam admi
manasodamucye svayaṃ śrathnāno varuṇasya pāśān //
AVŚ, 14, 2, 6.1 sā mandasānā
manasā śivena rayiṃ dhehi sarvavīraṃ vacasyam /
AVŚ, 15, 2, 1.6 bhūtaṃ ca bhaviṣyac ca pariṣkandau
mano vipathaṃ mātariśvā ca pavamānaś ca vipathavāhau vātaḥ sārathī reṣmā pratodaḥ kīrtiś ca yaśaś ca puraḥsarau /
AVŚ, 15, 2, 2.6 amāvāsyā ca paurṇamāsī ca pariṣkandau
mano vipathaṃ mātariśvā ca pavamānaś ca vipathavāhau vātaḥ sārathī reṣmā pratodaḥ kīrtiś ca yaśaś ca puraḥsarau /
AVŚ, 15, 2, 3.6 ahaś ca rātrī ca pariṣkandau
mano vipathaṃ mātariśvā ca pavamānaś ca vipathavāhau vātaḥ sārathī reṣmā pratodaḥ kīrtiś ca yaśaś ca puraḥsarau /
AVŚ, 15, 2, 4.6 śrutaṃ ca viśrutaṃ ca pariṣkandau
mano vipathaṃ mātariśvā ca pavamānaś ca vipathavāhau vātaḥ sārathī reṣmā pratodaḥ kīrtiś ca yaśaś ca puraḥsarau /
AVŚ, 15, 14, 1.1 sa yat prācīṃ diśam anuvyacalan mārutaṃ śardho bhūtvānuvyacalan
mano 'nnādaṃ kṛtvā /
AVŚ, 18, 1, 3.2 ni te
mano manasi dhāyy asme janyuḥ patis tanvam ā viviṣyāḥ //
AVŚ, 18, 1, 3.2 ni te mano
manasi dhāyy asme janyuḥ patis tanvam ā viviṣyāḥ //
AVŚ, 18, 1, 16.2 tasya vā tvaṃ
mana icchā sa vā tavādhā kṛṇuṣva saṃvidaṃ subhadrām //
AVŚ, 18, 1, 19.1 rapad gandharvīr apyā ca yoṣaṇā nadasya nāde pari pātu no
manaḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 9.2 mano niviṣṭam anusaṃviśasva yatra bhūmer juṣase tatra gaccha //
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 1, 6, 4.1 tatrāpi kiṃcit saṃspṛṣṭaṃ
manasi manyeta kuśairvā tṛṇair vā prajvālya pradakṣiṇaṃ paridahanam /
BaudhDhS, 2, 11, 7.2 tasya ha vā etasya brahmayajñasya vāg eva juhūr
mana upabhṛc cakṣur dhruvā medhā sruvaḥ satyam avabhṛthaḥ svargo loka udayanam /
BaudhDhS, 3, 4, 2.3 manasā kṛtaṃ manaḥ karoti manasa evedaṃ sarvaṃ yo mā kārayati tasmai svāhā /
BaudhDhS, 3, 4, 2.3 manasā kṛtaṃ
manaḥ karoti manasa evedaṃ sarvaṃ yo mā kārayati tasmai svāhā /
BaudhDhS, 3, 4, 2.3 manasā kṛtaṃ manaḥ karoti
manasa evedaṃ sarvaṃ yo mā kārayati tasmai svāhā /
BaudhDhS, 3, 6, 8.1 ye devā
manojātā manoyujaḥ sudakṣā dakṣapitāras te naḥ pāntu te no 'vantu tebhyo namas tebhyaḥ svāheti /
BaudhDhS, 3, 6, 8.1 ye devā manojātā
manoyujaḥ sudakṣā dakṣapitāras te naḥ pāntu te no 'vantu tebhyo namas tebhyaḥ svāheti /
BaudhDhS, 3, 8, 12.4 vāṅmanaḥ śiraḥpāṇi tvakcarmamāṃsaṃ pṛthivyaptejo annamayaprāṇamayamanomayavijñānamayānandamayā me śudhyantāṃ jyotir ahaṃ virajā vipāpmā bhūyāsaṃ svāheti saptabhir anuvākaiḥ //
BaudhDhS, 3, 8, 12.4 vāṅmanaḥ śiraḥpāṇi tvakcarmamāṃsaṃ pṛthivyaptejo
annamayaprāṇamayamanomayavijñānamayānandamayā me śudhyantāṃ jyotir ahaṃ virajā vipāpmā bhūyāsaṃ svāheti saptabhir anuvākaiḥ //
BaudhDhS, 4, 1, 4.1 api vā
cakṣuḥśrotratvagghrāṇamanovyatikrameṣu tribhiḥ prāṇāyāmaiḥ śudhyati //
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 27.1 prajāpataye svāhā iti
manasottare paridhisandhau saṃspṛśyākṣṇayā santatam //
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 3.1 māṃ te
manaḥ praviśatu māṃ cakṣur mām u te bhagaḥ mayi sarvāṇi bhūtāni mayi prajñānam astu te //
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 31.1 athaināṃ sarvasurabhigandhayā mālayā yunakti saṃ nā
manaḥ saṃ hṛdayāni saṃ nābhi saṃ tanutyajaḥ /
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 42.1 athaināṃ pariṣvajaty amūham asmi sā tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ reto 'haṃ retobhṛt tvaṃ
mano 'hamasmi vāk tvaṃ sāmāhamasmi ṛktvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 26.1 amedhyaṃ dṛṣṭvā japati abaddhaṃ
mano daridraṃ cakṣuḥ sūryo jyotiṣāṃ śreṣṭho dīkṣe mā mā hāsīḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 5, 2.0 tad yathā dravyahavirmantrakarmādīnām atipannaskannabhinnabhagnanaṣṭaduṣṭaviparītadagdhāśṛtyanikṛtānām anāmnāteṣu juhuyāt
mano jyotiḥ ayāś cāgne yad asmin karmaṇi svasti na indro vṛddhaśravāḥ iti vyāhṛtibhiś ca //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 11.1 athaine adbhir anumārṣṭi pavitre stho vaiṣṇavī stho yajñiye stho vāyupūte stho viṣṇor
manasā pūte stho yajñasya pavane stha iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 32.0 athotkare sphyaṃ nihanti yo mā hṛdā
manasā yaś ca vācā yo brahmaṇā karmaṇā dveṣṭi devā yaḥ śrutena hṛdayeneṣṇatā ca tasyendravajreṇa śiraś chinadmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 7.0 anūktāsu sāmidhenīṣu dhruvājyāt sruveṇopahatya vedenopayamya prājāpatyaṃ tiryañcam āghāram āghārayati prajāpataye svāheti
manasā //
BaudhŚS, 1, 18, 15.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāty upahūto 'yaṃ yajamāna iti tarhi yajamāno hotāram īkṣamāṇo vāyuṃ
manasā dhyāyed iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 6.0 atha yajñasamṛddhīr juhotīṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā vaṣaḍ aniṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā bheṣajaṃ duriṣṭyai svāhā niṣkṛtyai svāhā daurārddhyai svāhā daivībhyas tanūbhyaḥ svāhā ṛddhyai svāhā samṛddhyai svāhā sarvasamṛddhyai svāhā bhūḥ svāhā bhuvaḥ svāhā suvaḥ svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ svāhā imaṃ me varuṇa tat tvā yāmi tvaṃ no agne sa tvaṃ no agne tvam agne ayāsi ayā san
manasā hito 'yā san havyam ūhiṣe ayā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā ayāś cāgne 'sy anabhiśastīś ca satyam it tvam ayā asy ayasā manasā dhṛto ayasā havam ūhiṣe ayā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā yad asmin karmaṇy antar agāma mantrataḥ karmato vānayāhutyā tacchamayāmi sarvam tṛpyantu devā āvṛṣantāṃ ghṛtena svāhā yad asya karmaṇo 'tyarīricam yad vā nyūnam ihākaram agniṣ ṭat sviṣṭakṛd vidvān sarvaṃ sviṣṭaṃ suhutaṃ karotu me 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ kāmānāṃ samardhayitre svāhā prajāpate na tvad etāny anyo viśvā jātāni pari tā babhūva yatkāmās te juhumas tan no astu vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 6.0 atha yajñasamṛddhīr juhotīṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā vaṣaḍ aniṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā bheṣajaṃ duriṣṭyai svāhā niṣkṛtyai svāhā daurārddhyai svāhā daivībhyas tanūbhyaḥ svāhā ṛddhyai svāhā samṛddhyai svāhā sarvasamṛddhyai svāhā bhūḥ svāhā bhuvaḥ svāhā suvaḥ svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ svāhā imaṃ me varuṇa tat tvā yāmi tvaṃ no agne sa tvaṃ no agne tvam agne ayāsi ayā san manasā hito 'yā san havyam ūhiṣe ayā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā ayāś cāgne 'sy anabhiśastīś ca satyam it tvam ayā asy ayasā
manasā dhṛto ayasā havam ūhiṣe ayā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā yad asmin karmaṇy antar agāma mantrataḥ karmato vānayāhutyā tacchamayāmi sarvam tṛpyantu devā āvṛṣantāṃ ghṛtena svāhā yad asya karmaṇo 'tyarīricam yad vā nyūnam ihākaram agniṣ ṭat sviṣṭakṛd vidvān sarvaṃ sviṣṭaṃ suhutaṃ karotu me 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ kāmānāṃ samardhayitre svāhā prajāpate na tvad etāny anyo viśvā jātāni pari tā babhūva yatkāmās te juhumas tan no astu vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 6.0 ākūtiṃ devīṃ
manasaḥ puro dadhe yajñasya mātā suhavā me astu yad icchāmi manasā sakāmo videyam enaddhṛdaye niviṣṭam iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 6.0 ākūtiṃ devīṃ manasaḥ puro dadhe yajñasya mātā suhavā me astu yad icchāmi
manasā sakāmo videyam enaddhṛdaye niviṣṭam iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 3.0 athāmāvāsyena vā haviṣeṣṭvā nakṣatre vā gārhapatya ājyaṃ vilāpyotpūya sruci caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvā ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ
manasānudrutyāhavanīye juhoty anvārabdhe yajamāne svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 32.0 atha śamitur hṛdayaśūlam ādāya tena hṛdayam upatṛdya taṃ śamitre sampradāya pṛṣadājyena hṛdayam abhighārayati saṃ te
manasā manaḥ saṃ prāṇena prāṇo juṣṭaṃ devebhyo havyaṃ ghṛtavat svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 32.0 atha śamitur hṛdayaśūlam ādāya tena hṛdayam upatṛdya taṃ śamitre sampradāya pṛṣadājyena hṛdayam abhighārayati saṃ te manasā
manaḥ saṃ prāṇena prāṇo juṣṭaṃ devebhyo havyaṃ ghṛtavat svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 10, 23, 22.0 atha kārṣṇājinīr upānaha upamuñcante cite tvety adhvaryur ācite tveti pratiprasthātā
manaścite tveti brahmā tapaścite tveti yajamānaś cite tvā cite tvety eva vā sarve //
BaudhŚS, 16, 6, 16.0 hṛde tvā
manase tvety apoddhṛtyaitām anyayā saumyā gāyatryā rājānam upāvaharet //
BaudhŚS, 16, 7, 3.0 teṣu samanvārabdheṣv āhavanīye sruvāhutiṃ juhoti prajāpataye svāheti
manasā //
BaudhŚS, 16, 7, 5.0 samprasṛptān viditvādhvaryur
manasaiva prāṅ drutvā manasemāṃ pātraṃ kṛtvā manasānyaṃ grahaṃ prajāpataye gṛhṇāti upayāmagṛhīto 'si prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 7, 5.0 samprasṛptān viditvādhvaryur manasaiva prāṅ drutvā
manasemāṃ pātraṃ kṛtvā manasānyaṃ grahaṃ prajāpataye gṛhṇāti upayāmagṛhīto 'si prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 7, 5.0 samprasṛptān viditvādhvaryur manasaiva prāṅ drutvā manasemāṃ pātraṃ kṛtvā
manasānyaṃ grahaṃ prajāpataye gṛhṇāti upayāmagṛhīto 'si prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 7, 6.0 yad idaṃ kiṃ ca tad iti
manasā parimṛjya sādayati eṣa te yoniḥ prajāpataye tveti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 7, 7.0 athāpa upaspṛśya barhiṣī ādāya vācaṃyamaḥ pratyaṅ drutvā
manasaiva stotram upākaroti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 8, 4.0 yadaiteṣāṃ pāraṃ yanty athādhvaryur
manasaiva prāṅ drutvā manasaiva taṃ graham upodyacchate //
BaudhŚS, 16, 8, 4.0 yadaiteṣāṃ pāraṃ yanty athādhvaryur manasaiva prāṅ drutvā
manasaiva taṃ graham upodyacchate //
BaudhŚS, 18, 9, 35.1 athainaṃ tribhir darbhapuñjīlaiḥ pavayati yato vāto
manojavā yataḥ kṣaranti sindhavaḥ /
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
BhārGS, 1, 4, 5.0 uttaraṃ paridhisaṃdhimanvavahṛtya darvīṃ dakṣiṇāprāñcam āsīnaḥ saṃtatam ṛjum āghāram āghārayati prajāpatiṃ
manasā dhyāyan //
BhārGS, 1, 20, 6.0 caturthyāṃ snātāṃ prayatavastrāṃ brāhmaṇasaṃbhāṣāṃ saṃ te
manasā mana ity etenānuvākenopasaṃviśati //
BhārGS, 1, 20, 6.0 caturthyāṃ snātāṃ prayatavastrāṃ brāhmaṇasaṃbhāṣāṃ saṃ te manasā
mana ity etenānuvākenopasaṃviśati //
BhārGS, 2, 30, 11.1 yady enam avarṣe pruṣitam avavarṣet tad anumantrayate divo nu mā bṛhato antarikṣād apāṃ stoko abhyapatacchivena sam indriyeṇa
manasāham āgāṃ brahmaṇā kᄆptaḥ sukṛteneti //
BhārGS, 3, 2, 7.0 aparaṃ caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvā manasvatyā juhoti
mano jyotir juṣatām ityetayā //
BhārGS, 3, 21, 1.0 atha parvaṇy atīte
mano jyotir ayāś cāgne yad asminn agne svasti na indra iti catasra ājyāhutīr hutvā sthālīpākaṃ ca kuryāt prāg aṣṭamyāḥ //
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
BhārŚS, 1, 17, 6.1 barhiṣaḥ samāv apracchinnāgrau darbhau prādeśamātrau pavitre kurute pavitre stho vaiṣṇavī vāyur vāṃ
manasā punātv iti //
BhārŚS, 1, 17, 8.1 athaine adbhir anumārṣṭi viṣṇor
manasā pūte stho vaiṣṇavī stho vāyupūte stha iti //
BhārŚS, 7, 1, 1.0 paśubandhena yakṣyamāṇaḥ ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ
manasānudrutyāhavanīye sagrahaṃ juhoti //
BhārŚS, 7, 23, 13.0 sa yadi bhakṣayed etayā bhakṣayet
manasāgnibhyaḥ prahiṇomi bhakṣaṃ mama vācā taṃ saha bhakṣayantv apramādyann apramattaś carāmi śivena manasā saha bhakṣayata //
BhārŚS, 7, 23, 13.0 sa yadi bhakṣayed etayā bhakṣayet manasāgnibhyaḥ prahiṇomi bhakṣaṃ mama vācā taṃ saha bhakṣayantv apramādyann apramattaś carāmi śivena
manasā saha bhakṣayata //
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 4, 7.7 vadan vāk paśyaṃś cakṣuḥ śṛṇvañchrotraṃ manvāno
manaḥ /
BĀU, 1, 5, 3.1 trīṇy ātmane 'kuruteti
mano vācaṃ prāṇaṃ tāny ātmane 'kuruta /
BĀU, 1, 5, 3.2 anyatramanā abhūvaṃ nādarśam anyatramanā abhūvaṃ nāśrauṣam iti
manasā hy eva paśyati manasā śṛṇoti /
BĀU, 1, 5, 3.2 anyatramanā abhūvaṃ nādarśam anyatramanā abhūvaṃ nāśrauṣam iti manasā hy eva paśyati
manasā śṛṇoti /
BĀU, 1, 5, 3.3 kāmaḥ saṃkalpo vicikitsā śraddhāśraddhā dhṛtir adhṛtir hrīr dhīr bhīr ity etat sarvaṃ
mana eva /
BĀU, 1, 5, 4.2 vāg evāyaṃ loko
mano 'ntarikṣalokaḥ prāṇo 'sau lokaḥ //
BĀU, 1, 5, 19.2 tad vai daivaṃ
mano yenānandy eva bhavaty atho na śocati //
BĀU, 3, 1, 6.4 tad yad idaṃ
manaḥ so 'sau candraḥ sa brahmā sa muktiḥ sātimuktir ity atimokṣāḥ /
BĀU, 3, 2, 13.1 yājñavalkyeti hovāca yatrāsya puruṣasya mṛtasyāgniṃ vāg apyeti vātaṃ prāṇaś cakṣur ādityaṃ
manaś candraṃ diśaḥ śrotraṃ pṛthivīṃ śarīram ākāśam ātmauṣadhīr lomāni vanaspatīn keśā apsu lohitaṃ ca retaś ca nidhīyate kvāyaṃ tadā puruṣo bhavatīti /
BĀU, 3, 7, 20.1 yo
manasi tiṣṭhan manaso 'ntaro yaṃ mano na veda yasya manaḥ śarīraṃ yo mano 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 20.1 yo manasi tiṣṭhan
manaso 'ntaro yaṃ mano na veda yasya manaḥ śarīraṃ yo mano 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 20.1 yo manasi tiṣṭhan manaso 'ntaro yaṃ
mano na veda yasya manaḥ śarīraṃ yo mano 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 20.1 yo manasi tiṣṭhan manaso 'ntaro yaṃ mano na veda yasya
manaḥ śarīraṃ yo mano 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 20.1 yo manasi tiṣṭhan manaso 'ntaro yaṃ mano na veda yasya manaḥ śarīraṃ yo
mano 'ntaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 8, 8.1 sa hovāca etad vai tad akṣaraṃ gārgi brāhmaṇā abhivadanty asthūlam anaṇv ahrasvam adīrgham alohitam asneham acchāyam atamo 'vāyv anākāśam asaṅgam arasam agandham acakṣuṣkam aśrotram avāg
amano 'tejaskam aprāṇam amukham agātram anantaram abāhyam /
BĀU, 3, 9, 10.1 pṛthivy eva yasyāyatanam agnir loko
mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 11.1 kāma eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko
mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 12.1 rūpāṇy eva yasyāyatanaṃ cakṣur loko
mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 13.1 ākāśa eva yasyāyatanaṃ śrotraṃ loko
mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 14.1 tama eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko
mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 15.1 rūpāṇy eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko
mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 16.1 āpa eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko
mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 17.1 reta eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko
mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 4, 1, 6.3 yathā mātṛmān pitṛmān ācāryavān brūyāt tathā taj jābālo 'bravīn
mano vai brahmeti /
BĀU, 4, 1, 6.9 mana evāyatanam ākāśaḥ pratiṣṭhānanda ity enad upāsīta /
BĀU, 4, 1, 6.11 mana eva samrāḍ iti hovāca manasā vai samrāṭ striyam abhiharyati tasyāṃ pratirūpaḥ putro jāyate /
BĀU, 4, 1, 6.11 mana eva samrāḍ iti hovāca
manasā vai samrāṭ striyam abhiharyati tasyāṃ pratirūpaḥ putro jāyate /
BĀU, 4, 1, 6.13 mano vai samrāṭ paramaṃ brahma nainaṃ mano jahāti sarvāṇy enaṃ bhūtāny abhikṣaranti devo bhūtvā devān apyeti ya evaṃ vidvān etad upāste /
BĀU, 4, 1, 6.13 mano vai samrāṭ paramaṃ brahma nainaṃ
mano jahāti sarvāṇy enaṃ bhūtāny abhikṣaranti devo bhūtvā devān apyeti ya evaṃ vidvān etad upāste /
BĀU, 4, 4, 5.1 sa vā ayam ātmā brahma vijñānamayo
manomayo prāṇamayaś cakṣurmayaḥ śrotramayaḥ pṛthivīmaya āpomayo vāyumaya ākāśamayas tejomayo 'tejomayaḥ kāmamayo 'kāmamayaḥ krodhamayo 'krodhamayo dharmamayo 'dharmamayaḥ sarvamayaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 4, 6.2 tad eva saktaḥ saha karmaṇaiti liṅgaṃ
mano yatra niṣaktam asya /
BĀU, 4, 4, 18.1 prāṇasya prāṇam uta cakṣuṣaś cakṣur uta śrotrasya śrotram
manaso ye mano viduḥ /
BĀU, 4, 4, 18.1 prāṇasya prāṇam uta cakṣuṣaś cakṣur uta śrotrasya śrotram manaso ye
mano viduḥ /
BĀU, 6, 1, 8.3 te hocuḥ yathā kalā avadanto vācā prāṇantaḥ prāṇena paśyantaś cakṣuṣā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa vidvāṃso
manasā prajāyamānā retasaivam ajīviṣmeti /
BĀU, 6, 1, 9.3 te hocuḥ yathāndhā apaśyantaś cakṣuṣā prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa vidvāṃso
manasā prajāyamānā retasaivam ajīviṣmeti /
BĀU, 6, 1, 10.3 te hocuḥ yathā badhirā aśṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā paśyantaś cakṣuṣā vidvāṃso
manasā prajāyamānā retasaivam ajīviṣmeti /
BĀU, 6, 1, 11.3 te hocuḥ yathā mugdhā avidvāṃso
manasā prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā paśyantaś cakṣuṣā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa prajāyamānā retasaivam ajīviṣmeti /
BĀU, 6, 1, 12.3 te hocuḥ yathā klībā aprajāyamānā retasā prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā paśyantaś cakṣuṣā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa vidvāṃso
manasaivam ajīviṣmeti /
BĀU, 6, 3, 2.6 manase svāhā prajātyai svāhety agnau hutvā manthe saṃsravam avanayati /
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 2, 22, 2.2 svadhāṃ pitṛbhya āśāṃ manuṣyebhyas tṛṇodakaṃ paśubhyaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānāyānnam ātmana āgāyānīty etāni
manasā dhyāyann apramattaḥ stuvīta //
ChU, 3, 14, 2.1 manomayaḥ prāṇaśarīro bhārūpaḥ satyasaṃkalpa ākāśātmā sarvakarmā sarvakāmaḥ sarvagandhaḥ sarvarasaḥ sarvam idam abhyātto 'vāky anādaraḥ //
ChU, 5, 1, 8.4 yathā kalā avadantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena paśyantaś cakṣuṣā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa dhyāyanto
manasaivam iti /
ChU, 5, 1, 9.4 yathāndhā apaśyantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa dhyāyanto
manasaivam iti /
ChU, 5, 1, 10.3 yathā badhirā aśṛṇvantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā paśyantaś cakṣuṣā dhyāyanto
manasaivam iti /
ChU, 5, 1, 15.1 na vai vāco na cakṣūṃṣi na śrotrāṇi na
manāṃsīty ācakṣate /
ChU, 5, 18, 2.1 tasya ha vā etasyātmano vaiśvānarasya mūrdhaiva sutejāś cakṣur viśvarūpaḥ prāṇaḥ pṛthagvartmātmā saṃdeho bahulo bastir eva rayiḥ pṛthivy eva pādāv ura eva vedir lomāṇi barhir hṛdayaṃ gārhapatyo
mano 'nvāhāryapacana āsyam āhavanīyaḥ //
ChU, 6, 8, 2.2 evam eva khalu somya tan
mano diśaṃ diśaṃ patitvānyatrāyatanam alabdhvā prāṇam evopaśrayate /
ChU, 6, 8, 6.6 asya somya puruṣasya prayato vāṅ
manasi saṃpadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyām //
ChU, 6, 8, 6.6 asya somya puruṣasya prayato vāṅ manasi saṃpadyate
manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyām //
ChU, 6, 15, 1.2 tasya yāvan na vāṅ
manasi sampadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyāṃ tāvaj jānāti //
ChU, 6, 15, 1.2 tasya yāvan na vāṅ manasi sampadyate
manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyāṃ tāvaj jānāti //
ChU, 6, 15, 2.1 atha yadāsya vāṅ
manasi sampadyate manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyām atha na jānāti //
ChU, 6, 15, 2.1 atha yadāsya vāṅ manasi sampadyate
manaḥ prāṇe prāṇas tejasi tejaḥ parasyāṃ devatāyām atha na jānāti //
ChU, 7, 3, 1.2 yathā vai dve vāmalake dve vā kole dvau vākṣau muṣṭir anubhavaty evaṃ vācaṃ ca nāma ca
mano 'nubhavati /
ChU, 7, 3, 1.3 sa yadā
manasā manasyati mantrān adhīyīyety athādhīte /
ChU, 7, 3, 2.2 yāvan
manaso gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo mano brahmety upāste /
ChU, 7, 3, 2.2 yāvan manaso gataṃ tatrāsya yathākāmacāro bhavati yo
mano brahmety upāste /
ChU, 7, 26, 1.1 tasya ha vā etasyaivaṃ paśyata evaṃ manvānasyaivaṃ vijānata ātmataḥ prāṇa ātmata āśātmataḥ smara ātmata ākāśa ātmatas teja ātmata āpa ātmata āvirbhāvatirobhāvāv ātmato 'nnam ātmato balam ātmato vijñānam ātmato dhyānam ātmataś cittam ātmataḥ saṃkalpa ātmato
mana ātmato vāg ātmato nāmātmato mantrā ātmataḥ karmāṇy ātmata evedaṃ sarvam iti //
ChU, 8, 12, 5.3 sa vā eṣa etena daivena cakṣuṣā
manasaitān kāmān paśyan ramate ya ete brahmaloke //
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
DrāhŚS, 7, 2, 10.0 dadhiśeṣaṃ srucyānīyodaṅṅāvṛtya prāśnīyāt tava somavrate vayaṃ
manastanūṣu piprataḥ prajāvanto aśīmahīti //
DrāhŚS, 9, 3, 23.0 agniṣṭomasāmnā stutvā prāk patnīsaṃyājebhyo yadebhiḥ prasṛte parārdhyaṃ vrajitaṃ syāt tad gatvā pratyāvrajya
manasānutsāhe huteṣu patnīsaṃyājeṣu gārhapatya udgātā juhuyād upasṛjan dharuṇaṃ mātre mātaraṃ dharuṇo dhayan rāyaspoṣam iṣam ūrjam asmāsu dīdharat svāheti pūrvāṃ svāhākāreṇottarām //
DrāhŚS, 9, 4, 11.0 yam adhvaryur bhakṣaṃ prayacchan manyeta tasya
manasopahūya kastvā kaṃ bhakṣayāmīti bhakṣayeyuḥ //
DrāhŚS, 11, 1, 7.0 vāksarvaṃ
mano jyotirmāno bhadra iti japitvā vādayedindreṇatayeṣīkayā vetasaśākhayā ca sapalāśayā //
DrāhŚS, 12, 4, 1.2 mano jyotir juṣatām ājyasya bṛhaspatir yajñam imaṃ tanotvariṣṭaṃ yajñaṃ sam imaṃ dadhātu viśve devāsa iha mādayantām ity upāṃśu pratiṣṭhety uccair bhūr bhuvaḥ svar bṛhaspatir brahmāhaṃ mānuṣa ityupāṃśv om ity uccaiḥ //
Gautamadharmasūtra
GautDhS, 1, 1, 51.0 pāṇinā savyam upasaṃgṛhya anaṅguṣṭham adhīhi bho ityāmantrayed guruṃ tatra
cakṣurmanaḥprāṇopasparśanaṃ darbhaiḥ //
GautDhS, 3, 5, 31.1 sapta puruṣānitaś ca parataś ca hanti
manasāpiguror anṛtaṃ vadann alpeṣv apy artheṣu //
GautDhS, 3, 9, 8.1 oṃ bhūr bhuvaḥ svas tapaḥ satyaṃ yaśaḥ śrīr ūrg iḍaujas tejo varcaḥ puruṣo dharmaḥ śiva ityetair grāsānumantraṇaṃ pratimantraṃ
manasā //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 2, 9, 10.0 atha japaty āyam agāt savitā kṣureṇeti savitāraṃ
manasā dhyāyan nāpitaṃ prekṣamāṇaḥ //
GobhGS, 2, 9, 11.0 uṣṇena vāya udakenaidhīti vāyuṃ
manasā dhyāyann uṣṇodakakaṃsaṃ prekṣamāṇaḥ //
GobhGS, 4, 5, 8.0 tapaś ca tejaś ceti japitvā prāṇāyāmam
āyamyārthamanā vairūpākṣam ārabhyocchvaset //
GobhGS, 4, 8, 14.0 prāṅ vodaṅ vā grāmān niṣkramya catuṣpathe parvate vāraṇyair gomayaiḥ sthaṇḍilaṃ pratāpyāpohyāṅgārān mantraṃ
manasānudrutya sarpir āsyena juhuyāt //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 1, 5, 8.0 tasmācchrāntāttaptātsaṃtaptād omiti
mana evordhvam akṣaram udakrāmat //
GB, 1, 1, 9, 4.0 tad vrataṃ sa
manasā dhyāyed yad vā ahaṃ kiṃ ca manasā dhyāsyāmi tathaiva tad bhaviṣyati //
GB, 1, 1, 9, 4.0 tad vrataṃ sa manasā dhyāyed yad vā ahaṃ kiṃ ca
manasā dhyāsyāmi tathaiva tad bhaviṣyati //
GB, 1, 1, 20, 1.0 tasya vakāramātrayāpaś candramasam atharvavedaṃ nakṣatrāṇy om iti svam ātmānaṃ janad ity aṅgirasām ānuṣṭubhaṃ chanda ekaviṃśaṃ stomaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ śaradam ṛtuṃ
mano 'dhyātmaṃ jñānaṃ jñeyam itīndriyāṇy anvabhavat //
GB, 1, 1, 32, 7.0 sa ha maitreyaḥ svān antevāsina uvāca yathārthaṃ bhavanto yathāgṛhaṃ
yathāmano viprasṛjyantām //
GB, 1, 2, 11, 16.0 manasā hi tiryak ca diśa ūrdhvaṃ yac ca kiṃca manasaiva karoti tad brahma //
GB, 1, 2, 11, 16.0 manasā hi tiryak ca diśa ūrdhvaṃ yac ca kiṃca
manasaiva karoti tad brahma //
GB, 1, 2, 12, 3.0 hotety eva hotāraṃ brūyād vāg iti vācaṃ brahmeti brahma deva iti devam adhvaryur ity evādhvaryuṃ brūyāt prāṇāpānāv iti prāṇāpānau brahmeti brahma deva iti devam udgātety evodgātāraṃ brūyāc cakṣur iti cakṣur brahmeti brahma deva iti devaṃ brahmety eva brahmāṇaṃ brūyān
mana iti mano brahmeti brahma deva iti devam //
GB, 1, 2, 12, 3.0 hotety eva hotāraṃ brūyād vāg iti vācaṃ brahmeti brahma deva iti devam adhvaryur ity evādhvaryuṃ brūyāt prāṇāpānāv iti prāṇāpānau brahmeti brahma deva iti devam udgātety evodgātāraṃ brūyāc cakṣur iti cakṣur brahmeti brahma deva iti devaṃ brahmety eva brahmāṇaṃ brūyān mana iti
mano brahmeti brahma deva iti devam //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 21.0 tad yāni stutāni brahmānumantrayate
manasaiva tāni sadasyo janad ity etāṃ vyāhṛtiṃ japati //
GB, 1, 3, 22, 3.0 manaś ca mā pitṛyajñaś ca yajño dakṣiṇata udañcam ubhāv iti samānam //
GB, 1, 4, 2, 1.0 atha brahmāṇaṃ dīkṣayati candramā vai brahmādhidaivaṃ
mano 'dhyātmam //
GB, 1, 5, 8, 23.0 vācaṃ ha vai hotre prāyacchat prāṇam adhvaryave cakṣur udgātre
mano brahmaṇe 'ṅgāni hotrakebhya ātmānaṃ sadasyebhyaḥ //
GB, 1, 5, 19, 1.0 sa yad āha mayi sarvam ity apa evaitallokānām āha candramasaṃ devānāṃ viśvān devān devagaṇānām ānuṣṭubhaṃ chandasāṃ dakṣiṇāṃ diśāṃ śaradam ṛtūnām ekaviṃśaṃ stomānāṃ brahmavedaṃ vedānāṃ brahmatvaṃ hotrakāṇāṃ
mana indriyāṇām //
GB, 2, 3, 4, 1.0 yasyai devatāyai havir gṛhītaṃ syāt tāṃ
manasā dhyāyan vaṣaṭkuryāt //
GB, 2, 3, 5, 6.0 vaṣaṭkāra mā māṃ pramṛkṣo māhaṃ tvāṃ pramṛkṣaṃ bṛhatā
mana upahvaye vyānena śarīraṃ pratiṣṭhāsi pratiṣṭhāṃ gaccha pratiṣṭhāṃ mā gamayed iti //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 2, 13.0 uttaraṃ paridhisaṃdhim anvavahṛtya darvīṃ prajāpataye manave svāheti
manasā dhyāyan dakṣiṇāprāñcamṛjuṃ dīrghaṃ saṃtataṃ juhoti //
HirGS, 1, 3, 6.0 imaṃ me varuṇa tattvā yāmi tvaṃ no agne sa tvaṃ no agne tvam agne ayāsyayā
sanmanasā hito 'yā san havyam ūhiṣeyā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā prajāpata ity eṣā //
HirGS, 1, 8, 4.0 vyāhṛtibhiḥ samidho 'bhyādadhāty ekaikaśaḥ samastābhiś caiṣā te agne samit tayā vardhasva cā ca pyāyasva vardhiṣīmahi ca vayam ā ca pyāsiṣīmahi svāhā medhāṃ ma indro dadātu medhāṃ devī sarasvatī medhāṃ me aśvināvubhāv ādhattāṃ puṣkarasrajau svāhāpsarāsu ca yā medhā gandharveṣu ca
yanmano daivī medhā manuṣyajā sā māṃ medhā surabhirjuṣatāṃ svāhā ā māṃ medhā surabhir viśvarūpā hiraṇyavarṇā jagatī jagamyā ūrjasvatī payasā pinvamānā sā māṃ medhā supratīkā juṣatāṃ svāheti //
HirGS, 1, 17, 4.6 vaiśvānaro raśmibhir vāvṛdhāno 'ntas tiṣṭhatu me
mano 'mṛtasya ketuḥ /
HirGS, 1, 26, 14.1 prājāpatyāṃ saptavatīṃ ca hutvā daśahotāraṃ
manasānudrutya sagrahaṃ hutvā /
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 2, 3.0 trir ūrdhvam adbhir anumārjayed viṣṇor
manasā pūte stha iti sakṛd yajuṣā dvistūṣṇīm //
JaimGS, 1, 3, 6.2 manasāghārau juhoti saṃtatam akṣṇayā prajāpataye svāhetyuttaraṃ paridhisandhim anvavahṛtya sruvam indrāya svāheti dakṣiṇaṃ paridhisandhim anvavahṛtya //
JaimGS, 1, 6, 7.0 atha catuṣṭayam ādāya vrīhiyavapuṣpasarṣapāṇīti saha tair evodakumbham ādāya
manaḥ samādhīyatāṃ prasīdantu bhavanta ityuktvā sapraṇavaṃ nāndīmukhāḥ pitaraḥ prīyantām ityevam //
JaimGS, 1, 13, 2.0 śucau deśe darbheṣvāsīno darbhān dhārayamāṇaḥ pratyaṅmukho vāgyataḥ saṃdhyāṃ
manasā dhyāyed ā nakṣatrāṇām udayāt //
JaimGS, 1, 13, 9.0 sa yadi sūryābhyuditaḥ sūryābhinimrukto vā taccheṣaṃ sāvitrīṃ
manasā dhyāyet //
JaimGS, 1, 21, 6.8 amo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sāmāham asmy ṛk tvaṃ
mano 'ham asmi vāk tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai mām anuvratā bhava sahaśayyā mayā bhavāsāviti //
JaimGS, 2, 1, 18.6 vāk ca
manaś ca pitaro naḥ prajānīmāśvibhyāṃ prattaṃ svadhayā madadhvam /
JaimGS, 2, 8, 6.0 hutvā darbheṣv āsīnaḥ prāktūleṣūdaktūleṣu vā dakṣiṇena pāṇinā darbhān dhārayann oṃpūrvā vyāhṛtīḥ sāvitrīṃ ca catur anudrutya
manasā sāmasāvitrīṃ ca somaṃ rājānaṃ brahmajajñānīye cobhe vedādim ārabheta //
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 6, 1.3 tena vā etam pūrveṇa sāmapathas tad eva
manasāhṛtyopariṣṭād etasyaitasminn amṛte nidadhyād iti //
JUB, 1, 10, 1.1 sā pṛthaksalilaṃ kāmadughākṣiti prāṇasaṃhitaṃ cakṣuśśrotraṃ vākprabhūtam
manasā vyāptaṃ hṛdayāgram brāhmaṇabhaktam annaśubhaṃ varṣapavitraṃ gobhagam pṛthivyuparaṃ tapastanu varuṇapariyatanam indraśreṣṭhaṃ sahasrākṣaram ayutadhāram amṛtaṃ duhānā sarvān imāṃl lokān abhivikṣaratīti //
JUB, 1, 13, 5.2 sa
mana eva hiṅkāram akarod vācam prastāvam prāṇam udgīthaṃ cakṣuḥ pratihāraṃ śrotraṃ nidhanam /
JUB, 1, 26, 7.1 yad v eva vidyutaḥ saṃdravantyai nīlaṃ rūpam bhavati tad apāṃ rūpam annasya
manaso yajuṣaḥ //
JUB, 1, 28, 6.1 sa eṣa etasya raśmir
mano bhūtvā sarvāsv āsu prajāsu pratyavasthitaḥ /
JUB, 1, 33, 2.1 tad yad vai brahma sa prāṇo 'tha ya indraḥ sā vāg atha yaḥ prajāpatis tan
mano 'nnam eva caturthaḥ pādaḥ //
JUB, 1, 33, 3.1 mana eva hiṅkāro vāk prastāvaḥ prāṇa udgītho 'nnam eva caturthaḥ pādaḥ //
JUB, 1, 36, 8.2 tasya
mana eva hiṅkāro vāk prastāvaḥ prāṇa udgīthaś cakṣuḥ pratihāraḥ śrotraṃ nidhanam /
JUB, 1, 40, 4.1 tasyā etasyai vāco
manaḥ pādaś cakṣuḥ pādaḥ śrotram pādo vāg eva caturthaḥ pādaḥ //
JUB, 1, 45, 1.2 mano vā cakṣur apānam āhuḥ śrotraṃ śrotriyā bahudhā vadantīti //
JUB, 1, 53, 3.3 idam āyatanam
manaś ca prāṇaś cedam āyatanaṃ vāk cāpānaś ca /
JUB, 1, 58, 4.1 tad yathā vā apo hradāt kulyayoparām upanayanty evam evaitan
manaso 'dhi vācodgātā yajamānam yasya kāmān prayacchati //
JUB, 1, 59, 14.2 vāgdevatyaṃ sāma vāco
mano devatā manasaḥ paśavaḥ paśūnām oṣadhaya oṣadhīnām āpaḥ /
JUB, 1, 59, 14.2 vāgdevatyaṃ sāma vāco mano devatā
manasaḥ paśavaḥ paśūnām oṣadhaya oṣadhīnām āpaḥ /
JUB, 2, 1, 1.1 devānāṃ vai ṣaḍ udgātāra āsan vāk ca
manaś ca cakṣuś ca śrotraṃ cāpānaś ca prāṇaś ca //
JUB, 2, 1, 6.2 sa yad eva
manasā dhyāyati tad ātmana āgāyad atha ya itare kāmās tān devebhyaḥ //
JUB, 2, 6, 1.1 sa yadi brūyād ekam ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha iti vidvān ekam
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 2.1 sa yadi brūyād dvau ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvān dvau
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 3.1 sa yadi brūyāt trīn ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvāṃs trīn
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 4.1 sa yadi brūyāc caturo ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvāṃś caturo
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 5.1 sa yadi brūyāt pañca ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvān pañca
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 6.1 sa yadi brūyāt ṣaṇ ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvān ṣaṇ
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 7.1 sa yadi brūyāt sapta ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvān sapta
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 8.1 sa yadi brūyān nava ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvān nava
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 9.1 sa yadi brūyād daśa ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvān daśa
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 6, 10.1 sa yadi brūyāt sahasram ma āgāyeti prāṇa udgītha ity eva vidvān sahasram
manasā dhyāyet /
JUB, 2, 10, 7.2 tebhya idam
mana āgāyad yad idam manasā dhyāyati yad idam manasā bhuñjate //
JUB, 2, 10, 7.2 tebhya idam mana āgāyad yad idam
manasā dhyāyati yad idam manasā bhuñjate //
JUB, 2, 10, 7.2 tebhya idam mana āgāyad yad idam manasā dhyāyati yad idam
manasā bhuñjate //
JUB, 2, 11, 12.1 taṃ vāg eva bhūtvāgniḥ prāviśan
mano bhūtvā candramāś cakṣur bhūtvādityaḥ śrotram bhūtvā diśaḥ prāṇo bhūtvā vāyuḥ //
JUB, 3, 3, 15.1 sa brūyād yad vācā vadati tad vācaḥ śarīraṃ yan
manasā dhyāyati tan manasaḥ śarīraṃ yaccakṣuṣā paśyati taccakṣuṣaḥ śarīraṃ yacchrotreṇa śṛṇoti tacchrotrasya śarīram /
JUB, 3, 3, 15.1 sa brūyād yad vācā vadati tad vācaḥ śarīraṃ yan manasā dhyāyati tan
manasaḥ śarīraṃ yaccakṣuṣā paśyati taccakṣuṣaḥ śarīraṃ yacchrotreṇa śṛṇoti tacchrotrasya śarīram /
JUB, 3, 4, 3.2 ātmaiva stotriyaḥ prajānurūpaḥ prāṇo dhāyyā
manaḥ pragāthaḥ śiraḥ sūktaṃ cakṣur nivic chrotram paridhānīyā //
JUB, 3, 10, 12.2 eko ha devo
manasi praviṣṭaḥ pūrvo ha jajñe sa u garbhe 'ntar iti //
JUB, 3, 27, 14.1 mano me reto me prajā me punaḥsambhūtir me tan me tvayi tan me mopahṛthā iti candramasam avocat //
JUB, 3, 33, 8.1 sa yo haivaṃ vidvān prāṇena prāṇyāpānenāpānya
manasaitā ubhayīr devatā ātmany etya mukha ādhatte tasya sarvam āptam bhavati sarvaṃ jitam /
JUB, 3, 34, 2.1 tad yatrāda āha somaḥ pavata iti vopāvartadhvam iti vā tat sahaiva vācā
manasā prāṇena svareṇa hiṃkurvanti /
JUB, 3, 35, 1.1 pataṅgam aktam asurasya māyayā hṛdā paśyanti
manasā vipaścitaḥ /
JUB, 3, 36, 1.1 pataṅgo vācam
manasā bibharti tāṃ gandharvo 'vadad garbhe antaḥ /
JUB, 4, 18, 1.1 keneṣitam patati preṣitam
manaḥ kena prāṇaḥ prathamaḥ praiti yuktaḥ /
JUB, 4, 18, 2.1 śrotrasya śrotram
manaso mano yad vāco ha vācaṃ sa u prāṇasya prāṇaḥ /
JUB, 4, 18, 2.1 śrotrasya śrotram manaso
mano yad vāco ha vācaṃ sa u prāṇasya prāṇaḥ /
JUB, 4, 21, 5.2 yad enad gacchatīva ca
mano 'nena cainad upasmaraty abhīkṣṇaṃ saṃkalpaḥ //
JUB, 4, 22, 11.1 tad agnir vai prāṇo vāg iti pṛthivī vāyur vai prāṇo vāg ity antarikṣam ādityo vai prāṇo vāg iti dyaur diśo vai prāṇo vāg iti śrotraṃ candramā vai prāṇo vāg iti
manaḥ pumān vai prāṇo vāg iti strī //
JUB, 4, 25, 1.1 saccāsaccāsacca sacca vāk ca
manaś ca manaś ca vāk ca cakṣuś ca śrotraṃ ca śrotraṃ ca cakṣuś ca śraddhā ca tapaś ca tapaś ca śraddhā ca tāni ṣoḍaśa //
JUB, 4, 25, 1.1 saccāsaccāsacca sacca vāk ca manaś ca
manaś ca vāk ca cakṣuś ca śrotraṃ ca śrotraṃ ca cakṣuś ca śraddhā ca tapaś ca tapaś ca śraddhā ca tāni ṣoḍaśa //
JUB, 4, 26, 1.1 mano narako vāṅ narakaḥ prāṇo narakaś cakṣur narakaḥ śrotraṃ narakas tvaṅ narako hastau narako gudaṃ narakaḥ śiśnaṃ narakaḥ pādau narakaḥ //
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 2, 6.0 tad yadā vai
mana utkrāmati yadā prāṇo yadā cakṣur yadā śrotraṃ yadā vāg etān evāgnīn abhigacchati //
JB, 1, 2, 8.0 so 'ta āhutimayo
manomayaḥ prāṇamayaś cakṣurmayaḥ śrotramayo vāṅmaya ṛṅmayo yajurmayaḥ sāmamayo brahmamayo hiraṇmayo 'mṛtaḥ sambhavati //
JB, 1, 14, 3.0 atha srucam abhimṛśati hṛdayaṃ pretir
manaḥ saṃtatiś cakṣur ānatiḥ śrotram upanatir vāg āgatiḥ //
JB, 1, 16, 2.0 sa yad vācā pūrvām āhutiṃ juhoti
manasottarāṃ tad duṣkṛtasukṛte vyāvartayati //
JB, 1, 16, 6.0 atha yan
manasottarāṃ yad eva rātryā pāpaṃ karoti tasmād eva tayā vyāvartate //
JB, 1, 16, 8.0 atha yan
manasottarāṃ yad evāhnā pāpaṃ karoti tasmād eva tayā vyāvartate //
JB, 1, 43, 24.0 yad evaitan
manasottarām āhutiṃ juhoti sā tasya niṣkṛtis tayā tad atimucyata iti //
JB, 1, 45, 14.0 tasya vāk samic cakṣur jyotiḥ prāṇo dhūmo
mano viṣphuliṅgāḥ śrotram aṅgārāḥ //
JB, 1, 47, 10.0 so 'ta āhutimayo
manomayaḥ prāṇamayaś cakṣurmayaḥ śrotramayo vāṅmaya ṛṅmayo yajurmayaḥ sāmamayo brahmamayo hiraṇmayo 'mṛtaḥ sambhavati //
JB, 1, 50, 16.0 taṃ ha vai
manojavasaḥ pitaraś ca pitāmahāś ca pratyāgacchanti tataḥ kiṃ na āhārṣīr iti //
JB, 1, 70, 11.0 namaḥ samudrāya namaḥ samudrasya cakṣasa iti vāg vai samudro
manaḥ samudrasya cakṣa etābhyām evaitad devatābhyāṃ namaskaroty ārtvijyaṃ kariṣyan //
JB, 1, 104, 1.0 gāyatryāṃ prastutāyāṃ gāyatram eva gāyan pṛthivīṃ
manasā gacchet //
JB, 1, 104, 5.0 triṣṭubhi prastutāyāṃ gāyatram eva gāyann antarikṣaṃ
manasā gacchet //
JB, 1, 104, 9.0 jagatyāṃ prastutāyāṃ gāyatram eva gāyan diśaḥ paśūn
manasā gacchet //
JB, 1, 104, 13.0 anuṣṭubhi prastutāyāṃ gāyatram eva gāyan divaṃ
manasā gacchet //
JB, 1, 104, 16.0 paṅktyāṃ prastutāyāṃ gāyatram eva gāyann ṛtūn
manasā gacchet //
JB, 1, 128, 1.0 prajāpatir yad bṛhadrathantare asṛjata sa
mana evāgre bṛhad apaśyat //
JB, 1, 128, 4.0 atha yan
mano 'gre bṛhad apaśyat tasmād u bṛhadrathantare ity ākhyāyete //
JB, 1, 141, 20.0 tad āhur na puruṣa iti brūyāt parokṣam eva dhyāyen
manasaiva niyacched iti //
JB, 1, 141, 21.0 tad u vā āhur naiva parokṣaṃ dhyāyen na
manasā niyacched yad vāva veda tenaivāptam iti //
JB, 1, 149, 3.0 so 'kāmayata na man
mano 'pakrāmet punar mā mana āviśed iti //
JB, 1, 149, 3.0 so 'kāmayata na man mano 'pakrāmet punar mā
mana āviśed iti //
JB, 1, 149, 7.0 ainaṃ punar
mano viśati nāsmān mano 'pakrāmati ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 149, 7.0 ainaṃ punar mano viśati nāsmān
mano 'pakrāmati ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 154, 25.0 atha vai vo
manasānvāsiṣmahīty abruvann anv eva na ābhajateti //
JB, 1, 167, 14.0 taṃ hāvekṣeta yan me
mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgataṃ rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi manasi me cakṣur adhāś cakṣuṣi me mana āyuṣmatyā ṛco mā chaitsi mā sāmno bhāgadheyād vi yoṣam iti //
JB, 1, 167, 14.0 taṃ hāvekṣeta yan me mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgataṃ rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi
manasi me cakṣur adhāś cakṣuṣi me mana āyuṣmatyā ṛco mā chaitsi mā sāmno bhāgadheyād vi yoṣam iti //
JB, 1, 167, 14.0 taṃ hāvekṣeta yan me mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgataṃ rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi manasi me cakṣur adhāś cakṣuṣi me
mana āyuṣmatyā ṛco mā chaitsi mā sāmno bhāgadheyād vi yoṣam iti //
JB, 1, 239, 7.0 taṃ viśve devā
vāṅmanaś ca prajāpatir anuṣṭubhā chandasā yajñāyajñīyena sāmnā tṛtīyasavanenāstuvan //
JB, 1, 253, 2.0 mana eva retasyayā samīrayati prāṇaṃ gāyatryā cakṣus triṣṭubhā śrotraṃ jagatyā vācam anuṣṭubhā //
JB, 1, 261, 17.0 mano vai retasyā prāṇo gāyatrī cakṣus triṣṭup śrotraṃ jagatī vāg anuṣṭup //
JB, 1, 261, 18.0 sa yo
mano retasyeti vidvān udgāyati mahāmanā manasvy asmād ājāyate //
JB, 1, 325, 2.0 sāmno hiṃkriyamāṇa etāṃ diśaṃ yaṃ dviṣyāt taṃ
manasā nirbādheta //
JB, 1, 325, 4.0 pratihriyamāṇa etām u eva diśaṃ yaṃ dviṣyāt taṃ
manasāpastabhnuyāt //
JB, 1, 329, 10.0 tad yat kṣipraṃ rathantaraṃ gāyati
manaś caiva tad vācaṃ ca same karoti //
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
JaimŚS, 20, 5.0 tam avekṣate yan me
mano yan me mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgatam rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi //
JaimŚS, 20, 5.0 tam avekṣate yan me mano yan me
mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgatam rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi //
JaimŚS, 20, 6.0 manasi me cakṣur ādhāś cakṣuṣi me manaḥ āyuṣmatyā ṛco mā chetsi mā sāmno bhāgadheyād vi yoṣam iti //
JaimŚS, 20, 6.0 manasi me cakṣur ādhāś cakṣuṣi me
manaḥ āyuṣmatyā ṛco mā chetsi mā sāmno bhāgadheyād vi yoṣam iti //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 1, 1, 41.0 darbhāvaprachinnāntau prakṣālyānulomam anumārṣṭi viṣṇor
manasā pūte sthaḥ iti //
KauśS, 1, 5, 12.0 svāheṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā vaṣaḍ aniṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā bheṣajaṃ sviṣṭyai svāhā niṣkṛtir duriṣṭyai svāhā daivībhyas tanūbhyaḥ svāhā ayāś cāgne 'sy anabhiśastiś ca satyam it tvam ayā asi ayāsā
manasā kṛto 'yās san havyam ūhiṣe ā no dhehi bheṣajam svāhā iti oṃ svāhā bhūḥ svāhā bhuvaḥ svāhā svaḥ svāhoṃ bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ svāhā iti //
KauśS, 1, 6, 1.0 yan me skannaṃ
manaso jātavedo yad vāskandaddhaviṣo yatra yatra utpruṣo vipruṣaḥ saṃ juhomi satyāḥ santu yajamānasya kāmāḥ svāhā iti //
KauśS, 2, 3, 5.0 sahṛdayaṃ tad ū ṣu saṃ jānīdhvam eha yātu saṃ vaḥ pṛcyantāṃ saṃ vo
manāṃsi saṃjñānaṃ naḥ iti sāṃmanasyāni //
KauśS, 4, 7, 21.0 vīhi svām ity ajñātāruḥ śāntyudakena saṃprokṣya
manasā saṃpātavatā //
KauśS, 7, 5, 11.0 yathā dyaur
manase cetase dhiya iti mahāvrīhīṇāṃ sthālīpākaṃ śrapayitvā śāntyudakenopasicyābhimantrya prāśayati //
KauśS, 8, 7, 2.0 bṛhatā
mano dyauś ca me punar maitv indriyam iti pratimantrayate //
KauśS, 11, 3, 13.2 taṃ no devaṃ
mano adhi bravītu sunītir no nayatu dviṣate mā radhāmeti śāntyudakenācamyābhyukṣya //
KauśS, 11, 9, 29.1 ataḥ pitryupavītī yajñopavītī yan na idaṃ pitṛbhiḥ saha
mano 'bhūt tad upāhvayāmīti mana upāhvayati //
KauśS, 11, 9, 29.1 ataḥ pitryupavītī yajñopavītī yan na idaṃ pitṛbhiḥ saha mano 'bhūt tad upāhvayāmīti
mana upāhvayati //
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 4, 4, 9.0 somaṃ rājānaṃ candramasaṃ bhakṣayānīti
manasā dhyāyann aśnīyāt //
KauṣB, 8, 6, 10.0 apaśyaṃ tvā
manasā cekitānam ity etad asyāyatane prajākāmasyābhiṣṭuyāt //
KauṣB, 11, 5, 13.0 atiyann eva yaṃ dviṣyāt taṃ
manasā preva vidhyet chandasāṃ kṛntatreṣu //
KauṣB, 12, 7, 2.0 upahūtā devā asya somasya pavamānasya vicakṣaṇasya bhakṣa upa māṃ devā hvayantām asya somasya pavamānasya vicakṣaṇasya bhakṣe
manasā tvā bhakṣayāmi vācā tvā bhakṣayāmi prāṇena tvā bhakṣayāmi cakṣuṣā tvā bhakṣayāmi śrotreṇa tvā bhakṣayāmīti //
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
KU, 2, 1.2 tasya ha vā etasya prāṇasya brahmaṇo
mano dūtam /
KU, 2, 1.6 sa yo ha vā etasya prāṇasya brahmaṇo
mano dūtam veda dūtavān bhavati /
Kaṭhopaniṣad
KaṭhUp, 1, 10.1 śāntasaṅkalpaḥ
sumanā yathā syād vītamanyur gautamo mābhi mṛtyo /
KaṭhUp, 6, 9.2 hṛdā manīṣā
manasābhikᄆpto ya etad vidur amṛtās te bhavanti //
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 6, 1, 36.0 vediṃ kariṣyan ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ pañcagṛhītaṃ
manasānudrutya juhoty ekām āhutiṃ pañca vā dyauṣpṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ pṛthivīṃ śarīrair vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā divi devāvṛdhaṃ hotrām airayant svāheti //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
KāṭhGS, 2, 4.0 dvādaśa caturviṃśatiṃ ṣaṭtriṃśatam aṣṭācatvāriṃśataṃ vā varṣāṇi yo brahmacaryaṃ carati malajñur abalaḥ kṛśaḥ sarvaṃ sa vindate snātvā yat kiṃcin
manasecchaty etenaiva dharmeṇa sādhv adhīte //
KāṭhGS, 15, 5.0 etad vaḥ satyam ity uktvā samānā vaḥ saṃ vo
manāṃsīty ṛtvig ubhau samīkṣamāṇo japati //
KāṭhGS, 30, 3.1 apaśyaṃ tvā
manasā cekitānaṃ tapaso jātaṃ tapaso vibhūtam /
KāṭhGS, 30, 3.3 apaśyaṃ tvā
manasā dīdhyānāṃ svāyāṃ tanū ṛddhyai nādhamānām /
KāṭhGS, 47, 14.0 tvaṃ no agna iti dvābhyāṃ juhuyād ayā bhūr iti ca sarvaprāyaścittāni
mano jyotir iti saptabhiḥ //
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 9, 11, 4.0 tasya cittis srug āsīc cittam ājyaṃ vāg vedir ādhītaṃ barhiḥ keto agnir vijñātam agnid vācaspatir hotā
mana upavaktā prāṇo havis sāmādhvaryuḥ //
KS, 9, 16, 58.0 yas svargakāmas syāt sa etaṃ pañcahotāraṃ
manasānūddrutya juhuyāt //
KS, 10, 8, 43.0 manyuṃ caivaiṣv indriyaṃ ca sayujau kṛtvā tayor
mano jityai dadhāti //
KS, 12, 2, 45.0 manograhaṇaṃ vā etad evam iva sajātās striya iva pumāṃsa iva kumārā iva //
KS, 19, 10, 75.0 yarhi daṃṣṭrābhyām iti brūyād yaṃ dviṣyāt taṃ
manasā dhyāyet //
KS, 20, 9, 30.0 retasy eva sikte prāṇaṃ
manaś cakṣuś śrotraṃ vācaṃ dadhāti //
KS, 20, 10, 34.0 yad apasyā anu vayasyā upadadhāti tasmāt paśavo
nānāmanaso nānāvratāḥ //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 2, 2, 7.2 viṣāṇe viṣyaitaṃ granthiṃ yad asya guṣpitaṃ hṛdi
mano yad asya guṣpitam //
MS, 1, 2, 2, 10.1 svāhā yajñaṃ
manasaḥ svāhā divaḥ svāhā pṛthivyāḥ svāhoror antarikṣāt svāhā vātāt parigṛhṇāmi svāhā //
MS, 1, 2, 3, 3.1 ye devā manujātā
manoyujaḥ sudakṣā dakṣapitaras te no 'vantu te naḥ pāntu tebhyaḥ svāhā //
MS, 1, 2, 3, 6.1 punar
manaḥ punar āyur nā āgāt punaḥ prāṇaḥ punar ākūtam āgāt /
MS, 1, 2, 9, 2.1 yuñjate
mana uta yuñjate dhiyo viprā viprasya bṛhato vipaścitaḥ /
MS, 1, 4, 1, 8.1 areḍatā
manasā devān gaccha yajño devān gacchatu yajño devān gamyāt //
MS, 1, 4, 3, 17.2 ayāḥ san
manasā kṛtto 'yāḥ san havyam ūhiṣe 'yā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā //
MS, 1, 7, 1, 6.1 mano jyotir juṣatām ājyasya vicchinnaṃ yajñaṃ sam imaṃ dadhātu /
MS, 2, 3, 2, 16.0 yāvatām eva kiyatāṃ ca gṛhād ājyam āharanti teṣāṃ sarveṣāṃ
manāṃsi saṃgṛhṇāti //
MS, 2, 9, 1, 1.2 vātajavair balavadbhir
manojavair asmin yajñe mama havyāya śarva //
MS, 2, 10, 2, 3.2 manīṣiṇo
manasā pṛcchated u tad yad adhyatiṣṭhad bhuvanāni dhārayan //
MS, 3, 6, 9, 29.0 ye devā manujātā
manoyujā iti vrataṃ vratayaty ete vai devā manujātā manoyujo yad ime prāṇā eṣā vā asminn etarhi devatā //
MS, 3, 6, 9, 29.0 ye devā manujātā manoyujā iti vrataṃ vratayaty ete vai devā manujātā
manoyujo yad ime prāṇā eṣā vā asminn etarhi devatā //
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
MuṇḍU, 2, 2, 5.1 yasmin dyauḥ pṛthivī cāntarikṣam otaṃ
manaḥ saha prāṇaiś ca sarvaiḥ /
MuṇḍU, 2, 2, 7.3 manomayaḥ prāṇaśarīranetā pratiṣṭhito 'nne hṛdayaṃ saṃnidhāya /
MuṇḍU, 3, 1, 10.1 yaṃ yaṃ lokaṃ
manasā saṃvibhāti viśuddhasattvaḥ kāmayate yāṃśca kāmān /
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
MānGS, 1, 2, 6.1 etena dharmeṇa dvādaśa caturviṃśatiṃ ṣaṭtriṃśatam aṣṭācatvāriṃśataṃ vā varṣāṇi yo brāhmaṇo rājanyo vaiśyo vā brahmacaryaṃ carati muṇḍaḥ śikhājaṭaḥ sarvajaṭo vā malajñur abalaḥ kṛśaḥ snātvā sa sarvaṃ vindate yat kiṃcin
manasecchatīti //
MānGS, 1, 3, 2.2 vaiśvānaro vāvṛdhāno vareṇāntas tiṣṭhato me
mano amṛtasya ketuḥ ity abhyastamitaḥ //
MānGS, 1, 4, 4.3 vāṅ me
manasi pratiṣṭhitā mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āyur mayi dhehi vedasya vāṇīḥ stha /
MānGS, 1, 4, 4.3 vāṅ me manasi pratiṣṭhitā
mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āyur mayi dhehi vedasya vāṇīḥ stha /
MānGS, 1, 4, 8.3 vāṅ me
manasi pratiṣṭhitā mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āyur mayi dhehi /
MānGS, 1, 4, 8.3 vāṅ me manasi pratiṣṭhitā
mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āyur mayi dhehi /
MānGS, 1, 6, 2.0 uttarato grāmasya purastād vā śucau deśe vedyākṛtiṃ kṛtvāhavanīyasthāne sapta chandāṃsi pratiṣṭhāpya viṣṭarān darbhamuṣṭīn vā dakṣiṇāgnisthāne praugākṛtiṃ kausitaṃ khātvā paścād utkaram apāṃ pūrayitvā gārhapatyasthāne 'gniṃ praṇīya yuñjānaḥ prathamaṃ
mana ity aṣṭau hutvākūtam agniṃ prayujaṃ svāheti ṣaḍ juhoti viśvo devasya netur iti saptamīm //
MānGS, 1, 23, 6.0 yuñjānaḥ prathamaṃ
mana ity aṣṭau hutvākūtam agniṃ prayujaṃ svāheti ṣaḍ juhoti viśvo devasya neturiti saptamīm //
MānGS, 2, 2, 13.0 tūṣṇīṃ prāñcamidhmamupasamādhāya brahmāṇamāmantrya oṃ juhudhītyukte dakṣiṇena hastenāntareṇa jānunī prāṅāsīna āghārau juhoti prājāpatyamuttarārdhe prāñcaṃ
manasaindraṃ dakṣiṇārdhe prāñcameva //
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 1, 3, 4.0 yo ma ātmā yā me prajā ye me paśavas tair ahaṃ
mano vācaṃ prasīdāmi //
PB, 1, 3, 9.0 saṃ varcasā payasā saṃ tapobhir aganmahi
manasā saṃ śivena saṃ vijñānena manasaś ca satyair yathā vo 'haṃ cārutamaṃ vadānīndro vo dṛśe bhūyāsaṃ sūryaś cakṣuṣe vātaḥ prāṇāya somo gandhāya brahma kṣatrāya //
PB, 1, 3, 9.0 saṃ varcasā payasā saṃ tapobhir aganmahi manasā saṃ śivena saṃ vijñānena
manasaś ca satyair yathā vo 'haṃ cārutamaṃ vadānīndro vo dṛśe bhūyāsaṃ sūryaś cakṣuṣe vātaḥ prāṇāya somo gandhāya brahma kṣatrāya //
PB, 1, 5, 10.0 dīkṣāyai varṇena tapaso rūpeṇa
manaso mahimnā vāco vibhūtyā prajāpatis tvā yunaktu prajābhyo 'pānāya //
PB, 1, 5, 11.0 vāyur yunaktu
manasā stomaṃ yajñāya voḍhave dadhātv indra indriyaṃ satyāḥ kāmā yajamānasya santu //
PB, 1, 5, 17.0 āyur me prāṇe
manasi me prāṇa āyupatnyām ṛci yan me mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgataṃ rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi //
PB, 1, 5, 17.0 āyur me prāṇe manasi me prāṇa āyupatnyām ṛci yan me
mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgataṃ rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi //
PB, 1, 5, 18.0 yan me yamaṃ vaivasvataṃ
mano jagāma dūragās tan ma āvartayā punar jīvātave na martave 'tho ariṣṭatātaye //
PB, 4, 9, 9.0 manasā hiṃkaroti manasā prastauti manasodgāyati manasā pratiharati manasā nidhanam upayanty asamāptasya samāptyai //
PB, 4, 9, 9.0 manasā hiṃkaroti
manasā prastauti manasodgāyati manasā pratiharati manasā nidhanam upayanty asamāptasya samāptyai //
PB, 4, 9, 9.0 manasā hiṃkaroti manasā prastauti
manasodgāyati manasā pratiharati manasā nidhanam upayanty asamāptasya samāptyai //
PB, 4, 9, 9.0 manasā hiṃkaroti manasā prastauti manasodgāyati
manasā pratiharati manasā nidhanam upayanty asamāptasya samāptyai //
PB, 4, 9, 9.0 manasā hiṃkaroti manasā prastauti manasodgāyati manasā pratiharati
manasā nidhanam upayanty asamāptasya samāptyai //
PB, 4, 9, 10.0 yad vai vācā na samāpnuvanti
manasā tat samāpnuvanti //
PB, 6, 4, 7.0 namaḥ samudrāya namaḥ samudrasya cakṣuṣa ity āha vāg vai samudro
manaḥ samudrasya cakṣus tābhyām eva tan namas karoti //
PB, 6, 7, 8.0 yaṃ dviṣyāt tasyaitām āhutiṃ juhuyād vācaṃ
manasā dhyāyed vācam evāsya vṛṅkte //
PB, 7, 1, 5.0 sa
manasā dhyeyaḥ pratihṛtena gāyatreṇodgāyati pratitiṣṭhati //
PB, 7, 6, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata bahu syāṃ prajāyeyeti sa tūṣṇīṃ
manasādhyāyat tasya yan manasy āsīt tad bṛhat samabhavat //
PB, 7, 6, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata bahu syāṃ prajāyeyeti sa tūṣṇīṃ manasādhyāyat tasya yan
manasy āsīt tad bṛhat samabhavat //
PB, 7, 6, 17.0 airaṃ vai bṛhad aiḍaṃ rathantaraṃ
mano vai bṛhad vāg rathantaraṃ sāma vai bṛhad ṛg rathantaraṃ prāṇo vai bṛhad apāno rathantaram asau vai loko bṛhad ayaṃ rathantaram etāni manasānvīkṣyodgāyet kᄆptābhyām evābhyām udgāyati //
PB, 7, 6, 17.0 airaṃ vai bṛhad aiḍaṃ rathantaraṃ mano vai bṛhad vāg rathantaraṃ sāma vai bṛhad ṛg rathantaraṃ prāṇo vai bṛhad apāno rathantaram asau vai loko bṛhad ayaṃ rathantaram etāni
manasānvīkṣyodgāyet kᄆptābhyām evābhyām udgāyati //
PB, 11, 1, 3.0 manas tat pūrvaṃ vāco yujyate mano hi pūrvaṃ vāco yaddhi manasābhigacchati tad vācā vadati //
PB, 11, 1, 3.0 manas tat pūrvaṃ vāco yujyate
mano hi pūrvaṃ vāco yaddhi manasābhigacchati tad vācā vadati //
PB, 11, 1, 3.0 manas tat pūrvaṃ vāco yujyate mano hi pūrvaṃ vāco yaddhi
manasābhigacchati tad vācā vadati //
PB, 14, 6, 1.0 ā te vatso
mano yamad ity apacchid iva vā etad yajñakāṇḍaṃ yad ukthāni yad eti salomatvāyaiva //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
PārGS, 1, 5, 9.1 cittaṃ ca cittiś cākūtaṃ cākūtiś ca vijñātaṃ ca vijñātiś ca
manaś ca śakvarīś ca darśaś ca paurṇamāsaṃ ca bṛhac ca rathantaraṃ ca /
PārGS, 2, 2, 9.2 taṃ dhīrāsaḥ kavaya unnayanti svādhyo
manasā devayanta iti vā //
PārGS, 2, 6, 10.0 ye apsvantaragnayaḥ praviṣṭā gohya upagohyo mayūṣo
manohā skhalo virujas tanūdūṣur indriyahātān vijahāmi yo rocanastamiha gṛhṇāmītyekasmād apo gṛhītvā //
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 2, 4, 2.1 tena nagaraṃ vā nigamaṃ vā grāmaṃ vā goṣṭhaṃ vāgāraṃ vā
manasā dhyāyan parilikhen nātrāniṣṭāḥ praviśanti //
SVidhB, 2, 4, 4.1 udyataśastrān śatrūn dṛṣṭvā devavratāni
manasā dhyāyan nainaṃ hiṃsanti //
SVidhB, 2, 7, 13.1 vacāṃ madhukam ity ete āsye 'vadhāyāpāṃ phenenety etan
manasānudrutyānte svāhākāreṇa nigīrya rājanvān aham arājakas tvam asīty uktvā vivadet /
SVidhB, 3, 1, 10.1 vrīhiyavau sarpirmadhumiśrāv āsye 'vadhāya sa pūrvyo mahonām ity etan
manasānudrutyānte svāhākāreṇa nigiret /
SVidhB, 3, 6, 13.1 āmagarbhasya vā kṣureṇāṅgāny avadāyāgnau juhuyāt kakṣavargādyaiś caturbhiḥ sapatnaṃ
manasā dhyāyant sadyo na bhavati sadyo na bhavati //
SVidhB, 3, 7, 9.1 aṣṭarātropoṣito 'māvāsyāyāṃ mukha ājyaṃ kṛtvā agniṃ nara ity etayoḥ pūrvaṃ
manasānudrutyānte svāhākāreṇāgnau juhuyāt /
SVidhB, 3, 8, 2.0 rātriṃ prapadye punarbhūṃ mayobhūṃ kanyāṃ śikhaṇḍinīṃ pāśahastāṃ yuvatiṃ kumāriṇīm ādityaś cakṣuṣe vātaḥ prāṇāya somo gandhāyāpaḥ snehāya
mano 'nujñāya pṛthivyai śarīram //
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 6, 8, 6.0 tad āhur ati vā etā vartraṃ nedanty ati vācaṃ
mano vāvaitā nātinedantīti //
TS, 1, 7, 1, 16.1 yarhi hoteḍām upahvayeta tarhi yajamāno hotāram īkṣamāṇo vāyum
manasā dhyāyet //
TS, 2, 2, 8, 3.4 athaiṣa
hatamanāḥ svayampāpa indram eva manyumantam manasvantaṃ svena bhāgadheyenopadhāvati /
TS, 3, 4, 2, 2.1 ākūtyai tvā kāmāya tvā samṛdhe tvā kikkiṭā te
manaḥ prajāpataye svāhā kikkiṭā te prāṇaṃ vāyave svāhā kikkiṭā te cakṣuḥ sūryāya svāhā kikkiṭā te śrotraṃ dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ svāhā kikkiṭā te vācaṃ sarasvatyai svāhā //
TS, 3, 4, 2, 5.1 manaso havir asi prajāpater varṇo gātrāṇāṃ te gātrabhājo bhūyāsma //
TS, 5, 1, 3, 34.1 manasā tvai tām āptum arhati yām adhvaryur anagnāv āhutiṃ juhoti //
TS, 5, 5, 4, 23.0 cittiṃ juhomi
manasā ghṛtena yathā devā ihāgaman vītihotrā ṛtāvṛdhaḥ samudrasya vayunasya patmañ juhomi viśvakarmaṇe viśvāhāmartyaṃ havir iti svayamātṛṇṇām upadhāya juhoti //
TS, 6, 3, 10, 3.4 manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānubrūhīty āha
mana evāsyāvarunddhe /
TS, 6, 6, 7, 2.3 yo
gatamanāḥ syāt so 'vekṣeta yan me manaḥ parāgataṃ yad vā me aparāgatam /
TS, 6, 6, 7, 2.3 yo gatamanāḥ syāt so 'vekṣeta yan me
manaḥ parāgataṃ yad vā me aparāgatam /
TS, 6, 6, 7, 2.4 rājñā somena tad vayam asmāsu dhārayāmasīti
mana evātman dādhāra //
Taittirīyopaniṣad
TU, 1, 6, 1.1 sa ya eṣo 'ntarahṛdaya ākāśaḥ tasminnayaṃ puruṣo
manomayaḥ amṛto hiraṇmayaḥ /
TU, 1, 6, 2.4 etattato bhavati ākāśaśarīraṃ brahma satyātma prāṇārāmaṃ
manaānandam śāntisamṛddham amṛtam /
TU, 1, 7, 1.3 prāṇo vyāno 'pāna udānaḥ samānaś cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ
mano vāk tvak carma māṃsaṃ snāvāsthi majjā /
TU, 2, 3, 1.6 tasmādvā etasmāt prāṇamayāt anyo 'ntara ātmā
manomayaḥ /
TU, 2, 4, 1.4 tasmādvā
etasmānmanomayād anyo 'ntara ātmā vijñānamayaḥ /
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 2, 3, 6.1 yad vācā yan
manasā bāhubhyām ūrubhyām aṣṭhīvadbhyāṃ śiśnair yad anṛtaṃ cakṛmā vayam /
TĀ, 2, 4, 7.1 saṃ varcasā payasā saṃ tanūbhir aganmahi
manasā saṃ śivena /
TĀ, 2, 17, 2.0 tasyānaśanaṃ dīkṣā sthānam upasada āsanaṃ sutyā vāg juhūr
mana upabhṛd dhṛtir dhruvā prāṇo haviḥ sāmādhvaryuḥ sa vā eṣa yajñaḥ prāṇadakṣiṇo 'nantadakṣiṇaḥ samṛddhataraḥ //
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
VaikhGS, 1, 3, 1.0 athāpo namaskṛtyāvagāhya yāvad
amanaḥśaṅkam adbhir mṛdā ca gātraśuddhiṃ kṛtvā vastram ā daśāt sūditam iti nenekti gāyatryā prāgagrikam udagagrikaṃ vāstṛṇāti //
VaikhGS, 1, 14, 4.0 yasyai devatāyai havirnirupyate tāṃ devatāṃ
manasā ha vai dhyāyannirvapedyathā ha vāsya suṣumnā jyotiṣmatī prāṇavatī retodhā ityetā hutaṃ gṛhītvā raśmayaś catasraḥ pṛśnau saṃdadhīran sa ha vā śuddhāmṛtavahā cinuhī divyā lokapāvanīty etābhiś candramasam āpyāyayati //
VaikhGS, 1, 17, 3.0 cittaṃ ca cittiścākūtaṃ cākūtiśca vijñātaṃ cāvijñānaṃ ca
manaśca śakvarīśca darśaśca pūrṇamāsaśca bṛhacca rathaṃtaraṃ ca svāheti cittādi dvādaśa jayāḥ //
VaikhGS, 1, 18, 1.0 ṛtāṣāḍ ṛtadhāmāgnir gandharvastasyauṣadhayo 'psarasa ūrjo nāmeti saṃhito viśvasāmā sūryo gandharvastasya marīcayo 'psarasa āyuvo nāmeti suṣumnaḥ sūryaraśmiś candramā gandharvastasya nakṣatrāṇyapsaraso bekurayo nāmeti bhujyuḥ suparṇo yajño gandharvastasya dakṣiṇā apsarasa stavā nāmeti prajāpatirviśvakarmā
mano gandharvas tasyarksāmāny apsaraso vahnayo nāmeti iṣiro viśvavyacā vāto gandharvas tasyāpo 'psaraso mudā nāmeti bhuvanasya pata iti parameṣṭhyadhipatirmṛtyurgandharvastasya viśvamapsaraso bhuvo nāmeti sukṣitiḥ subhūtir bhadrakṛtsuvarvān parjanyo gandharvastasya vidyuto 'psaraso ruco nāmeti dūrehetir amṛḍayo mṛtyurgandharvastasya prajā apsaraso bhīruvo nāmeti cāruḥ kṛpaṇakāśī kāmo gandharvastasyādhayo 'psarasaḥ śocayantīr nāmeti sa no bhuvanasya pata iti //
VaikhGS, 1, 19, 7.0 yatpramatto
mano jyotir ayāś cāgne yadasminsvasti no yata indra iti vicchinnam edho 'syedhiṣīmahi svāhā bailvam //
VaikhGS, 2, 15, 3.0 śubhika iti maṇinā kaṇṭhamāmucyedaṃ brahma punīmaha ity aṅgulīyakaṃ gṛhītvā yad āñjanam iti dakṣiṇaṃ cakṣur yan me
mana iti vāmaṃ cāñjanenāñjayitvemāḥ sumanasa iti srajamādāya devasya tvety ādarśamavekṣeta //
VaikhGS, 3, 8, 3.0 agniṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ kṛtvā prācyām udīcyāṃ vā tām upaveśyābhiṣṭvā pañcaśākheneti yonimabhimṛśya saṃ no
mana ity upagacchet //
VaikhGS, 3, 8, 5.0 suprajāstvāyety upagamanaṃ saṃ no
mana ity āliṅganam imāmanuvrateti vadhūmukhekṣaṇam ity eke //
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
VaikhŚS, 3, 2, 18.0 samudraṃ
manasā dhyāyann agne vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmīti pañcabhir yathāliṅgaṃ devatā upatiṣṭhamāno vratam upaiti //
VaikhŚS, 3, 6, 4.0 imau prāṇāpānāv ity abhimantrya viṣṇor
manasā pūte stha ity adbhir anumṛjya gāṃ dohapavitre iti saṃpreṣyati //
VaikhŚS, 10, 1, 4.0 sūryaṃ ta iti
manasānudrutenānuvākena hutvāgnāvaiṣṇavam ekādaśakapālam anvārambhaṇīyāṃ nirvapaty api vāgnāvaiṣṇavyarcāhavanīye caturgṛhītam juhoti //
VaikhŚS, 10, 18, 8.0 uttarataḥ parikramya śūlāddhṛdayaṃ pravṛhya kumbhyām avadhāya saṃ te
manasā mana iti pṛṣadājyena hṛdayam abhighārayati //
VaikhŚS, 10, 18, 8.0 uttarataḥ parikramya śūlāddhṛdayaṃ pravṛhya kumbhyām avadhāya saṃ te manasā
mana iti pṛṣadājyena hṛdayam abhighārayati //
VaikhŚS, 10, 21, 5.0 upayaṣṭā sarvāṇi hutvādbhyas tvauṣadhībhya ity uttarato lepaṃ nimṛjya
mano me hārdi yaccheti hṛdayam abhimṛśati //
VaikhŚS, 10, 22, 3.0 asaṃspṛśan hṛdayaśūlam antareṇa cātvālotkarāv udaṅ gatvā śug asi tam abhiśoceti dveṣyaṃ
manasā dhyāyan śukrasya cārdrasya ca sandhāv udvāsayati //
Vaitānasūtra
VaitS, 1, 1, 18.1 vṛto japaty ahaṃ bhūpatir ahaṃ bhuvanapatir ahaṃ bhuvāṃ patir ahaṃ mahato bhūtasya patis tad ahaṃ
manase prabravīmi mano vāce vāg gāyatryai gāyatry uṣṇiha uṣṇig anuṣṭubhe 'nuṣṭub bṛhatyai bṛhatī paṅktaye paṅktis triṣṭubhe triṣṭub jagatyai jagatī prajāpataye prajāpatir viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ oṃ bhūr bhuvaḥ svar janad o3m iti apratirathaṃ ca //
VaitS, 1, 1, 18.1 vṛto japaty ahaṃ bhūpatir ahaṃ bhuvanapatir ahaṃ bhuvāṃ patir ahaṃ mahato bhūtasya patis tad ahaṃ manase prabravīmi
mano vāce vāg gāyatryai gāyatry uṣṇiha uṣṇig anuṣṭubhe 'nuṣṭub bṛhatyai bṛhatī paṅktaye paṅktis triṣṭubhe triṣṭub jagatyai jagatī prajāpataye prajāpatir viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ oṃ bhūr bhuvaḥ svar janad o3m iti apratirathaṃ ca //
VaitS, 1, 4, 3.1 manojyotir juṣatām ājyam ariṣṭaṃ yajñaṃ sam imaṃ tanotu bṛhaspatiḥ pratigṛhṇātu no viśve devāsa iha mādayantām ity anuyājān //
VaitS, 2, 3, 12.1 ayaṃ mā loko 'nusaṃtanutām iti gārhapatyam avekṣya prajāpate na tvad etāny anya iti
manasaiva pūrṇatarām uttarāṃ juhoti //
VaitS, 7, 2, 1.1 pṛcchāmi tvā citaye devasakha yadi tvaṃ tatra
manasā jagantha /
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
VasDhS, 2, 11.1 adhyāpitā ye guruṃ nādriyante viprā vācā
manasā karmaṇā vā /
VasDhS, 21, 6.1 manasā bhartur aticāre trirātraṃ yāvakaṃ kṣīrodanaṃ vā bhuñjānādhaḥ śayītordhvaṃ trirātrād apsu nimagnāyāḥ sāvitryāṣṭaśatena śirobhir juhuyāt pūtā bhavatīti vijñāyate //
VasDhS, 23, 23.1 athāpy ācamed agniś ca mā manyuś ceti
prātarmanasā pāpaṃ dhyātvoṃpūrvāḥ satyāntā vyāhṛtīr japed aghamarṣaṇaṃ vā paṭhet //
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 2, 13.1 mano jūtir juṣatām ājyasya bṛhaspatir yajñam imaṃ tanotu /
VSM, 2, 24.1 saṃ varcasā payasā saṃ tanūbhir aganmahi
manasā saṃ śivena /
VSM, 3, 41.2 ūrjaṃ bibhrad vaḥ
sumanāḥ sumedhā gṛhān aimi manasā modamānaḥ //
VSM, 3, 41.2 ūrjaṃ bibhrad vaḥ sumanāḥ sumedhā gṛhān aimi
manasā modamānaḥ //
VSM, 4, 11.3 ye devā
manojātā manoyujo dakṣakratavas te no 'vantu te naḥ pāntu tebhyaḥ svāhā //
VSM, 4, 11.3 ye devā manojātā
manoyujo dakṣakratavas te no 'vantu te naḥ pāntu tebhyaḥ svāhā //
VSM, 4, 15.1 punar
manaḥ punar āyur ma āgan punaḥ prāṇaḥ punar ātmā ma āgan punaś cakṣuḥ punaḥ śrotraṃ ma āgan /
VSM, 5, 14.1 yuñjate
mana uta yuñjate dhiyo viprā viprasya bṛhato vipaścitaḥ /
VSM, 6, 18.1 saṃ te
mano manasā saṃ prāṇaḥ prāṇena gacchatām /
VSM, 6, 18.1 saṃ te mano
manasā saṃ prāṇaḥ prāṇena gacchatām /
VSM, 6, 31.1 mano me tarpayata vācaṃ me tarpayata prāṇaṃ me tarpayata cakṣur me tarpayata śrotraṃ me tarpayatātmānaṃ me tarpayata prajāṃ me tarpayata paśūn me tarpayata gaṇān me tarpayata gaṇā me mā vitṛṣan //
VSM, 7, 3.1 svāṃkṛto 'si viśvebhya indriyebhyo divyebhyaḥ pārthivebhyo
manas tvāṣṭu svāhā tvā subhava sūryāya /
VSM, 7, 6.1 svāṃkṛto 'si viśvebhya indriyebhyo divyebhyaḥ pārthivebhyo
manas tvāṣṭu svāhā tvā subhava sūryāya /
VSM, 7, 17.1 mano na yeṣu havaneṣu tigmaṃ vipaḥ śacyā vanutho dravantā /
VSM, 7, 26.2 adhvaryor vā pari vā yaḥ pavitrāt taṃ juhomi
manasā vaṣaṭkṛtaṃ svāhā /
VSM, 8, 14.1 saṃ varcasā payasā saṃ tanūbhir aganmahi
manasā saṃ śivena /
VSM, 8, 15.1 sam indra ṇo
manasā neṣi gobhiḥ saṃ sūribhir maghavant saṃ svastyā /
VSM, 8, 16.1 saṃ varcasā payasā saṃ tanūbhir aganmahi
manasā saṃ śivena /
VSM, 8, 45.1 vācaspatiṃ viśvakarmāṇam ūtaye
manojuvaṃ vāje adyā huvema /
VSM, 11, 1.1 yuñjānaḥ prathamaṃ
manas tatvāya savitā dhiyam /
VSM, 11, 4.1 yuñjate
mana uta yuñjate dhiyo viprā viprasya bṛhato vipaścitaḥ /
VSM, 11, 23.1 ā tvā jigharmi
manasā ghṛtena pratikṣiyantaṃ bhuvanāni viśvā /
VSM, 11, 24.1 ā viśvataḥ pratyañcaṃ jigharmy arakṣasā
manasā taj juṣeta /
VSM, 13, 38.1 samyak sravanti sarito na dhenā antar hṛdā
manasā pūyamānāḥ /
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 1, 12.0 samāv apracchinnaprāntau darbhau prādeśamātrau pavitre stho vaiṣṇavye ity oṣadhyā chittvā
viṣṇormanasā pūte stha ity adbhis trir unmṛjya prokṣaṇīr dharmaiḥ saṃskṛtya praṇītāṃ praṇīya nirvapaṇaprokṣaṇasaṃvapanam iti yathādevataṃ carum adhiśritya sruksruvaṃ pramṛjyābhyukṣyāgnau pratāpyāditir asi nācchinnapattrety ājyam agnāv adhiśrayati //
VārGS, 6, 30.0 malajñurabalaḥ kṛśaḥ snātvā sa sarvaṃ labhate yat kiṃcin
manasepsitam iti //
VārGS, 8, 4.7 vāṅ me
manasi pratiṣṭhitā mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āyur mayi dhehi /
VārGS, 8, 4.7 vāṅ me manasi pratiṣṭhitā
mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āyur mayi dhehi /
VārGS, 8, 7.2 vāṅ me
manasi pratiṣṭhitā mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āyur mayi dhehi /
VārGS, 8, 7.2 vāṅ me manasi pratiṣṭhitā
mano me vāci pratiṣṭhitam āvir āyur mayi dhehi /
VārGS, 14, 13.7 yena bhūtaṃ samabhavad yena viśvamidaṃ jagat tāmadya gāthāṃ gāsyāmo yā strīṇām uttamaṃ
manaḥ /
VārGS, 16, 1.2 apaśyaṃ tvā
manasā cekitānaṃ tapaso jātaṃ tapaso 'bhibhūtam /
VārGS, 16, 1.4 apaśyaṃ tvā
manasā dīdhyānāṃ svāyāṃ tanūm ṛtviye nādhamānām /
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 1, 1, 53.1 mukhenāsekaṃ haviṣo vyṛṣan yaṃ dviṣyāt tam āhutiṣu hūyamānāsu
manasā dhyāyet //
VārŚS, 1, 1, 5, 2.1 vṛto japati deva savitar etaṃ tvā vṛṇate bṛhaspatiṃ brahmāṇaṃ tad ahaṃ
manase prabravīmi mano vāce vāg gāyatryai gāyatrī triṣṭubhe triṣṭub jagatyai jagaty anuṣṭubhe 'nuṣṭup paṅktaye paṅktiḥ prajāpataye prajāpatir viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ /
VārŚS, 1, 1, 5, 2.1 vṛto japati deva savitar etaṃ tvā vṛṇate bṛhaspatiṃ brahmāṇaṃ tad ahaṃ manase prabravīmi
mano vāce vāg gāyatryai gāyatrī triṣṭubhe triṣṭub jagatyai jagaty anuṣṭubhe 'nuṣṭup paṅktaye paṅktiḥ prajāpataye prajāpatir viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ /
VārŚS, 1, 2, 2, 9.1 pavitre stho vaiṣṇave ity oṣadhyā chittvā viṣṇor
manasā pūte stha ity adbhis trir unmṛjya prokṣaṇīḥ saṃskurute //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 4, 3.1 dhruvāyāṃ pūrṇasruvam avanīya dhruvāyā upahatyottareṇa paridhisaṃdhinānvavahṛtya dakṣiṇāprāñcam āghāram āghārayati prajāpataye svāheti
manasā //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 7, 12.1 idhmaparivāsanāny upasamādhāya dakṣiṇāgnau caturgṛhīta ājye phalīkaraṇāny āvāpaṃ juhoti agne 'dabdhāyo
'dabdhamano pāhi mā divaḥ pāhi prasityāḥ pāhi duriṣṭyāḥ pāhi duradmanyā aviṣaṃ naḥ pituṃ kṛdhi sudhīṃ yoniṃ suṣadāṃ pṛthivīṃ svāheti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 7, 13.1 indropānasyakehamanaso veśān kṛdhi sumanasaḥ sajātān svāheti dvitīyāṃ grāmakāmasya //
VārŚS, 1, 4, 4, 6.1 kṣuc ca sediś ca snihitiś ca sadānvā cānāmatiś cānāhutiś ca nirṛtir etās te agne tanvo vartimatīs tās taṃ gacchantu yaṃ dviṣma iti dveṣyaṃ
manasā dhyāyan yajamāno japati //
VārŚS, 1, 5, 2, 3.1 vācā tvā hotrā prāṇenodgātrā cakṣuṣādhvaryuṇā
manasā brahmaṇā śrotreṇāgnīdhreṇaitais tvā pañcabhir daivyair ṛtvigbhir uddharāmīty uddharati //
VārŚS, 1, 5, 2, 39.1 pūrvām asaṃsaktāṃ bhūyasīṃ dvitīyām āhutiṃ juhoti prajāpataye svāheti
manasā //
VārŚS, 1, 5, 4, 36.1 agneḥ samid asīti paryāyaiḥ sarveṣu samidha ādhāya viśvadānīm ābharanto 'nātureṇa
manasā /
VārŚS, 1, 6, 1, 2.0 ṣaḍḍhotrā
manasā juhoti vāgghotā dīkṣā patny āpo 'dhvaryur vāto 'bhigaraḥ prāṇo havir mano brahmā tapasi juhomi svāheti //
VārŚS, 1, 6, 1, 2.0 ṣaḍḍhotrā manasā juhoti vāgghotā dīkṣā patny āpo 'dhvaryur vāto 'bhigaraḥ prāṇo havir
mano brahmā tapasi juhomi svāheti //
VārŚS, 1, 6, 7, 24.1 samudraṃ gaccha svāheti paryāyair ekādaśa hutvā
mano hārdiṃ yaccheti hṛdayadeśam abhimṛśati //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 5, 14.1 kayā naś citra ābhuvad iti
manasā prajāpataya iti gṛhītvā dadhanve vā yadīm anv iti juhoti //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
ĀpDhS, 1, 5, 8.0 atho yat kiṃca
manasā vācā cakṣuṣā vā saṃkalpaṃ dhyāyaty āhābhivipaśyati vā tathaiva tad bhavatīty upadiśanti //
ĀpDhS, 2, 5, 19.0 manasā vācā prāṇena cakṣuṣā śrotreṇa tvakśiśnodarārambhaṇān āsrāvān parivṛñjāno 'mṛtatvāya kalpate //
ĀpDhS, 2, 17, 4.0 prayataḥ
prasannamanāḥ sṛṣṭo bhojayed brāhmaṇān brahmavido yonigotramantrāntevāsyasaṃbandhān //
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
ĀpGS, 3, 21.1 yasyāṃ
manaścakṣuṣor nibandhas tasyām ṛddhir netarad ādriyetety eke //
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 6, 1, 6.1 vācā tvā hotrā prāṇenodgātrā cakṣuṣādhvaryuṇā
manasā brahmaṇā śrotreṇāgnīdhaitais tvā pañcabhir daivyair ṛtvigbhir uddharāmīti gārhapatyād āhavanīyaṃ jvalantam uddharati //
ĀpŚS, 6, 2, 2.1 svayaṃ yajamāna idhmān āharati viśvadānīm ābharanto nātureṇa
manasā /
ĀpŚS, 6, 16, 12.2 agneḥ samid asy abhiśastyā mā pāhi somasya samid asi paraspā ma edhi yamasya samid asi mṛtyor mā pāhīti catasraḥ samidha ekaikasminn ādhāya saṃ tvam agne sūryasya varcasāgathā ity anuvākaśeṣeṇopasthāya vayaṃ soma vrate tava
manas tanūṣu bibhrataḥ prajāvanto aśīmahīti mukhaṃ vimṛṣṭe //
ĀpŚS, 6, 25, 2.1 ihaiva san tatra sato vo agnayaḥ prāṇena vācā
manasā bibharmi /
ĀpŚS, 6, 26, 7.1 navamīṃ ced ati pravasen mitro janān yātayati prajānann iti maitryopasthāya
mano jyotir juṣatām ity āhutiṃ juhuyāt //
ĀpŚS, 6, 27, 3.2 ūrjaṃ bibhrad vaḥ suvaniḥ sumedhā gṛhān aimi
manasā modamānaḥ /
ĀpŚS, 6, 27, 5.1 ūrjaṃ bibhrad vaḥ sumanāḥ sumedhā gṛhān āgāṃ
manasā modamānaḥ /
ĀpŚS, 7, 1, 2.0 tena yakṣyamāṇo 'māvāsyāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ vā ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ
manasānudrutyāhavanīye sagrahaṃ juhoti sūryaṃ te cakṣur iti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 5, 3.0 prokṣaṇīśeṣaṃ dakṣiṇata uttaravedyai ninayec chucā tvārpayāmīti dveṣyaṃ
manasā dhyāyan //
ĀpŚS, 7, 23, 7.0 śūlāt pravṛhya hṛdayaṃ kumbhyām avadhāya saṃ te
manasā mana iti pṛṣadājyena hṛdayam abhighārayaty uttarataḥ parikramya //
ĀpŚS, 7, 23, 7.0 śūlāt pravṛhya hṛdayaṃ kumbhyām avadhāya saṃ te manasā
mana iti pṛṣadājyena hṛdayam abhighārayaty uttarataḥ parikramya //
ĀpŚS, 7, 26, 12.1 sarvāṇi hutvādbhyas tvauṣadhībhya iti barhiṣi lepaṃ nimṛjya
mano me hārdi yaccheti japati /
ĀpŚS, 7, 27, 15.0 yajña yajñaṃ gaccheti trīṇi samiṣṭayajūṃṣi hutvānupaspṛśan hṛdayaśūlam udaṅ paretyāsaṃcare 'pa upaninīya śuṣkārdrayoḥ saṃdhāv udvāsayati śug asīti dveṣyaṃ
manasā dhyāyan //
ĀpŚS, 16, 1, 4.0 juhūṃ sruvaṃ ca saṃmṛjya juhvām aṣṭagṛhītaṃ gṛhītvā yuñjānaḥ prathamaṃ
mana iti yajuraṣṭamābhir ṛgbhir ekām āhutiṃ juhoty antarvedy ūrdhvas tiṣṭhan //
ĀpŚS, 16, 2, 10.0 abhi tiṣṭha pṛtanyato 'dhare santu śatravaḥ indra iva vṛtrahā tiṣṭhāpaḥ kṣetrāṇi saṃjayan abhiṣṭhito 'sīti yaṃ dveṣṭi tam adhaspadam aśvasya
manasā dhyāyati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 14, 3.1 tān nivapan yad adaś candramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tad ihāstv iti
manasā dhyāyati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 16, 4.1 ūrjaṃ bibhrad
vasumanāḥ sumedhā gṛhān aimi manasā modamānaḥ suvarcāḥ /
ĀpŚS, 16, 16, 4.1 ūrjaṃ bibhrad vasumanāḥ sumedhā gṛhān aimi
manasā modamānaḥ suvarcāḥ /
ĀpŚS, 19, 3, 6.1 ahaṃ tad asya
manasā śivena somaṃ rājānam iha bhakṣayāmīti vā svayaṃ pibet //
ĀpŚS, 19, 3, 9.1 tasyā bila udīcīnadaśaṃ pavitraṃ vitatya yan me
manaḥ parāgatam iti tasmiñchatamānaṃ hiraṇyaṃ nidhāya somapratīkāḥ pitaras tṛpṇuteti tasmin surāśeṣam ānayati /
ĀpŚS, 19, 11, 8.1 tān nivapan yad adaś candramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tad ihāstv iti
manasā dhyāyati //
ĀpŚS, 20, 1, 17.1 draṣṭre nama upadraṣṭre namo 'nudraṣṭre namaḥ khyātre nama upakhyātre namo 'nukhyātre namaḥ śṛṇvate nama upaśṛṇvate namaḥ sate namo 'sate namo jātāya namo janiṣyamāṇāya namo bhūtāya namo bhaviṣyate namaś cakṣuṣe namaḥ śrotrāya namo
manase namo vāce namo brahmaṇe namas tapase namaḥ śāntāya nama ity ekaviṃśatyā namaskārair udyantam ādityam upatiṣṭhate //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 3, 6, 8.4 vaiśvānaro vāvṛdhāno antar yacchatu me
mano hṛdy antaram amṛtasya ketuḥ svāhety ājyāhutī juhuyāt //
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
ĀśvŚS, 7, 7, 4.0 vaiśvānaraṃ
manaseti tisraḥ pra ye śumbhante janasya gopā ity āgnimārutam //
ĀśvŚS, 7, 8, 1.1 ehy ū ṣu bravāṇi ta āgnir agāmi bhārataḥ pra vo vājā abhidyavo abhi prayāṃsi vāhasā pra maṃhiṣṭhāya gāyata pra so agne tavotibhir agniṃ vo vṛdhantam agne yaṃ yajñam adhvaraṃ yajiṣṭhaṃ tvā vavṛmahe yaḥ samidhā ya āhutyā te agna idhīmahy ubhe suścandra sarpiṣa iti dve ekā cāgniṃ taṃ manye yo vasur ā te vatso
mano yamad āgne sthūraṃ rayiṃ bhara preṣṭhaṃ vo atithiṃ śreṣṭhaṃ yaviṣṭha bhārata bhadro no agnir āhuto yadī ghṛtebhir āhuta ā ghā ye agnim indhata imā abhi pra ṇonuma iti //
ĀśvŚS, 9, 5, 5.0 agnir deveṣu rājatīty ājyaṃ yas tastambha dhunetaya iti sūktamukhīye indra marutva iha nṛṇām u tveti madhyaṃdina ud u ṣya devaḥ savitā hiraṇyayā ghṛtavatī bhuvanānām abhiśriyā indra ṛbhubhir vājavadbhiḥ samukṣitaṃ svasti no mimītām aśvinā bhaga iti vaiśvadevaṃ vaiśvānaraṃ
manasā agniṃ nicāyya prayantu vājās taviṣībhir agnayaḥ samiddham agniṃ samidhā girā gṛṇa ity āgnimārutaṃ hotrakā ūrdhvaṃ stotriyānurūpebhyaḥ prathamottamāṃs tṛcāñ śaṃseyuḥ //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 7.2 tad u hāṣāḍhaḥ sāvayaso 'naśanameva vratam mene
mano ha vai devā manuṣyasyājānanti ta enametadvratamupayantaṃ viduḥ prātarno yakṣyata iti te 'sya viśve devā gṛhān āgacchanti te 'sya gṛheṣūpavasanti sa upavasathaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 12.3 ahrutamasi havirdhānaṃ dṛṃhasva mā hvār ity ana evaitad upastauty upastutād
rātamanaso havirgṛhṇānīti mā te yajñapatir hvārṣīd iti yajamāno vai yajñapatis tad yajamānāyaivaitad ahvalām āśāste //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 10.2 kastadveda yāvānaśvaśapho yāvantameva svayam
manasā na satrā pṛthum manyetaivaṃ kuryāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 14.2 etāvān vai puruṣaḥ puruṣasaṃmitā hi tryaratniḥ prācī trivṛddhi yajño nātra mātrāsti yāvatīm eva svayam
manasā manyeta tāvatīṃ kuryāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 6.2 mano vai devavāhanam mano hīdam manasvinaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ vanīvāhyate mana evaitayā saminddhe //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 6.2 mano vai devavāhanam
mano hīdam manasvinaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ vanīvāhyate mana evaitayā saminddhe //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 6.2 mano vai devavāhanam mano hīdam manasvinaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ vanīvāhyate
mana evaitayā saminddhe //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 16.2 tam prati brūyān
mano vā etadātmano 'gnāvādhā manasātmana ārttimāriṣyasi manomuṣigṛhīto momughaścariṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 16.2 tam prati brūyān mano vā etadātmano 'gnāvādhā
manasātmana ārttimāriṣyasi manomuṣigṛhīto momughaścariṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 1.2 samiddhe devebhyo juhavāmeti tasminnete eva prathame āhutī juhoti
manase caiva vāce ca manaśca haiva vāk ca yujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahataḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 1.2 samiddhe devebhyo juhavāmeti tasminnete eva prathame āhutī juhoti manase caiva vāce ca
manaśca haiva vāk ca yujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahataḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 2.2 tanmano devebhyo yajñaṃ vahaty atha yadvācā niruktaṃ kriyate tadvāgdevebhyo yajñaṃ vahaty etad vā idaṃ dvayaṃ kriyate tadete evaitat saṃtarpayati tṛpte prīte devebhyo yajñaṃ vahāta iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 5.2 yaṃ
manasa āghārayati na svāheti canāniruktaṃ hi mano 'niruktaṃ hyetadyattūṣṇīm //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 5.2 yaṃ manasa āghārayati na svāheti canāniruktaṃ hi
mano 'niruktaṃ hyetadyattūṣṇīm //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 7.2 yam
manasa āghārayati tiṣṭhaṃstaṃ yaṃ vāce manaśca ha vai vākca yujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahato yataro vai yujorhrasīyānbhavatyupavahaṃ vai tasmai kurvanti vāgvai manaso hrasīyasy aparimitataramiva hi manaḥ parimitatareva hi vāk tad vāca evaitadupavahaṃ karoti te sayujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahatas tasmāttiṣṭhan vāca āghārayati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 7.2 yam manasa āghārayati tiṣṭhaṃstaṃ yaṃ vāce
manaśca ha vai vākca yujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahato yataro vai yujorhrasīyānbhavatyupavahaṃ vai tasmai kurvanti vāgvai manaso hrasīyasy aparimitataramiva hi manaḥ parimitatareva hi vāk tad vāca evaitadupavahaṃ karoti te sayujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahatas tasmāttiṣṭhan vāca āghārayati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 7.2 yam manasa āghārayati tiṣṭhaṃstaṃ yaṃ vāce manaśca ha vai vākca yujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahato yataro vai yujorhrasīyānbhavatyupavahaṃ vai tasmai kurvanti vāgvai
manaso hrasīyasy aparimitataramiva hi manaḥ parimitatareva hi vāk tad vāca evaitadupavahaṃ karoti te sayujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahatas tasmāttiṣṭhan vāca āghārayati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 7.2 yam manasa āghārayati tiṣṭhaṃstaṃ yaṃ vāce manaśca ha vai vākca yujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahato yataro vai yujorhrasīyānbhavatyupavahaṃ vai tasmai kurvanti vāgvai manaso hrasīyasy aparimitataramiva hi
manaḥ parimitatareva hi vāk tad vāca evaitadupavahaṃ karoti te sayujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahatas tasmāttiṣṭhan vāca āghārayati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 8.2 te 'surarakṣasebhya āsaṅgādbibhayāṃcakrus ta etaddakṣiṇataḥ pratyudaśrayann ucchritamiva hi vīryaṃ tasmāddakṣiṇatastiṣṭhann āghārayati sa yadubhayata āghārayati tasmādidam
manaśca vākca samānameva sannāneva śiro ha vai yajñasyaitayoranyatara āghārayor mūlam anyataraḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 15.2 agne vājajidvājaṃ tvā sariṣyantaṃ tvā vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmīti yajñaṃ tvā vakṣyantaṃ yajñiyaṃ saṃmārjmīty evaitad āhāthopariṣṭāt tūṣṇīṃ tris tad yathā yuktvā prājet prehi vahety evam evaitat kaśayopakṣipati prehi devebhyo yajñaṃ vaheti tasmād upariṣṭāttūṣṇīṃ tris tad yad etadantareṇa karma kriyate tasmād idam
manaśca vākca samānam eva sannāneva //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 11.2 sa
prajāpatirmanasa evānūvāca mana eva tvacchreyo manaso vai tvaṃ kṛtānukarānuvartmāsi śreyaso vai pāpīyān kṛtānukaro 'nuvartmā bhavatīti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 11.2 sa prajāpatirmanasa evānūvāca
mana eva tvacchreyo manaso vai tvaṃ kṛtānukarānuvartmāsi śreyaso vai pāpīyān kṛtānukaro 'nuvartmā bhavatīti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 11.2 sa prajāpatirmanasa evānūvāca mana eva tvacchreyo
manaso vai tvaṃ kṛtānukarānuvartmāsi śreyaso vai pāpīyān kṛtānukaro 'nuvartmā bhavatīti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 19.2 yadīṣṭyā vā yajeta darśapūrṇamāsayor vaiva brūyād vṛṣṭikāmo vā asmīti tatro adhvaryuṃ brūyāt purovātaṃ ca vidyutaṃ ca
manasā dhyāyetyabhrāṇi manasā dhyāyetyagnīdhaṃ stanayitnuṃ ca varṣaṃ ca manasā dhyāyeti hotāraṃ sarvāṇyetāni manasā dhyāyeti brahmāṇaṃ varṣati haiva tatra yatraivamṛtvijaḥ saṃvidānā yajñena caranti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 19.2 yadīṣṭyā vā yajeta darśapūrṇamāsayor vaiva brūyād vṛṣṭikāmo vā asmīti tatro adhvaryuṃ brūyāt purovātaṃ ca vidyutaṃ ca manasā dhyāyetyabhrāṇi
manasā dhyāyetyagnīdhaṃ stanayitnuṃ ca varṣaṃ ca manasā dhyāyeti hotāraṃ sarvāṇyetāni manasā dhyāyeti brahmāṇaṃ varṣati haiva tatra yatraivamṛtvijaḥ saṃvidānā yajñena caranti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 19.2 yadīṣṭyā vā yajeta darśapūrṇamāsayor vaiva brūyād vṛṣṭikāmo vā asmīti tatro adhvaryuṃ brūyāt purovātaṃ ca vidyutaṃ ca manasā dhyāyetyabhrāṇi manasā dhyāyetyagnīdhaṃ stanayitnuṃ ca varṣaṃ ca
manasā dhyāyeti hotāraṃ sarvāṇyetāni manasā dhyāyeti brahmāṇaṃ varṣati haiva tatra yatraivamṛtvijaḥ saṃvidānā yajñena caranti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 19.2 yadīṣṭyā vā yajeta darśapūrṇamāsayor vaiva brūyād vṛṣṭikāmo vā asmīti tatro adhvaryuṃ brūyāt purovātaṃ ca vidyutaṃ ca manasā dhyāyetyabhrāṇi manasā dhyāyetyagnīdhaṃ stanayitnuṃ ca varṣaṃ ca manasā dhyāyeti hotāraṃ sarvāṇyetāni
manasā dhyāyeti brahmāṇaṃ varṣati haiva tatra yatraivamṛtvijaḥ saṃvidānā yajñena caranti //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 8.1 taddhaike 'nudite mathitvā tam udite prāñcam uddharanti tad u tad ubhe ahorātre parigṛhṇīmaḥ prāṇodānayor
manasaś ca vācaś ca paryāptyā iti vadantaḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 25.2 svāhā yajñam
manasa iti dve svāhororantarikṣāditi dve svāhā dyāvāpṛthivībhyāmiti dve svāhā vātādārabha iti muṣṭīkaroti na vai yajñaḥ pratyakṣamivārabhe yathāyaṃ daṇḍo vā vāso vā parokṣaṃ vai devāḥ parokṣaṃ yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 26.2 svāhā yajñam
manasa iti tanmanasa ārabhate svāhororantarikṣāditi tadantarikṣādārabhate svāhā dyāvāpṛthivībhyāmiti tadābhyāṃ dyāvāpṛthivībhyām ārabhate yayoridaṃ sarvamadhi svāhā vātādārabha iti vāto vai yajñas tadyajñam pratyakṣamārabhate //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 26.2 svāhā yajñam manasa iti
tanmanasa ārabhate svāhororantarikṣāditi tadantarikṣādārabhate svāhā dyāvāpṛthivībhyāmiti tadābhyāṃ dyāvāpṛthivībhyām ārabhate yayoridaṃ sarvamadhi svāhā vātādārabha iti vāto vai yajñas tadyajñam pratyakṣamārabhate //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 7.2 medhayā vai
manasābhigacchati yajeyeti tadyadevātra yajñasya tadevaitat saṃbhṛtyātman kurute //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 13.2 medhayā vai
manasābhigacchati yajeyeti te asyaite ātmandevate ādhīte bhavato medhā ca manaśca //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 13.2 medhayā vai manasābhigacchati yajeyeti te asyaite ātmandevate ādhīte bhavato medhā ca
manaśca //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 18.2 devāśca vā asurāścobhaye prājāpatyāḥ prajāpateḥ piturdāyamupeyur
mana eva devā upāyanvācamasurā yajñameva taddevā upāyanvācamasurā amūmeva devā upāyannimāmasurāḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 27.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyur viduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavann atha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma purastādvai prajñā
purastānmanojavas tasmātpūrvārdhe minoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 4.2 na vā ime 'sya yāmaṃ viduryadagnau havirjuhvati naitām pratiṣṭhām uparudhyaiva paśūnagnim mathitvāgnāvagniṃ juhavāma te vediṣyantyeṣa vai kila haviṣo yāma eṣā pratiṣṭhāgnau vai kila havirjuhvatīti tato 'bhyavaiṣyanti tato
rātamanasa ālambhāya bhaviṣyantīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 5.2 agnim mathitvāgnāvagnim ajuhuvus te 'vidur eṣa vai kila haviṣo yāma eṣā pratiṣṭhāgnau vai kila havirjuhvatīti tato 'bhyavāyaṃs tato
rātamanasa ālambhāyābhavan //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 6.2 uparudhyaiva paśumagnim mathitvāgnāvagniṃ juhoti sa vedaiṣa vai kila haviṣo yāma eṣā pratiṣṭhāgnau vai kila havirjuhvatīti tato 'bhyavaiti tato
rātamanā ālambhāya bhavati tasmād upākṛtya paśum agnim mathitvā niyunakti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 2.2 tad yad āprībhiścaranti sarveṇeva vā eṣa
manasā sarveṇevātmanā yajñaṃ saṃbharati saṃ ca jihīrṣati yo dīkṣate tasya riricāna ivātmā bhavati tametābhir āprībhir āpyāyayanti tad yad āpyāyayanti tasmād āpriyo nāma tasmād āprībhiścaranti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 9.2 manasta āpyāyatāṃ vākta āpyāyatām prāṇasta āpyāyatāṃ cakṣusta āpyāyatāṃ śrotraṃ ta āpyāyatāmiti tatprāṇāndhattastatsamīrayato yat te krūraṃ yadāsthitaṃ tatta āpyāyatāṃ niṣṭyāyatāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 8.2 ātmā vai
mano hṛdayam prāṇaḥ pṛṣadājyam ātmanyevaitan manasi prāṇaṃ dadhāti tathaitajjīvameva devānāṃ havir bhavatyamṛtamamṛtānām //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 8.2 ātmā vai mano hṛdayam prāṇaḥ pṛṣadājyam ātmanyevaitan
manasi prāṇaṃ dadhāti tathaitajjīvameva devānāṃ havir bhavatyamṛtamamṛtānām //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 9.2 saṃ te
mano manasā sam prāṇaḥ prāṇena gacchatāmiti na svāhākaroti na hyeṣāhutir udvāsayanti paśum //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 9.2 saṃ te mano
manasā sam prāṇaḥ prāṇena gacchatāmiti na svāhākaroti na hyeṣāhutir udvāsayanti paśum //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 14.2 tad yan manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āha sarvā ha vai devatāḥ paśum ālabhyamānam upasaṃgacchante mama nāma grahīṣyati mama nāma grahīṣyatīti sarvāsāṃ hi devatānāṃ haviḥ paśus tāsāṃ sarvāsāṃ devatānām paśau
manāṃsy otāni bhavanti tānyevaitat prīṇāti tatho hāmoghāya devatānām manāṃsy upasaṃgatāni bhavanti tasmān manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āha //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 14.2 tad yan manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āha sarvā ha vai devatāḥ paśum ālabhyamānam upasaṃgacchante mama nāma grahīṣyati mama nāma grahīṣyatīti sarvāsāṃ hi devatānāṃ haviḥ paśus tāsāṃ sarvāsāṃ devatānām paśau manāṃsy otāni bhavanti tānyevaitat prīṇāti tatho hāmoghāya devatānām
manāṃsy upasaṃgatāni bhavanti tasmān manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āha //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 9.1 athāto gṛhṇāty evātiṣṭha vṛtrahan rathaṃ yuktā te brahmaṇā harī arvācīnaṃ su te
mano grāvā kṛṇotu vagnunā upayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā ṣoḍaśina iti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 4.2 dhruvasadaṃ tvā nṛṣadam
manaḥsadam upayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmy eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā juṣṭatamamiti sādayaty eṣāṃ vai lokānāmayameva dhruva iyam pṛthivīmam evaitena lokamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 8.2 vāto vā
mano veti na vai vātāt kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti na manasaḥ kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti tasmādāha vāto vā mano veti gandharvāḥ saptaviṃśatis te 'gre 'śvam ayuñjanniti gandharvā ha vā agre 'śvaṃ yuyujus tad ye 'gre 'śvam ayuñjaṃs te tvā yuñjantv ity evaitad āha te asminjavam ādadhuriti tad ye 'sminjavam ādadhuste tvayi javam ādadhatv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 8.2 vāto vā mano veti na vai vātāt kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti na
manasaḥ kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti tasmādāha vāto vā mano veti gandharvāḥ saptaviṃśatis te 'gre 'śvam ayuñjanniti gandharvā ha vā agre 'śvaṃ yuyujus tad ye 'gre 'śvam ayuñjaṃs te tvā yuñjantv ity evaitad āha te asminjavam ādadhuriti tad ye 'sminjavam ādadhuste tvayi javam ādadhatv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 8.2 vāto vā mano veti na vai vātāt kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti na manasaḥ kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti tasmādāha vāto vā
mano veti gandharvāḥ saptaviṃśatis te 'gre 'śvam ayuñjanniti gandharvā ha vā agre 'śvaṃ yuyujus tad ye 'gre 'śvam ayuñjaṃs te tvā yuñjantv ity evaitad āha te asminjavam ādadhuriti tad ye 'sminjavam ādadhuste tvayi javam ādadhatv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 9.2 āpāma
manaseti manasā vā idaṃ sarvamāptaṃ tanmanasaivaitatsarvamāpnoti tasmād āhāpāma manaseti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 9.2 āpāma manaseti
manasā vā idaṃ sarvamāptaṃ tanmanasaivaitatsarvamāpnoti tasmād āhāpāma manaseti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 9.2 āpāma manaseti manasā vā idaṃ sarvamāptaṃ
tanmanasaivaitatsarvamāpnoti tasmād āhāpāma manaseti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 9.2 āpāma manaseti manasā vā idaṃ sarvamāptaṃ tanmanasaivaitatsarvamāpnoti tasmād āhāpāma
manaseti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 12.2 yuñjānaḥ prathamam
mana iti prajāpatirvai yuñjānaḥ sa mana etasmai karmaṇe 'yuṅkta tadyanmana etasmai karmaṇe 'yuṅkta tasmātprajāpatiryuñjānaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 12.2 yuñjānaḥ prathamam mana iti prajāpatirvai yuñjānaḥ sa
mana etasmai karmaṇe 'yuṅkta tadyanmana etasmai karmaṇe 'yuṅkta tasmātprajāpatiryuñjānaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 12.2 yuñjānaḥ prathamam mana iti prajāpatirvai yuñjānaḥ sa mana etasmai karmaṇe 'yuṅkta
tadyanmana etasmai karmaṇe 'yuṅkta tasmātprajāpatiryuñjānaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 13.2 mano vai savitā prāṇā dhiyo 'gner jyotir nicāyyety agner jyotir dṛṣṭvety etat pṛthivyā adhyābharad iti pṛthivyai hyenad adhyābharati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 14.2 mana evaitadetasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte na hyayuktena manasā kiṃcana samprati śaknoti kartuṃ devasya savituḥ sava iti devena savitrā prasūtā ity etat svargyāya śaktyeti yathaitena karmaṇā svargaṃ lokamiyād evametadāha śaktyeti śaktyā hi svargaṃ lokameti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 14.2 mana evaitadetasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte na hyayuktena
manasā kiṃcana samprati śaknoti kartuṃ devasya savituḥ sava iti devena savitrā prasūtā ity etat svargyāya śaktyeti yathaitena karmaṇā svargaṃ lokamiyād evametadāha śaktyeti śaktyā hi svargaṃ lokameti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 15.2 mano vai savitā prāṇā devāḥ svaryato dhiyā divamiti svargaṃ haināṃ lokaṃ yato dhiyaitasmai karmaṇe yuyuje bṛhajjyotiḥ kariṣyata ity asau vā ādityo bṛhajjyotir eṣa u eṣo 'gnir etam v ete saṃskariṣyanto bhavanti savitā prasuvāti tāniti savitṛprasūtā etat karma karavann ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 16.2 manaś caivaitat prāṇāṃś caitasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte viprā viprasyeti prajāpatir vai vipro devā viprā bṛhato vipaścita iti prajāpatirvai bṛhan vipaścid vi hotrā dadha iti yadvā eṣa cīyate tad eṣa hotrā vidhatte cite hyetasminhotrā adhividhīyante vayunāvid ity eṣa hīdaṃ vayunam avindad eka id ity eko hy eṣa idaṃ sarvaṃ vayunam avindan mahī devasya savituḥ pariṣṭutir iti mahatī devasya savituḥ pariṣṭutir ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 19.2 ā tvā juhomi
manasā ca ghṛtena cetyetat pratikṣiyantam bhuvanāni viśveti pratyaṅ hyeṣa sarvāṇi bhuvanāni kṣiyati pṛthuṃ tiraścā vayasā bṛhantamiti pṛthurvā eṣa tiryaṅvayaso bṛhandhūmena vyaciṣṭhamanne rabhasaṃ dṛśānamity avakāśavantam annair annādaṃ dīpyamānam ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 20.2 ā sarvataḥ pratyañcaṃ juhomīty etad arakṣasā
manasā tajjuṣetety ahīḍamānena manasā tajjoṣayetetyetan maryaśrī spṛhayadvarṇo agniriti maryaśrīrhyeṣa spṛhayadvarṇo 'gnirnābhimṛśe tanvā jarbhurāṇa iti na hyeṣo 'bhimṛśe tanvā dīpyamāno bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 20.2 ā sarvataḥ pratyañcaṃ juhomīty etad arakṣasā manasā tajjuṣetety ahīḍamānena
manasā tajjoṣayetetyetan maryaśrī spṛhayadvarṇo agniriti maryaśrīrhyeṣa spṛhayadvarṇo 'gnirnābhimṛśe tanvā jarbhurāṇa iti na hyeṣo 'bhimṛśe tanvā dīpyamāno bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 4.2 samīdhe dasyuhantamamiti
mano vai pāthyo vṛṣā sa enaṃ tata ainddha dhanaṃjayaṃ raṇe raṇa iti yathaiva yajustathā bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 16.2 manaso vā etadagre karma samabhavat tad evaitadetasmai karmaṇe prayuṅkte //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 21.2 manasi hyayamātmā pratiṣṭhito 'nnam āsañjanam anne hyayamātmā prāṇair āsaktaḥ sa yo haitad evaṃ vedaitenaiva rūpeṇaitad rūpam bibharti //
ŚBM, 10, 3, 3, 6.2 yadā vai puruṣaḥ svapiti prāṇaṃ tarhi vāg apyeti prāṇaṃ cakṣuḥ prāṇam
manaḥ prāṇaṃ śrotram /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 3, 8.7 sa yadaivaṃvid asmāl lokāt praiti vācaivāgnim apyeti cakṣuṣādityam
manasā candraṃ śrotreṇa diśaḥ prāṇena vāyuṃ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 15.1 sa etaiḥ suptaḥ na kasya cana veda na
manasā saṃkalpayati na vācānnasya rasaṃ vijānāti na prāṇena gandhaṃ vijānāti na cakṣuṣā paśyati na śrotreṇa śṛṇoti /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.5 tat ṣaṭtriṃśataṃ sahasrāṇy apaśyad ātmano 'gnīn arkān
manomayān manaścitaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.5 tat ṣaṭtriṃśataṃ sahasrāṇy apaśyad ātmano 'gnīn arkān manomayān
manaścitaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.11 yat kiṃ ca yajñe karma kriyate yat kiṃ ca yajñiyaṃ karma
manasaiva teṣu tan manomayeṣu manaścitsu manomayam akriyata /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.11 yat kiṃ ca yajñe karma kriyate yat kiṃ ca yajñiyaṃ karma manasaiva teṣu tan
manomayeṣu manaścitsu manomayam akriyata /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.11 yat kiṃ ca yajñe karma kriyate yat kiṃ ca yajñiyaṃ karma manasaiva teṣu tan manomayeṣu
manaścitsu manomayam akriyata /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.11 yat kiṃ ca yajñe karma kriyate yat kiṃ ca yajñiyaṃ karma manasaiva teṣu tan manomayeṣu manaścitsu
manomayam akriyata /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.12 tad yat kiṃ cemāni bhūtāni
manasā saṃkalpayanti teṣām eva sā kṛtis tān evādadhati tāṃś cinvanti teṣu grahān gṛhṇanti teṣu stuvate teṣu śaṃsanti /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.13 etāvatī vai
manaso vibhūtir etāvatī visṛṣṭir etāvan manaḥ ṣaṭtriṃśat sahasrāṇy agnayo 'rkāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 3, 3.13 etāvatī vai manaso vibhūtir etāvatī visṛṣṭir etāvan
manaḥ ṣaṭtriṃśat sahasrāṇy agnayo 'rkāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 3, 2.1 sa ātmānam upāsīta
manomayam prāṇaśarīram bhārūpam ākāśātmānaṃ kāmarūpiṇam manojavasaṃ satyasaṃkalpaṃ satyadhṛtiṃ sarvagandhaṃ sarvarasaṃ sarvā anu diśaḥ prabhūtaṃ sarvam idam abhyāptam avākkam anādaram /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 3, 2.1 sa ātmānam upāsīta manomayam prāṇaśarīram bhārūpam ākāśātmānaṃ kāmarūpiṇam
manojavasaṃ satyasaṃkalpaṃ satyadhṛtiṃ sarvagandhaṃ sarvarasaṃ sarvā anu diśaḥ prabhūtaṃ sarvam idam abhyāptam avākkam anādaram /
ŚBM, 13, 1, 8, 3.0 svāhādhim ādhītāya svāhā
manaḥ prajāpataye svāhā cittaṃ vijñātāyeti yadeva pūrvāsām brāhmaṇaṃ tad atra //
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 3, 3.0 sumanāḥ śuciḥ śucau varūthyadeśe pūrṇavighanaṃ caruṃ śrapayitvā darśapūrṇamāsadevatābhyo yathāvibhāgaṃ sthālīpākasya juhoti //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 24, 10.0 vāg devī
manasā saṃvidānā prāṇena vatsena sahendraproktā juṣatāṃ tvā saumanasāya devī mahī mandrā vāṇī vāṇīcī salilā svayaṃbhūr iti cānumantrayeta //
ŚāṅkhGS, 6, 4, 1.0 adabdhaṃ
mana iṣiraṃ cakṣuḥ sūryo jyotiṣāṃ śreṣṭho dīkṣe mā mā hiṃsīr iti savitāram īkṣante //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 8, 1.0 saṃ vāk prāṇena sam ahaṃ prāṇena saṃ cakṣur
manasā sam ahaṃ manasā saṃ prajāpatiḥ paśubhiḥ sam ahaṃ paśubhir ity āśiṣam eva tad vadate //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 8, 1.0 saṃ vāk prāṇena sam ahaṃ prāṇena saṃ cakṣur manasā sam ahaṃ
manasā saṃ prajāpatiḥ paśubhiḥ sam ahaṃ paśubhir ity āśiṣam eva tad vadate //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 1, 2.0 tasya vā etasya prāṇasya brahmaṇo
mano dūtam cakṣur goptṛ śrotraṃ śrāvayitṛ vāk pariveṣṭrī //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 1, 3.0 sa yo ha vā etasya prāṇasya brahmaṇo
mano dūtaṃ veda dūtavān bhavati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 3, 6.0 mano nāma devatāvarodhinī sā me 'muṣmād idam avarundhyāt tasyai svāhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 2, 10.0 na hi kaścana śaknuyāt sakṛd vācā nāma prajñāpayituṃ cakṣuṣā rūpaṃ śrotreṇa śabdaṃ
manasā dhyātum //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 8.0 vāk pūrvarūpaṃ
mana uttararūpaṃ prāṇaḥ saṃhiteti śauravīro māṇḍūkeyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 9.0 atha ha smāsya putra āha dīrghaḥ
manasā vā agre kīrtayati tad vācā vadati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 10.0 tasmān
mana eva pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ mano vāk prāṇas tveva saṃhiteti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 10.0 tasmān mana eva pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ
mano vāk prāṇas tveva saṃhiteti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 11.0 sa eṣo 'śvarathaḥ praṣṭivāhano
manovākprāṇasaṃhitaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ gamayati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 4, 15.0 evamiva ha sma sarvata ātmānam anuvidhāyāha idam eva pūrvarūpam idam uttararūpaṃ
mano vāk prāṇas tveva saṃhiteti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 4, 16.0 sa eṣo 'śvarathaḥ praṣṭivāhano
manovākprāṇasaṃhitaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ gamayati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 5, 4.0 vāk pūrvarūpaṃ
mana uttararūpaṃ prāṇaḥ saṃhitā śrotraṃ saṃdhiś cakṣuḥ saṃdhātā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 1, 8.0 sa eṣa saṃvatsarasaṃmānaś cakṣurmayaḥ śrotramayaś chandomayo
manomayo vāṅmaya ātmā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 1, 9.0 sa ya evam etaṃ saṃvatsarasaṃmānaṃ cakṣurmayaṃ śrotramayaṃ chandomayaṃ
manomayaṃ vāṅmayam ātmānaṃ veda saṃvatsarasya sāyujyaṃ salokatāṃ sarūpatāṃ sabhakṣatām aśnute //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 2, 17.0 sa eṣo 'haḥsaṃmānaś cakṣurmayaḥ śrotramayaś chandomayo
manomayo vāṅmaya ātmā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 2, 18.0 sa ya evam etad ahaḥsaṃmānaṃ cakṣurmayaṃ śrotramayaṃ chandomayaṃ
manomayaṃ vāṅmayam ātmānaṃ veda ahnāṃ sāyujyaṃ salokatāṃ sarūpatāṃ sabhakṣatām aśnute //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 5, 4.0 sa eṣo 'kṣarasaṃmānaś cakṣurmayaḥ śrotramayaś chandamayo
manomayo vāṅmaya ātmā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 5, 5.0 sa ya evam etam akṣarasaṃmānaṃ cakṣurmayaṃ śrotramayaṃ chandamayaṃ
manomayaṃ vāṅmayam ātmānaṃ parasmai śaṃsati dugdhadohā asya vedā bhavanti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 3, 2.0 yathā mūkā avadantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena paśyantaś cakṣuṣā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa dhyāyanto
manasaivam iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 4, 2.0 yathāndhā apaśyantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā śṛṇvantaḥ śrotreṇa dhyāyanto
manasaivam iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 5, 2.0 yathā badhirā aśṛṇvantaḥ prāṇantaḥ prāṇena vadanto vācā paśyantaḥ cakṣuṣā dhyāyanto
manasaivam iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 10, 1, 3.0 etā ha vai devatāḥ puruṣa eva pratiṣṭhitā agnir vāci vāyuḥ prāṇa ādityaś cakṣuṣi candramā
manasi diśaḥ śrotra āpo retasi //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 10, 8, 3.0 apāno gārhapatyo vyāno 'nvāhāryapacano
mano dhūmo manyur arcir dantā aṅgārāḥ śraddhā payo vāk samit satyam āhutiḥ prajñātmā sa rasaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 1, 2.0 tasminn etā devatā āveśayad vācy agniṃ prāṇe vāyuṃ apāne vidyuta udāne parjanyaṃ cakṣuṣy ādityaṃ
manasi candramasaṃ śrotre diśaḥ śarīre pṛthivīṃ retasy apo bala indraṃ manyāv īśānaṃ mūrdhany ākāśaṃ ātmani brahma //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 6, 6.0 manasi me candramāḥ pratiṣṭhito mano hṛdaye hṛdayam ātmani tat satyaṃ devānāṃ māham akāmo mariṣyāmy annavān annādo bhūyāsaṃ svāhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 6, 6.0 manasi me candramāḥ pratiṣṭhito
mano hṛdaye hṛdayam ātmani tat satyaṃ devānāṃ māham akāmo mariṣyāmy annavān annādo bhūyāsaṃ svāhā //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 31, 13.2 yo rātahavyo 'vṛkāya dhāyase kīreś cin mantram
manasā vanoṣi tam //
ṚV, 1, 33, 11.2 sadhrīcīnena
manasā tam indra ojiṣṭhena hanmanāhann abhi dyūn //
ṚV, 1, 51, 10.2 ā tvā vātasya nṛmaṇo
manoyuja ā pūryamāṇam avahann abhi śravaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 52, 12.1 tvam asya pāre rajaso vyomanaḥ svabhūtyojā avase
dhṛṣanmanaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 54, 3.1 arcā dive bṛhate śūṣyaṃ vacaḥ svakṣatraṃ yasya dhṛṣato dhṛṣan
manaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 54, 5.2 prācīnena
manasā barhaṇāvatā yad adyā cit kṛṇavaḥ kas tvā pari //
ṚV, 1, 54, 9.2 vy aśnuhi tarpayā kāmam eṣām athā
mano vasudeyāya kṛṣva //
ṚV, 1, 55, 7.1 dānāya
manaḥ somapāvann astu te 'rvāñcā harī vandanaśrud ā kṛdhi /
ṚV, 1, 61, 2.2 indrāya hṛdā
manasā manīṣā pratnāya patye dhiyo marjayanta //
ṚV, 1, 64, 1.2 apo na dhīro
manasā suhastyo giraḥ sam añje vidatheṣv ābhuvaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 71, 9.1 mano na yo 'dhvanaḥ sadya ety ekaḥ satrā sūro vasva īśe /
ṚV, 1, 76, 1.1 kā ta upetir
manaso varāya bhuvad agne śantamā kā manīṣā /
ṚV, 1, 76, 1.2 ko vā yajñaiḥ pari dakṣaṃ ta āpa kena vā te
manasā dāśema //
ṚV, 1, 77, 2.2 agnir yad ver martāya devān sa cā bodhāti
manasā yajāti //
ṚV, 1, 85, 4.2 manojuvo yan maruto ratheṣv ā vṛṣavrātāsaḥ pṛṣatīr ayugdhvam //
ṚV, 1, 91, 23.1 devena no
manasā deva soma rāyo bhāgaṃ sahasāvann abhi yudhya /
ṚV, 1, 93, 8.1 yo agnīṣomā haviṣā saparyād devadrīcā
manasā yo ghṛtena /
ṚV, 1, 94, 12.2 mṛḍā su no bhūtv eṣām
manaḥ punar agne sakhye mā riṣāmā vayaṃ tava //
ṚV, 1, 102, 3.2 ājā na indra
manasā puruṣṭuta tvāyadbhyo maghavañcharma yaccha naḥ //
ṚV, 1, 102, 5.2 asmākaṃ smā ratham ā tiṣṭha sātaye jaitraṃ hīndra nibhṛtam
manas tava //
ṚV, 1, 108, 2.2 tāvāṁ ayam pātave somo astv aram indrāgnī
manase yuvabhyām //
ṚV, 1, 109, 1.1 vi hy akhyam
manasā vasya icchann indrāgnī jñāsa uta vā sajātān /
ṚV, 1, 112, 18.1 yābhir aṅgiro
manasā niraṇyatho 'graṃ gacchatho vivare goarṇasaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 118, 1.2 yo martyasya
manaso javīyān trivandhuro vṛṣaṇā vātaraṃhāḥ //
ṚV, 1, 119, 1.1 ā vāṃ ratham purumāyam
manojuvaṃ jīrāśvaṃ yajñiyaṃ jīvase huve /
ṚV, 1, 119, 9.2 yuvaṃ dadhīco
mana ā vivāsatho 'thā śiraḥ prati vām aśvyaṃ vadat //
ṚV, 1, 139, 2.3 dhībhiś cana
manasā svebhir akṣabhiḥ somasya svebhir akṣabhiḥ //
ṚV, 1, 145, 2.1 tam it pṛcchanti na simo vi pṛcchati sveneva dhīro
manasā yad agrabhīt /
ṚV, 1, 151, 8.1 yuvāṃ yajñaiḥ prathamā gobhir añjata ṛtāvānā
manaso na prayuktiṣu /
ṚV, 1, 151, 8.2 bharanti vām manmanā saṃyatā giro 'dṛpyatā
manasā revad āśāthe //
ṚV, 1, 157, 6.2 atho ha kṣatram adhi dhattha ugrā yo vāṃ haviṣmān
manasā dadāśa //
ṚV, 1, 158, 2.2 jigṛtam asme revatīḥ purandhīḥ kāmapreṇeva
manasā carantā //
ṚV, 1, 159, 2.1 uta manye pitur adruho
mano mātur mahi svatavas taddhavīmabhiḥ /
ṚV, 1, 164, 8.1 mātā pitaram ṛta ā babhāja dhīty agre
manasā saṃ hi jagme /
ṚV, 1, 164, 36.2 te dhītibhir
manasā te vipaścitaḥ paribhuvaḥ pari bhavanti viśvataḥ //
ṚV, 1, 171, 2.1 eṣa va stomo maruto namasvān hṛdā taṣṭo
manasā dhāyi devāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 171, 2.2 upem ā yāta
manasā juṣāṇā yūyaṃ hi ṣṭhā namasa id vṛdhāsaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 181, 3.2 vṛṣṇa sthātārā
manaso javīyān ahampūrvo yajato dhiṣṇyā yaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 182, 5.2 yena devatrā
manasā nirūhathuḥ supaptanī petathuḥ kṣodaso mahaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 183, 1.1 taṃ yuñjāthām
manaso yo javīyān trivandhuro vṛṣaṇā yas tricakraḥ /
ṚV, 2, 3, 2.2 ghṛtapruṣā
manasā havyam undan mūrdhan yajñasya sam anaktu devān //
ṚV, 2, 3, 3.1 īḍito agne
manasā no arhan devān yakṣi mānuṣāt pūrvo adya /
ṚV, 2, 10, 5.1 ā viśvataḥ pratyañcaṃ jigharmy arakṣasā
manasā taj juṣeta /
ṚV, 2, 23, 12.1 adevena
manasā yo riṣaṇyati śāsām ugro manyamāno jighāṃsati /
ṚV, 2, 26, 2.1 yajasva vīra pra vihi manāyato bhadram
manaḥ kṛṇuṣva vṛtratūrye /
ṚV, 2, 26, 3.2 devānāṃ yaḥ pitaram āvivāsati
śraddhāmanā haviṣā brahmaṇaspatim //
ṚV, 2, 32, 2.2 mā no vi yauḥ sakhyā viddhi tasya naḥ sumnāyatā
manasā tat tvemahe //
ṚV, 2, 32, 3.1 aheḍatā
manasā śruṣṭim ā vaha duhānāṃ dhenum pipyuṣīm asaścatam /
ṚV, 2, 40, 3.2 viṣūvṛtam
manasā yujyamānaṃ taṃ jinvatho vṛṣaṇā pañcaraśmim //
ṚV, 3, 1, 13.2 devāsaś cin
manasā saṃ hi jagmuḥ paniṣṭhaṃ jātaṃ tavasaṃ duvasyan //
ṚV, 3, 4, 5.1 sapta hotrāṇi
manasā vṛṇānā invanto viśvam prati yann ṛtena /
ṚV, 3, 8, 4.2 taṃ dhīrāsaḥ kavaya un nayanti svādhyo
manasā devayantaḥ //
ṚV, 3, 14, 5.2 yajiṣṭhena
manasā yakṣi devān asredhatā manmanā vipro agne //
ṚV, 3, 19, 3.1 sa tejīyasā
manasā tvota uta śikṣa svapatyasya śikṣoḥ /
ṚV, 3, 26, 1.1 vaiśvānaram
manasāgniṃ nicāyyā haviṣmanto anuṣatyaṃ svarvidam /
ṚV, 3, 31, 1.2 pitā yatra duhituḥ sekam ṛñjan saṃ śagmyena
manasā dadhanve //
ṚV, 3, 31, 5.1 vīᄆau satīr abhi dhīrā atṛndan prācāhinvan
manasā sapta viprāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 31, 9.1 ni gavyatā
manasā sedur arkaiḥ kṛṇvānāso amṛtatvāya gātum /
ṚV, 3, 38, 2.2 imā u te praṇyo vardhamānā
manovātā adha nu dharmaṇi gman //
ṚV, 3, 38, 6.2 apaśyam atra
manasā jaganvān vrate gandharvāṁ api vāyukeśān //
ṚV, 3, 60, 1.1 iheha vo
manasā bandhutā nara uśijo jagmur abhi tāni vedasā /
ṚV, 3, 60, 2.2 yena harī
manasā niratakṣata tena devatvam ṛbhavaḥ sam ānaśa //
ṚV, 4, 1, 15.1 te gavyatā
manasā dṛdhram ubdhaṃ gā yemānam pari ṣantam adrim /
ṚV, 4, 2, 3.1 atyā vṛdhasnū rohitā ghṛtasnū ṛtasya manye
manasā javiṣṭhā /
ṚV, 4, 16, 10.1 ā dasyughnā
manasā yāhy astam bhuvat te kutsaḥ sakhye nikāmaḥ /
ṚV, 4, 24, 6.2 sadhrīcīnena
manasāvivenan tam it sakhāyaṃ kṛṇute samatsu //
ṚV, 4, 25, 3.2 kasyāśvināv indro agniḥ sutasyāṃśoḥ pibanti
manasāvivenam //
ṚV, 4, 26, 5.1 bharad yadi vir ato vevijānaḥ pathoruṇā
manojavā asarji /
ṚV, 4, 27, 3.2 sṛjad yad asmā ava ha kṣipaj jyāṃ kṛśānur astā
manasā bhuraṇyan //
ṚV, 4, 33, 9.1 apo hy eṣām ajuṣanta devā abhi kratvā
manasā dīdhyānāḥ /
ṚV, 4, 36, 2.1 rathaṃ ye cakruḥ suvṛtaṃ sucetaso 'vihvarantam
manasas pari dhyayā /
ṚV, 4, 37, 2.1 te vo hṛde
manase santu yajñā juṣṭāso adya ghṛtanirṇijo guḥ /
ṚV, 4, 58, 6.1 samyak sravanti sarito na dhenā antar hṛdā
manasā pūyamānāḥ /
ṚV, 5, 1, 4.1 agnim acchā devayatām
manāṃsi cakṣūṃṣīva sūrye saṃ caranti /
ṚV, 5, 30, 4.1 sthiram
manaś cakṛṣe jāta indra veṣīd eko yudhaye bhūyasaś cit /
ṚV, 5, 36, 3.1 cakraṃ na vṛttam puruhūta vepate
mano bhiyā me amater id adrivaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 42, 4.1 sam indra ṇo
manasā neṣi gobhiḥ saṃ sūribhir harivaḥ saṃ svasti /
ṚV, 5, 44, 7.1 vety agrur janivān vā ati spṛdhaḥ samaryatā
manasā sūryaḥ kaviḥ /
ṚV, 5, 77, 3.2 manojavā aśvinā vātaraṃhā yenātiyātho duritāni viśvā //
ṚV, 5, 81, 1.1 yuñjate
mana uta yuñjate dhiyo viprā viprasya bṛhato vipaścitaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 9, 5.1 dhruvaṃ jyotir nihitaṃ dṛśaye kam
mano javiṣṭham patayatsv antaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 9, 6.2 vi me
manaś carati dūraādhīḥ kiṃ svid vakṣyāmi kim u nū maniṣye //
ṚV, 6, 21, 4.2 kas te yajño
manase śaṃ varāya ko arka indra katamaḥ sa hotā //
ṚV, 6, 22, 6.1 ayā ha tyam māyayā vāvṛdhānam
manojuvā svatavaḥ parvatena /
ṚV, 6, 28, 5.2 imā yā gāvaḥ sa janāsa indra icchāmīddhṛdā
manasā cid indram //
ṚV, 6, 40, 4.1 ā yāhi śaśvad uśatā yayāthendra mahā
manasā somapeyam /
ṚV, 6, 49, 5.1 sa me vapuś chadayad aśvinor yo ratho virukmān
manasā yujānaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 52, 5.1 viśvadānīṃ
sumanasaḥ syāma paśyema nu sūryam uccarantam /
ṚV, 6, 63, 7.2 pra vāṃ ratho
manojavā asarjīṣaḥ pṛkṣa iṣidho anu pūrvīḥ //
ṚV, 6, 75, 6.2 abhīśūnām mahimānam panāyata
manaḥ paścād anu yacchanti raśmayaḥ //
ṚV, 7, 4, 8.1 nahi grabhāyāraṇaḥ suśevo 'nyodaryo
manasā mantavā u /
ṚV, 7, 20, 6.1 nū cit sa bhreṣate jano na reṣan
mano yo asya ghoram āvivāsāt /
ṚV, 7, 24, 2.1 gṛbhītaṃ te
mana indra dvibarhāḥ sutaḥ somaḥ pariṣiktā madhūni /
ṚV, 7, 25, 1.2 patāti didyun naryasya bāhvor mā te
mano viṣvadryag vi cārīt //
ṚV, 7, 27, 5.1 nū indra rāye varivas kṛdhī na ā te
mano vavṛtyāma maghāya /
ṚV, 7, 33, 11.1 utāsi maitrāvaruṇo vasiṣṭhorvaśyā brahman
manaso 'dhi jātaḥ /
ṚV, 7, 56, 8.1 śubhro vaḥ śuṣmaḥ krudhmī
manāṃsi dhunir munir iva śardhasya dhṛṣṇoḥ //
ṚV, 7, 64, 4.1 yo vāṃ gartam
manasā takṣad etam ūrdhvāṃ dhītiṃ kṛṇavad dhārayac ca /
ṚV, 7, 67, 1.1 prati vāṃ rathaṃ nṛpatī jaradhyai haviṣmatā
manasā yajñiyena /
ṚV, 7, 67, 7.2 aheᄆatā
manasā yātam arvāg aśnantā havyam mānuṣīṣu vikṣu //
ṚV, 7, 68, 3.1 pra vāṃ ratho
manojavā iyarti tiro rajāṃsy aśvinā śatotiḥ /
ṚV, 7, 69, 2.1 sa paprathāno abhi pañca bhūmā trivandhuro
manasā yātu yuktaḥ /
ṚV, 7, 90, 5.1 te satyena
manasā dīdhyānāḥ svena yuktāsaḥ kratunā vahanti /
ṚV, 7, 98, 2.2 uta hṛdota
manasā juṣāṇa uśann indra prasthitān pāhi somān //
ṚV, 7, 104, 8.1 yo mā pākena
manasā carantam abhicaṣṭe anṛtebhir vacobhiḥ /
ṚV, 8, 31, 15.2 devānāṃ ya in
mano yajamāna iyakṣaty abhīd ayajvano bhuvat //
ṚV, 8, 31, 16.2 devānāṃ ya in
mano yajamāna iyakṣaty abhīd ayajvano bhuvat //
ṚV, 8, 31, 17.2 devānāṃ ya in
mano yajamāna iyakṣaty abhīd ayajvano bhuvat //
ṚV, 8, 31, 18.2 devānāṃ ya in
mano yajamāna iyakṣaty abhīd ayajvano bhuvat //
ṚV, 8, 48, 7.1 iṣireṇa te
manasā sutasya bhakṣīmahi pitryasyeva rāyaḥ /
ṚV, 8, 89, 4.1 abhi pra bhara dhṛṣatā
dhṛṣanmanaḥ śravaś cit te asad bṛhat /
ṚV, 8, 100, 5.2 manaś cin me hṛda ā praty avocad acikradañ chiśumantaḥ sakhāyaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 68, 5.1 saṃ dakṣeṇa
manasā jāyate kavir ṛtasya garbho nihito yamā paraḥ /
ṚV, 9, 74, 8.2 ā hinvire
manasā devayantaḥ kakṣīvate śatahimāya gonām //
ṚV, 9, 77, 2.2 sa madhva ā yuvate vevijāna it kṛśānor astur
manasāha bibhyuṣā //
ṚV, 9, 77, 4.1 ayaṃ no vidvān vanavad vanuṣyata induḥ satrācā
manasā puruṣṭutaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 97, 22.1 takṣad yadī
manaso venato vāg jyeṣṭhasya vā dharmaṇi kṣor anīke /
ṚV, 9, 97, 28.1 aśvo no krado vṛṣabhir yujānaḥ siṃho na bhīmo
manaso javīyān /
ṚV, 9, 114, 1.2 tam āhuḥ suprajā iti yas te somāvidhan
mana indrāyendo pari srava //
ṚV, 10, 2, 5.1 yat pākatrā
manasā dīnadakṣā na yajñasya manvate martyāsaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 5, 3.2 viśvasya nābhiṃ carato dhruvasya kaveś cit tantum
manasā viyantaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 10, 3.2 ni te
mano manasi dhāyy asme janyuḥ patis tanvam ā viviśyāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 10, 3.2 ni te mano
manasi dhāyy asme janyuḥ patis tanvam ā viviśyāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 10, 14.2 tasya vā tvam
mana icchā sa vā tavādhā kṛṇuṣva saṃvidaṃ subhadrām //
ṚV, 10, 11, 2.1 rapad gandharvīr apyā ca yoṣaṇā nadasya nāde pari pātu me
manaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 17, 12.2 adhvaryor vā pari vā yaḥ pavitrāt taṃ te juhomi
manasā vaṣaṭkṛtam //
ṚV, 10, 30, 1.1 pra devatrā brahmaṇe gātur etv apo acchā
manaso na prayukti /
ṚV, 10, 30, 6.2 saṃ jānate
manasā saṃ cikitre 'dhvaryavo dhiṣaṇāpaś ca devīḥ //
ṚV, 10, 30, 13.2 adhvaryubhir
manasā saṃvidānā indrāya somaṃ suṣutam bharantīḥ //
ṚV, 10, 31, 2.2 uta svena kratunā saṃ vadeta śreyāṃsaṃ dakṣam
manasā jagṛbhyāt //
ṚV, 10, 37, 7.1 viśvāhā tvā
sumanasaḥ sucakṣasaḥ prajāvanto anamīvā anāgasaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 37, 12.1 yad vo devāś cakṛma jihvayā guru
manaso vā prayutī devaheḍanam /
ṚV, 10, 39, 12.1 ā tena yātam
manaso javīyasā rathaṃ yaṃ vām ṛbhavaś cakrur aśvinā /
ṚV, 10, 43, 2.1 na ghā tvadrig apa veti me
manas tve it kāmam puruhūta śiśraya /
ṚV, 10, 47, 7.2 hṛdispṛśo
manasā vacyamānā asmabhyaṃ citraṃ vṛṣaṇaṃ rayiṃ dāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 50, 7.2 pra te sumnasya
manasā pathā bhuvan made sutasya somyasyāndhasaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 53, 1.1 yam aicchāma
manasā so 'yam āgād yajñasya vidvān paruṣaś cikitvān /
ṚV, 10, 55, 8.1 yujā karmāṇi janayan viśvaujā aśastihā
viśvamanās turāṣāṭ /
ṚV, 10, 60, 8.2 evā dādhāra te
mano jīvātave na mṛtyave 'tho ariṣṭatātaye //
ṚV, 10, 60, 9.2 evā dādhāra te
mano jīvātave na mṛtyave 'tho ariṣṭatātaye //
ṚV, 10, 61, 3.1 mano na yeṣu havaneṣu tigmaṃ vipaḥ śacyā vanutho dravantā /
ṚV, 10, 63, 7.1 yebhyo hotrām prathamām ā yeje manuḥ samiddhāgnir
manasā sapta hotṛbhiḥ /
ṚV, 10, 65, 5.1 mitrāya śikṣa varuṇāya dāśuṣe yā samrājā
manasā na pra yucchataḥ /
ṚV, 10, 70, 4.2 aheḍatā
manasā deva barhir indrajyeṣṭhāṁ uśato yakṣi devān //
ṚV, 10, 71, 2.1 saktum iva titaunā punanto yatra dhīrā
manasā vācam akrata /
ṚV, 10, 71, 7.1 akṣaṇvantaḥ karṇavantaḥ sakhāyo
manojaveṣv asamā babhūvuḥ /
ṚV, 10, 71, 8.1 hṛdā taṣṭeṣu
manaso javeṣu yad brāhmaṇāḥ saṃyajante sakhāyaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 74, 2.1 hava eṣām asuro nakṣata dyāṃ śravasyatā
manasā niṃsata kṣām /
ṚV, 10, 81, 4.2 manīṣiṇo
manasā pṛcchated u tad yad adhyatiṣṭhad bhuvanāni dhārayan //
ṚV, 10, 81, 7.1 vācas patiṃ viśvakarmāṇam ūtaye
manojuvaṃ vāje adyā huvema /
ṚV, 10, 82, 1.1 cakṣuṣaḥ pitā
manasā hi dhīro ghṛtam ene ajanan nannamāne /
ṚV, 10, 87, 13.2 manyor
manasaḥ śaravyā jāyate yā tayā vidhya hṛdaye yātudhānān //
ṚV, 10, 95, 1.1 haye jāye
manasā tiṣṭha ghore vacāṃsi miśrā kṛṇavāvahai nu /
ṚV, 10, 114, 4.2 tam pākena
manasāpaśyam antitas tam mātā reḍhi sa u reḍhi mātaram //
ṚV, 10, 117, 2.2 sthiram
manaḥ kṛṇute sevate puroto cit sa marḍitāraṃ na vindate //
ṚV, 10, 129, 4.1 kāmas tad agre sam avartatādhi
manaso retaḥ prathamaṃ yad āsīt /
ṚV, 10, 130, 6.2 paśyan manye
manasā cakṣasā tān ya imaṃ yajñam ayajanta pūrve //
ṚV, 10, 145, 6.2 mām anu pra te
mano vatsaṃ gaur iva dhāvatu pathā vār iva dhāvatu //
ṚV, 10, 147, 2.1 tvam māyābhir anavadya māyinaṃ śravasyatā
manasā vṛtram ardayaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 177, 1.1 pataṅgam aktam asurasya māyayā hṛdā paśyanti
manasā vipaścitaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 177, 2.1 pataṅgo vācam
manasā bibharti tāṃ gandharvo 'vadad garbhe antaḥ /
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 1, 5, 8.1 yo vāṃ somair haviṣā yo ghṛtena vedena yo
manasā vāśa śakrā /
ṚVKh, 1, 7, 2.2 tāv aśvinā jaṭharam āpṛṇethām athā
mano vasudheyāya dhattam //
ṚVKh, 2, 4, 2.1 aṁhomucam āṅgirasaṃ gayaṃ ca svasty ātreyam
manasā ca tārkṣyam /
ṚVKh, 2, 12, 1.1 cakṣuś ca śrotraṃ ca
manaś ca vāk ca prāṇāpānau deha idaṃ śarīram /
ṚVKh, 4, 8, 6.1 medhāṃ devīṃ
manasā rejamānāṃ gandharvajuṣṭāṃ prati no juṣasva /
ṚVKh, 4, 8, 8.1 medhāvy ahaṃ sumanās supratīkaś
śraddhāmanās satyamatis suśevaḥ /
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 1.2 yena yajñas tāyate saptahotā tan me
manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 2.2 yad apūrvaṃ yakṣam antaḥ prajānān tan me
manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 3.2 yasmānna ṛte kiṃcana karma kriyate tan me
manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 4.2 dūraṅgamaṃ jyotiṣāṃ jyotir ekaṃ tan me
manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 5.2 yasmiṃś cittaṃ sarvam otam prajānān tan me
manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 6.2 hṛtpratiṣṭhaṃ yad ajiraṃ javiṣṭhaṃ tan me
manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 7.2 daśapañca triṃśataṃ yat paraṃ ca tan me
manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 8.2 te yajñacitteṣṭakāt taṃ śarīraṃ tan me
manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 6, 7.1 sa yadi pramatto vyāhared etā vā vyāhṛtīr
manasānudravet /
ṢB, 2, 3, 2.2 manaḥ prathamam atha prāṇam atha cakṣur atha śrotram atha vācam //
Amṛtabindūpaniṣat
Arthaśāstra
ArthaŚ, 1, 17, 35.1 yauvanotsekāt parastrīṣu
manaḥ kurvāṇam āryāvyañjanābhiḥ strībhir amedhyābhiḥ śūnyāgāreṣu rātrāv udvejayeyuḥ //
ArthaŚ, 2, 10, 4.1 so
'vyagramanā rājñaḥ saṃdeśaṃ śrutvā niścitārthaṃ lekhaṃ vidadhyāt deśaiśvaryavaṃśanāmadheyopacāram īśvarasya deśanāmadheyopacāram anīśvarasya //
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 1, 15.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 2, 14.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 3, 17.2 āttamanasas te ca bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 4, 15.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 6, 15.2 āttamanasas te ca bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 7, 16.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 8, 13.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 9, 15.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 11, 3.1 bhikṣavo buddhapūjādarśanād
āvarjitamanaso buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ kutremāni bhagavataḥ kuśalamūlāni kṛtānīti /
AvŚat, 11, 3.4 tena hi bhikṣavaḥ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye //
AvŚat, 11, 6.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 12, 3.2 yat tu nāma sendrair devaiḥ pūjyata iti
āvarjitamanā bhagavantam upasaṃkrāntaḥ /
AvŚat, 12, 4.3 tatas te bhikṣavo bhagavato divyapūjādarśanād
āvarjitamanaso buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ kutremāni bhagavatā kuśalamūlāni kṛtānīti /
AvŚat, 12, 4.6 tena hi bhikṣavaḥ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye //
AvŚat, 12, 7.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 13, 9.2 āttamanasas te ca bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 14, 7.2 āttamanasas te ca bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 15, 7.2 āttamanasas te ca bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 16, 8.2 āttamanasas te ca bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 18, 7.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 19, 8.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
AvŚat, 21, 1.6 tena hi bhikṣavaḥ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye //
AvŚat, 21, 6.2 āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan //
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 2, 4.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ śakraṃ devānāmindramāmantrayate sma tena hi kauśika śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuru bhāṣiṣye 'haṃ te yathā bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthātavyam /
ASāh, 2, 4.13 na śabdagandharasaspraṣṭavyadharmeṣu na śrotravijñāne yāvanna
manovijñāne /
ASāh, 2, 4.14 na
manaḥsaṃsparśe na manaḥsaṃsparśajāyāṃ vedanāyāṃ sthātavyam /
ASāh, 2, 4.14 na manaḥsaṃsparśe na
manaḥsaṃsparśajāyāṃ vedanāyāṃ sthātavyam /
ASāh, 2, 4.26 iti hi cakṣuriti
yāvanmanaḥsaṃsparśajā vedaneti na sthātavyam /
ASāh, 2, 13.5 naitāni puṣpāṇi vṛkṣagulmalatānirjātāni yāni śakreṇa devānāmindreṇābhyavakīrṇāni
manomayānyetāni puṣpāṇīti /
ASāh, 2, 13.7 tatkasya hetoḥ na hi
manonirjātāni kānicitpuṣpāṇi nāpi vṛkṣagulmalatānirjātāni /
ASāh, 2, 13.8 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat yattvaṃ kauśika evaṃ vadasi anirjātānyetāni puṣpāṇi naitāni
manonirjātāni nāpi vṛkṣagulmalatānirjātānīti /
ASāh, 3, 6.4 tān kauśika sarvān śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuru bhāṣiṣye 'haṃ te /
ASāh, 3, 8.2 tasya saṃgrāmamavatarato vā avatīrṇasya vā atikrāmato vā saṃgrāmamadhyagatasya vā tiṣṭhato vā niṣaṇṇasya vā asthānametatkauśika anavakāśo yattasya kulaputrasya vā kuladuhiturvā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
manasi kurvato vā udgṛhṇato vā dhārayato vā vācayato vā paryavāpnuvato vā pravartayato vā deśayato vā upadiśato vā uddiśato vā svādhyāyato vā jīvitāntarāyo vā bhavet /
ASāh, 3, 12.28 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayann adhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyād dhārayed vācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayed deśayedupadiśed uddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsām āpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayet sthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.33 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayet vācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayet deśayet upadiśet uddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsām āpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayet sthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.38 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhadavakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayedupadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsām āpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo 'bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.42 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyātpravartayed deśayedupadiśeduddiśetsvādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsām āpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.46 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayedupadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣet yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.50 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayedupadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayet sthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 13.3 tiṣṭhantu khalu punarbhagavan anena paryāyeṇa trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ ye 'pi te bhagavan gaṅgānadīvālukopameṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu sarvasattvāḥ tatra ekaikaḥ sattvaḥ ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet ekaikaś ca sattvastān sarvān stūpān kārayet kārayitvā ca tān pratiṣṭhāpya kalpaṃ vā kalpāvaśeṣaṃ vā sarvavādyaiḥ sarvagītaiḥ sarvanṛtyaiḥ sarvatūryatālāvacarairdivyaiḥ sarvapuṣpaiḥ sarvadhūpaiḥ sarvagandhaiḥ sarvamālyaiḥ sarvavilepanaiḥ sarvacūrṇaiḥ sarvavastrairdivyābhiḥ sarvacchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca sarvadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyamānuṣikībhiḥ sarvapūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet ayameva tebhyaḥ sa bhagavan sarvasattvebhyaḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmabhiśraddadhadavakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayedupadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayetsaddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 14.10 tasmāttarhi kauśika yaḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmabhiśraddadhadavakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyātpravartayeddeśayed upadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayetsaddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 17.1 punaraparaṃ kauśika imāṃ prajñāpāramitām udgṛhṇatāṃ dhārayatāṃ vācayatāṃ paryavāpnuvatāṃ pravartayatāṃ deśayatāmupadiśatāmuddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ likhatāṃ
manasi kurvatāṃ samanvāharatāṃ ca kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṝṇāṃ vā tannidānaṃ bahavo dṛṣṭadhārmikā guṇāḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 31.2 yaḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmabhiśraddadhadavakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyātpravartayeddeśayed upadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayetsaddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 31.6 prasannacittena bodhāya cittamutpādya satkṛtya adhyāśayena śrotavyā udgrahītavyā dhārayitavyā vācayitavyā paryavāptavyā pravartayitavyā deśayitavyā upadeṣṭavyā uddeṣṭavyā svādhyātavyā parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayitavyā arthato vivaritavyā
manasānvavekṣitavyā yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta /
ASāh, 5, 1.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat yo bhagavan kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmabhiśraddadhadavakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayed upadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt
manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayetsaddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 6, 2.1 evamukte āyupyān subhūtiḥ sthaviraṃ maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocat yatpunarayaṃ maitreya bodhisattvo mahāsattvo daśadiśi loke sarvataḥ sarvatra gatayā aprameyāprameyeṣu asaṃkhyeyāsaṃkhyeṣu aparimāṇāparimāṇeṣu acintyācintyeṣu anantāparyanteṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu atīte 'dhvani ekaikasyāṃ diśi ekaikasmiṃstrisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau aprameyāprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyāsaṃkhyeyānām aparimāṇāparimāṇānām acintyācintyānām anantāparyantānām anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇāṃ paryāttabāṣpāṇāṃ marditakaṇṭakānāṃ svapahṛtabhārāṇām anuprāptasvakārthānāṃ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanānāṃ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittānāṃ sarvacetovaśiparamapāramiprāptānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhānāṃ yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvacca saddharmo nāntarhitaḥ etasmin antare yasteṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaśca yāni ca ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni buddhaguṇasaṃpatpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni balavaiśāradyapāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni evamabhijñāpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni parijñāpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni praṇidhānapāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni sarvajñajñānasaṃpatpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yā ca anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ yacca anuttaraṃ samyaksaṃbodhisukham yā ca sarvadharmaiśvaryapāramitā yaś ca aparimeyo 'nabhibhūtaḥ sarvābhibhūtaḥ paramaṛddhyabhisaṃskāraḥ yacca anāvaraṇam asaṅgam apratihatam asamamasamasamam anupamam aparimeyaṃ tathāgatayathābhūtajñānabalam yadbuddhajñānabalam balānāṃ yadbuddhajñānadarśanam yā ca daśabalapāramitā yaś ca caturvaiśāradyaparamasukhaparipūrṇo 'dhigamaḥ yaś ca sarvadharmāṇāṃ paramārthābhinirhāreṇa dharmādhigamaḥ yacca dharmacakrapravartanam dharmolkāpragrahaṇam dharmabherīsaṃpratāḍanam dharmaśaṅkhaprapūraṇam dharmaśaṅkhapravyāharaṇam dharmakhaḍgapraharaṇam dharmavṛṣṭipravarṣaṇam dharmayajñayajanam dharmadānena sarvasattvasaṃtarpaṇam dharmadānasaṃpravāraṇam ye ca tatra dharmadeśanāsu buddhadharmeṣu pratyekabuddhadharmeṣu śrāvakadharmeṣu vā vinītāḥ śikṣitā adhimuktā niyatāḥ saṃbodhiparāyaṇāḥ teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirbodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākṛtā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni ye ca pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ pudgalā vyākṛtāḥ pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni yacca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu śīlamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu bhāvanāmayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yaiś ca pṛthagjanaistatra dharmakuśalamūlānyavaropitāni teṣāṃ ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ bhikṣuṇīnāṃ upāsakānāmupāsikānām yacca dānamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu śīlamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu bhāvanāmayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu yaiś ca tatra teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ dharmaṃ deśayatāṃ devairnāgairyakṣairgandharvairasurairgaruḍaiḥ kinnarairmahoragair manuṣyāmanuṣyairvā yaiś ca tiryagyonigatair api sattvaiḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvāpayatām api kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca tatra teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvṛtānām api kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni buddhaṃ ca bhagavantamāgamya dharmaṃ cāgamya saṃghaṃ cāgamya
manobhāvanīyāṃś ca pudgalānāgamya teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tatsarvaṃ kuśalamūlaṃ niravaśeṣāniravaśeṣam anavaśeṣam aikadhyam abhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā agrayā anumodanayā anumodeta śreṣṭhayā jyeṣṭhayā varayā pravarayā praṇītayā uttamayā anuttamayā niruttarayā asamayā asamasamayā anumodanayā anumodeta /
ASāh, 6, 10.18 atha smṛtivaikalyena na nimittīkaroti na samanvāharati na
manasi karoti smṛtivaikalyādanavabodhādvā evam api na pariṇāmayatyanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau /
ASāh, 6, 17.7 anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃprasthāya gaṅgānadīvālukopamān kalpān kāyasucaritaṃ vāksucaritaṃ
manaḥsucaritamupalambhasaṃjñinaḥ śīlaṃ samādāya varteran /
ASāh, 6, 17.8 anena paryāyeṇa sarve 'pi te bodhisattvā ekaiko bodhisattvo gaṅgānadīvālukopamān kalpāṃstiṣṭhan gaṅgānadīvālukopamān kalpān kāyasucaritaṃ vāksucaritaṃ
manaḥsucaritamupalambhasaṃjñī śīlaṃ samādāya varteta /
ASāh, 6, 17.15 tiṣṭhantu khalu punaḥ subhūte gaṅgānadīvālukopameṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu sarvasattvā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃprasthitāḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃprasthāya gaṅgānadīvālukopamān kalpān kāyasucaritaṃ vāksucaritaṃ
manaḥsucaritaṃ śīlaṃ samādāya vartamānā upalambhasaṃjñinaḥ ye subhūte gaṅgānadīvālukopameṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu sattvāḥ te sarve anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃpratiṣṭheran /
ASāh, 7, 1.32 kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthātavyam kathaṃ
manasi kartavyā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā kathaṃ bhagavan namaskartavyā prajñāpāramitā evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat yathā śāriputra śāstari tathā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthātavyam /
ASāh, 7, 1.33 tathaiva
manasi kartavyā śāriputra prajñāpāramitā yathā śāstā /
ASāh, 7, 11.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat pañca bhagavan ānantaryāṇi karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni asya
manoduścaritasya vāgduścaritasya ca na prativarṇikāny api na anurūpāṇy api na pratirūpāṇy api bhavanti /
ASāh, 7, 11.3 pañcānantaryāṇi śāriputra karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitānyasya
manoduścaritasya ca vāgduścaritasya ca na prativarṇikānyapi na anurūpāṇy api na pratirūpāṇy api asya karmaṇaḥ kṛtasya saṃcitasya ācitasya upacitasya /
ASāh, 7, 12.3 paścimāyā janatāyā ālokaḥ kṛto bhaviṣyati anena
vāṅmanaḥkarmaṇā kṛtena saṃcitenopacitenopacitena evaṃ mahāntaṃ mahānirayeṣvātmabhāvaṃ parigṛhṇīteti /
ASāh, 7, 12.4 bhagavānāha eṣa eva śāriputra paścimāyā janatāyā ālokaḥ kṛto bhaviṣyati yadanena
vāṅmanoduścaritena akuśalena karmābhisaṃskāreṇa abhisaṃskṛtena saṃcitenācitenopacitena iyacciraduḥkhaṃ pratyanubhaviṣyatīti /
ASāh, 7, 13.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat
susaṃvṛtakāyakarmavākkarmamanaskarmaṇā bhagavan kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā bhavitavyam /
ASāh, 8, 7.2 tena hi subhūte anyān api sūkṣmatarān saṅgānākhyāsyāmi tān śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuru /
ASāh, 8, 8.1 bhagavānetadavocat iha subhūte śrāddhaḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ nimittato
manasi karoti /
ASāh, 8, 13.6 evaṃ
yāvanmanaḥsaṃsparśajā vedanā sasaṅgāsaṅgeti na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām /
ASāh, 8, 13.21 yāvanna
manaḥsaṃsparśajāyāṃ vedanāyāṃ saṅgaṃ janayati /
ASāh, 12, 1.5 iti te putrāstāṃ mātaraṃ sarvasukhopadhānaiḥ sudhṛtāṃ dhārayeyuḥ sugopāyitāṃ gopāyeyuḥ sukelāyitāṃ kelāyeyuḥ mā khalvasyāḥ kācidduḥkhā vedanā duḥkho vā sparśa utpadyeta cakṣuṣo vā śrotrato vā ghrāṇato vā jihvāto vā kāyato vā
manasto vā vātato vā pittato vā śleṣmato vā saṃnipātato vā daṃśato vā maśakato vā sarīsṛpato vā manuṣyato vā amanuṣyato vā āpātato vā utpātato vā aniṣṭanipātaḥ śarīre nipatet /
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 7, 2, 18.0 kṣubdhasvāntadhvāntalagnamliṣṭaviribdhaphāṇṭabāḍhāni
manthamanastamaḥsaktāvispaṣṭasvarānāyāsabhṛśeṣu //
Brahmabindūpaniṣat
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 47.2 śaṅkāmaniṣṭāṃ vijahau
manastaḥ praharṣamevādhikamāruroha //
BCar, 1, 58.1 śrutvā vacastacca
manaśca yuktvā jñātvā nimittaiśca tato 'smyupetaḥ /
BCar, 1, 83.1 daśasu pariṇateṣvahaḥsu caiva
prayatamanāḥ parayā mudā parītaḥ /
BCar, 2, 28.1 kiṃcinmanaḥkṣobhakaraṃ pratīpaṃ kathaṃ na paśyediti so 'nucintya /
BCar, 2, 37.1 sasnau śarīraṃ pavituṃ
manaśca tīrthāmbubhiścaiva guṇāmbubhiśca /
BCar, 3, 7.2 gaccheti cājñāpayati sma vācā snehānna cainaṃ
manasā mumoca //
BCar, 3, 23.2 dhanyāsya bhāryeti
śanairavocañśuddhairmanobhiḥ khalu nānyabhāvāt //
BCar, 3, 61.2 manāṃsi śaṅke kaṭhināni nṝṇāṃ svasthāstathā hyadhvani vartamānāḥ //
BCar, 4, 97.1 aho 'tidhīraṃ balavacca te
manaścaleṣu kāmeṣu ca sāradarśinaḥ /
BCar, 4, 103.1 tataḥ śrutvā rājā viṣayavimukhaṃ tasya tu
mano na śiśye tāṃ rātriṃ hṛdayagataśalyo gaja iva /
BCar, 5, 8.1 manasā ca viviktatāmabhīpsuḥ suhṛdastānanuyāyino nivārya /
BCar, 5, 9.2 jagataḥ prabhavavyayau
vicinvanmanasaśca sthitimārgamālalambe //
BCar, 5, 10.1 samavāptamanaḥsthitiśca sadyo viṣayecchādibhirādhibhiśca muktaḥ /
BCar, 5, 11.1 adhigamya tato vivekajaṃ tu paramaprītisukhaṃ
manaḥsamādhim /
BCar, 5, 11.2 idameva tataḥ paraṃ pradadhyau
manasā lokagatiṃ niśāmya samyak //
BCar, 5, 31.2 taruṇasya
manaścalatyaraṇyād anabhijñasya viśeṣato viveke //
BCar, 5, 66.2 avagamya
manastato 'sya devairbhavanadvāramapāvṛtaṃ babhūva //
BCar, 5, 71.2 manasīva pareṇa codyamānasturagasyānayane matiṃ cakāra //
BCar, 5, 85.2 pramuditamanasaśca devasaṅghā vyavasitapāraṇamāśaśaṃsire 'smai //
BCar, 5, 87.1 harituragaturaṅgavatturaṅgaḥ sa tu
vicaranmanasīva codyamānaḥ /
BCar, 7, 27.1 yataḥ śarīraṃ
manaso vaśena pravartate cāpi nivartate ca /
BCar, 7, 35.1 anvavrajannāśramiṇastatastaṃ
tadrūpamāhātmyagatairmanobhiḥ /
BCar, 8, 11.2 pataddhi jahruḥ salilaṃ na netrajaṃ
mano nininduśca phalotthamātmanaḥ //
BCar, 8, 32.2 upāgate ca tvayi kanthake ca me samaṃ gateṣu triṣu kampate
manaḥ //
BCar, 8, 50.2 pranaṣṭaśokā iva vismayaṃ
yayurmanojvaraṃ pravrajanāttu lebhire //
BCar, 8, 64.1 dhruvaṃ sa jānanmama dharmavallabho
manaḥ priyerṣyākalahaṃ muhurmithaḥ /
BCar, 8, 68.1 aho nṛśaṃsaṃ sukumāravarcasaḥ sudāruṇaṃ tasya manasvino
manaḥ /
BCar, 8, 78.2 priyeṇa putreṇa satā vinākṛtaṃ kathaṃ na muhyeddhi
mano manorapi //
BCar, 10, 12.1 tataḥ śrutārtho
manasāgatāstho rājā babhāṣe puruṣaṃ tameva /
BCar, 10, 20.2 sa cāpyavocatsadṛśena sāmnā nṛpaṃ
manaḥsvāsthyamanāmayaṃ ca //
BCar, 11, 66.1 bhavecca dharmo yadi nāparo vidhirvratena śīlena
manaḥśamena vā /
BCar, 11, 68.1 na ca pratāryo 'smi phalapravṛttaye bhaveṣu rājan ramate na me
manaḥ /
BCar, 11, 71.2 himāriśatrukṣayaśatrughātane tathāntare yāhi
vimokṣayanmanaḥ //
BCar, 13, 3.2 papracchurenaṃ
manaso vikāraṃ sa tāṃśca tāścaiva vaco 'bhyuvāca //
BCar, 13, 4.2 jigīṣurāste viṣayānmadīyāntasmādayaṃ me
manaso viṣādaḥ //
BCar, 13, 7.2 so 'śvatthamūlaṃ sasuto 'bhyagacchadasvāsthyakārī
manasaḥ prajānām //
BCar, 13, 31.2 māre 'nukampāṃ
manasā pracakrurvirāgabhāvāttu na roṣamīyuḥ //
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 8, 4.1 atīndriyaṃ
punarmanaḥ sattvasaṃjñakaṃ cetaḥ ityāhureke tadarthātmasaṃpadāyattaceṣṭaṃ ceṣṭāpratyayabhūtamindriyāṇām //
Ca, Sū., 8, 7.1 manaḥpuraḥsarāṇīndriyāṇy arthagrahaṇasamarthāni bhavanti //
Ca, Sū., 8, 13.1 mano mano'rtho buddhirātmā cetyadhyātmadravyaguṇasaṃgrahaḥ śubhāśubhapravṛttinivṛttihetuśca dravyāśritaṃ ca karma yaducyate kriyeti //
Ca, Sū., 8, 13.1 mano
mano'rtho buddhirātmā cetyadhyātmadravyaguṇasaṃgrahaḥ śubhāśubhapravṛttinivṛttihetuśca dravyāśritaṃ ca karma yaducyate kriyeti //
Ca, Sū., 8, 16.2 tatra
manaso manobuddheśca ta eva samānātihīnamithyāyogāḥ prakṛtivikṛtihetavo bhavanti //
Ca, Sū., 8, 16.2 tatra manaso
manobuddheśca ta eva samānātihīnamithyāyogāḥ prakṛtivikṛtihetavo bhavanti //
Ca, Sū., 8, 27.1 na kāryakālamatipātayet nāparīkṣitamabhiniviśet nendriyavaśagaḥ syāt na cañcalaṃ
mano 'nubhrāmayet na buddhīndriyāṇāmatibhāramādadhyāt na cātidīrghasūtrī syāt na krodhaharṣāvanuvidadhyāt na śokamanuvaset na siddhāvutsekaṃ yacchennāsiddhau dainyaṃ prakṛtimabhīkṣṇaṃ smaret hetuprabhāvaniścitaḥ syāddhetvārambhanityaśca na kṛtamityāśvaset na vīryaṃ jahyāt nāpavādamanusmaret //
Ca, Sū., 11, 8.0 satāṃ ca rūpāṇām atisannikarṣād ativiprakarṣād āvaraṇāt
karaṇadaurbalyānmano'navasthānāt samānābhihārād abhibhavād atisaukṣmyācca pratyakṣānupalabdhiḥ tasmādaparīkṣitam etaducyate pratyakṣamevāsti nānyadastīti //
Ca, Sū., 11, 33.1 evaṃ pramāṇaiścaturbhirupadiṣṭe punarbhave dharmadvāreṣv avadhīyeta tadyathā guruśuśrūṣāyām adhyayane vratacaryāyāṃ dārakriyāyāmapatyotpādane bhṛtyabharaṇe 'tithipūjāyāṃ dāne 'nabhidhyāyāṃ tapasyanasūyāyāṃ dehavāṅmānase karmaṇyakliṣṭe
dehendriyamano'rthabuddhyātmaparīkṣāyāṃ manaḥsamādhāviti yāni cānyānyapyevaṃvidhāni karmāṇi satāmavigarhitāni svargyāṇi vṛttipuṣṭikarāṇi vidyāt tānyārabheta kartuṃ tathā kurvanniha caiva yaśo labhate pretya ca svargam /
Ca, Sū., 11, 33.1 evaṃ pramāṇaiścaturbhirupadiṣṭe punarbhave dharmadvāreṣv avadhīyeta tadyathā guruśuśrūṣāyām adhyayane vratacaryāyāṃ dārakriyāyāmapatyotpādane bhṛtyabharaṇe 'tithipūjāyāṃ dāne 'nabhidhyāyāṃ tapasyanasūyāyāṃ dehavāṅmānase karmaṇyakliṣṭe dehendriyamano'rthabuddhyātmaparīkṣāyāṃ
manaḥsamādhāviti yāni cānyānyapyevaṃvidhāni karmāṇi satāmavigarhitāni svargyāṇi vṛttipuṣṭikarāṇi vidyāt tānyārabheta kartuṃ tathā kurvanniha caiva yaśo labhate pretya ca svargam /
Ca, Sū., 11, 39.2 tatra
vāṅmanaḥśarīrātipravṛttiratiyogaḥ sarvaśo'pravṛttirayogaḥ vegadhāraṇodīraṇaviṣamaskhalanapatanāṅgapraṇidhānāṅgapradūṣaṇaprahāramardanaprāṇoparodhasaṃkleśanādiḥ śārīro mithyāyogaḥ sūcakānṛtākālakalahāpriyābaddhānupacāraparuṣavacanādir vāṅmithyāyogaḥ bhayaśokakrodhalobhamohamānerṣyāmithyādarśanādir mānaso mithyāyogaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 11, 40.0 saṃgraheṇa cātiyogāyogavarjaṃ karma
vāṅmanaḥśarīrajam ahitam anupadiṣṭaṃ yattacca mithyāyogaṃ vidyāt //
Ca, Sū., 11, 54.2 tatra daivavyapāśrayaṃ mantrauṣadhimaṇimaṅgalabalyupahārahomaniyamaprāyaścittopavāsasvastyayanapraṇipātagamanādi yuktivyapāśrayaṃ punarāhārauṣadhadravyāṇāṃ yojanā sattvāvajayaḥ punarahitebhyo'rthebhyo
manonigrahaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.2 yāni tu khalu vāyoḥ kupitākupitasya śarīrāśarīracarasya śarīreṣu carataḥ karmāṇi bahiḥśarīrebhyo vā bhavanti teṣāmavayavān pratyakṣānumānopadeśaiḥ sādhayitvā namaskṛtya vāyave yathāśakti pravakṣyāmaḥ vāyustantrayantradharaḥ prāṇodānasamānavyānāpānātmā pravartakaś ceṣṭānām uccāvacānāṃ niyantā praṇetā ca
manasaḥ sarvendriyāṇām udyojakaḥ sarvendriyānām abhivoḍhā sarvaśarīradhātuvyūhakaraḥ saṃdhānakaraḥ śarīrasya pravartako vācaḥ prakṛtiḥ sparśaśabdayoḥ śrotrasparśanayormūlaṃ harṣotsāhayor yoniḥ samīraṇo'gneḥ doṣasaṃśoṣaṇaḥ kṣeptā bahirmalānāṃ sthūlāṇusrotasāṃ bhettā kartā garbhākṛtīnām āyuṣo'nuvṛttipratyayabhūto bhavatyakupitaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.3 kupitastu khalu śarīre śarīraṃ nānāvidhairvikārair upatapati balavarṇasukhāyuṣām upaghātāya
mano vyāharṣayati sarvendriyāṇy upahanti vinihanti garbhān vikṛtimāpādayaty atikālaṃ vā dhārayati bhayaśokamohadainyātipralāpāñ janayati prāṇāṃścoparuṇaddhi /
Ca, Sū., 15, 9.1 tatastaṃ puruṣaṃ
snehasvedopapannamanupahatamanasamabhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ śiraḥsnātamanuliptagātraṃ sragviṇamanupahatavastrasaṃvītaṃ devatāgnidvijaguruvṛddhavaidyānarcitavantamiṣṭe nakṣatratithikaraṇamuhūrte kārayitvā brāhmaṇān svastivācanaṃ prayuktābhir āśīrbhir abhimantritāṃ madhumadhukasaindhavaphāṇitopahitāṃ madanaphalakaṣāyamātrāṃ pāyayet //
Ca, Sū., 15, 15.1 upaspṛṣṭodakaṃ cainaṃ nivātamāgāramanupraveśya saṃveśya cānuśiṣyāt uccairbhāṣyam atyāśanam atisthānam aticaṅkramaṇaṃ krodhaśokahimātapāvaśyāyātipravātān yānayānaṃ grāmyadharmam asvapanaṃ niśi divā svapnaṃ viruddhājīrṇāsātmyākālapramitātihīnaguruviṣamabhojanavegasaṃdhāraṇodīraṇam iti bhāvān etān
manasāpyasevamānaḥ sarvamaho gamayasveti /
Ca, Sū., 15, 17.1 athainaṃ punareva snehasvedābhyām
upapādyānupahatamanasam abhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ kṛtahomabalimaṅgalajapaprāyaścittamiṣṭe tithinakṣatrakaraṇamuhūrte brāhmaṇān svasti vācayitvā trivṛtkalkamakṣamātraṃ yathārhāloḍanaprativinītaṃ pāyayet prasamīkṣya doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasām avasthāntarāṇi vikārāṃśca samyak viriktaṃ cainaṃ vamanoktena dhūmavarjena vidhinopapādayed ā balavarṇaprakṛtilābhāt balavarṇopapannaṃ cainamanupahatamanasamabhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ śiraḥsnātamanuliptagātraṃ sragviṇam anupahatavastrasaṃvītam anurūpālaṅkārālaṃkṛtaṃ suhṛdāṃ darśayitvā jñātīnāṃ darśayet athainaṃ kāmeṣvavasṛjet //
Ca, Sū., 15, 17.1 athainaṃ punareva snehasvedābhyām upapādyānupahatamanasam abhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ kṛtahomabalimaṅgalajapaprāyaścittamiṣṭe tithinakṣatrakaraṇamuhūrte brāhmaṇān svasti vācayitvā trivṛtkalkamakṣamātraṃ yathārhāloḍanaprativinītaṃ pāyayet prasamīkṣya doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasām avasthāntarāṇi vikārāṃśca samyak viriktaṃ cainaṃ vamanoktena dhūmavarjena vidhinopapādayed ā balavarṇaprakṛtilābhāt balavarṇopapannaṃ
cainamanupahatamanasamabhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ śiraḥsnātamanuliptagātraṃ sragviṇam anupahatavastrasaṃvītam anurūpālaṅkārālaṃkṛtaṃ suhṛdāṃ darśayitvā jñātīnāṃ darśayet athainaṃ kāmeṣvavasṛjet //
Ca, Sū., 19, 4.9 eka ūrustambha ityāmatridoṣasamutthaḥ ekaḥ saṃnyāsa iti tridoṣātmako
manaḥśarīrādhiṣṭhānaḥ eko mahāgada iti atattvābhiniveśaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 20, 3.0 catvāro rogā bhavanti āgantuvātapittaśleṣmanimittāḥ teṣāṃ caturṇāmapi rogāṇāṃ rogatvamekavidhaṃ bhavati ruksāmānyāt dvividhā punaḥ prakṛtireṣām āgantunijavibhāgāt dvividhaṃ caiṣāmadhiṣṭhānaṃ
manaḥśarīraviśeṣāt vikārāḥ punaraparisaṃkhyeyāḥ prakṛtyadhiṣṭhānaliṅgāyatanavikalpaviśeṣāparisaṃkhyeyatvāt //
Ca, Sū., 26, 43.2 sa evaṃguṇo'pyeka evātyartham upayujyamānaḥ sthaulyaṃ mārdavam ālasyam atisvapnaṃ gauravamanannābhilāṣam agnerdaurbalyamāsyakaṇṭhayormāṃsābhivṛddhiṃ śvāsakāsapratiśyāyālasakaśītajvarānāhāsyamādhuryavamathusaṃjñāsvarapraṇāśagalagaṇḍagaṇḍamālāślīpadagalaśophabastidhamanīgalopalepākṣyāmayābhiṣyandān ityevaṃprabhṛtīn kaphajān vikārānupajanayati amlo raso bhaktaṃ rocayati agniṃ dīpayati dehaṃ bṛṃhayati ūrjayati
mano bodhayati indriyāṇi dṛḍhīkaroti balaṃ vardhayati vātamanulomayati hṛdayaṃ tarpayati āsyamāsrāvayati bhuktamapakarṣayati kledayati jarayati prīṇayati laghuruṣṇaḥ snigdhaśca /
Ca, Sū., 30, 25.0 pramāṇam
āyuṣastvarthendriyamanobuddhiceṣṭādīnāṃ vikṛtilakṣaṇair upalabhyate'nimittaiḥ ayam asmāt kṣaṇānmuhūrtād divasāt tripañcasaptadaśadvādaśāhāt pakṣānmāsāt ṣaṇmāsāt saṃvatsarād vā svabhāvamāpatsyata iti tatra svabhāvaḥ pravṛtteruparamo maraṇam anityatā nirodha ityeko'rthaḥ ityāyuṣaḥ pramāṇam ato viparītam apramāṇam ariṣṭādhikāre dehaprakṛtilakṣaṇam adhikṛtya copadiṣṭamāyuṣaḥ pramāṇamāyurvede //
Ca, Nid., 1, 35.1 jvarastu khalu maheśvarakopaprabhavaḥ sarvaprāṇabhṛtāṃ prāṇaharo
dehendriyamanastāpakaraḥ prajñābalavarṇaharṣotsāhahrāsakaraḥ śramaklamamohāhāroparodhasaṃjananaḥ jvarayati śarīrāṇīti jvaraḥ nānye vyādhayastathā dāruṇā bahūpadravā duścikitsyāśca yathāyam /
Ca, Nid., 6, 8.2 kṣayamapi copagacchati retasi yadi
manaḥ strībhyo naivāsya nivartate tasya cātipraṇītasaṅkalpasya maithunamāpadyamānasya na śukraṃ pravartate 'timātropakṣīṇaretastvāt tathāsya vāyurvyāyacchamānaśarīrasyaiva dhamanīranupraviśya śoṇitavāhinīstābhyaḥ śoṇitaṃ pracyāvayati tacchukrakṣayādasya punaḥ śukramārgeṇa śoṇitaṃ pravartate vātānusṛtaliṅgam /
Ca, Nid., 7, 4.1 tatra doṣanimittāś catvāraḥ puruṣāṇām evaṃvidhānāṃ kṣipram abhinirvartante tadyathā bhīrūṇām upakliṣṭasattvānām utsannadoṣāṇāṃ samalavikṛtopahitāny anucitāny āhārajātāni vaiṣamyayuktenopayogavidhinopayuñjānānāṃ tantraprayogam api viṣamam ācaratām anyāś ca śarīraceṣṭā viṣamāḥ samācaratām atyupakṣīṇadehānāṃ vyādhivegasamudbhramitānām upahatamanasāṃ vā kāmakrodhalobhaharṣabhayamohāyāsaśokacintodvegādibhir bhūyo 'bhighātābhyāhatānāṃ vā
manasy upahate buddhau ca pracalitāyām abhyudīrṇā doṣāḥ prakupitā hṛdayam upasṛtya manovahāni srotāṃsy āvṛtya janayanty unmādam //
Ca, Nid., 7, 5.1 unmādaṃ punar
manobuddhisaṃjñājñānasmṛtibhaktiśīlaceṣṭācāravibhramaṃ vidyāt //
Ca, Vim., 1, 3.1 iha khalu vyādhīnāṃ nimittapūrvarūparūpopaśayasaṃkhyāprādhānyavidhivikalpabalakālaviśeṣān anupraviśyānantaraṃ doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrasārāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasāṃ mānam
avahitamanasā yathāvaj jñeyaṃ bhavati bhiṣajā doṣādimānajñānāyattatvāt kriyāyāḥ /
Ca, Vim., 1, 25.6 iṣṭe deśe iṣṭasarvopakaraṇaṃ cāśnīyāt iṣṭe hi deśe bhuñjāno
nāniṣṭadeśajairmanovighātakarair bhāvair manovighātaṃ prāpnoti tathaiveṣṭaiḥ sarvopakaraṇaiḥ tasmādiṣṭe deśe tatheṣṭasarvopakaraṇaṃ cāśnīyāt /
Ca, Vim., 1, 25.6 iṣṭe deśe iṣṭasarvopakaraṇaṃ cāśnīyāt iṣṭe hi deśe bhuñjāno nāniṣṭadeśajairmanovighātakarair bhāvair
manovighātaṃ prāpnoti tathaiveṣṭaiḥ sarvopakaraṇaiḥ tasmādiṣṭe deśe tatheṣṭasarvopakaraṇaṃ cāśnīyāt /
Ca, Vim., 2, 7.2 tatra hīnamātram āhārarāśiṃ balavarṇopacayakṣayakaram atṛptikaram udāvartakaram anāyuṣyavṛṣyam anaujasyaṃ
śarīramanobuddhīndriyopaghātakaraṃ sāravidhamanam alakṣmyāvaham aśīteśca vātavikārāṇām āyatanam ācakṣate atimātraṃ punaḥ sarvadoṣaprakopaṇam icchanti kuśalāḥ /
Ca, Vim., 2, 8.0 na ca khalu kevalam atimātram evāhārarāśim āmapradoṣakaram icchanti api tu khalu gururūkṣaśītaśuṣkadviṣṭaviṣṭambhividāhyaśuciviruddhānām akāle cānnapānānām upasevanaṃ
kāmakrodhalobhamoherṣyāhrīśokamānodvegabhayopataptamanasā vā yad annapānam upayujyate tad apyāmam eva pradūṣayati //
Ca, Vim., 4, 4.4 apramāṇaṃ punarmattonmattamūrkharaktaduṣṭāduṣṭavacanamiti pratyakṣaṃ tu khalu tadyat
svayamindriyairmanasā copalabhyate /
Ca, Vim., 4, 8.2 tadyathāgnijaraṇaśaktyā parīkṣeta balaṃ vyāyāmaśaktyā śrotrādīni śabdādyarthagrahaṇena
mano'rthāvyabhicaraṇena vijñānaṃ vyavasāyena rajaḥ saṅgena mohamavijñānena krodhamabhidroheṇa śokaṃ dainyena harṣamāmodena prītiṃ toṣeṇa bhayaṃ viṣādena dhairyamaviṣādena vīryamutthānena avasthānamavibhrameṇa śraddhāmabhiprāyeṇa medhāṃ grahaṇena saṃjñāṃ nāmagrahaṇena smṛtiṃ smaraṇena hriyamapatrapaṇena śīlamanuśīlanena dveṣaṃ pratiṣedhena upadhimanubandhena dhṛtim alaulyena vaśyatāṃ vidheyatayā vayobhaktisātmyavyādhisamutthānāni kāladeśopaśayavedanāviśeṣeṇa gūḍhaliṅgaṃ vyādhimupaśayānupaśayābhyāṃ doṣapramāṇaviśeṣam apacāraviśeṣeṇa āyuṣaḥ kṣayamariṣṭaiḥ upasthitaśreyastvaṃ kalyāṇābhiniveśena amalaṃ sattvamavikāreṇa grahaṇyāstu mṛdudāruṇatvaṃ svapnadarśanamabhiprāyaṃ dviṣṭeṣṭasukhaduḥkhāni cāturaparipraśnenaiva vidyāditi //
Ca, Vim., 6, 3.1 dve rogānīke bhavataḥ prabhāvabhedena sādhyam asādhyaṃ ca dve rogānīke balabhedena mṛdu dāruṇaṃ ca dve rogānīke adhiṣṭhānabhedena
mano'dhiṣṭhānaṃ śarīrādhiṣṭhānaṃ ca dve rogānīke nimittabhedena svadhātuvaiṣamyanimittam āgantunimittaṃ ca dve rogānīke āśayabhedena āmāśayasamutthaṃ pakvāśayasamutthaṃ ceti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 7.1 tatrāyamadhyayanavidhiḥ kalyaḥ kṛtakṣaṇaḥ prātar utthāyopavyūṣaṃ vā kṛtvā āvaśyakam upaspṛśyodakaṃ devarṣigobrāhmaṇaguruvṛddhasiddhācāryebhyo namaskṛtya same śucau deśe sukhopaviṣṭo
manaḥpuraḥsarābhirvāgbhiḥ sūtramanukrāman punaḥ punarāvartayed buddhvā samyaganupraviśyārthatattvaṃ svadoṣaparihārārthaṃ paradoṣapramāṇārthaṃ ca evaṃ madhyaṃdine 'parāhṇe rātrau ca śaśvad aparihāpayannadhyayanam abhyasyet /
Ca, Vim., 8, 13.1 athainamagnisakāśe brāhmaṇasakāśe bhiṣaksakāśe cānuśiṣyād brahmacāriṇā śmaśrudhāriṇā satyavādināmāṃsādena medhyasevinā nirmatsareṇāśastradhāriṇā ca bhavitavyaṃ na ca te madvacanāt kiṃcid akāryaṃ syādanyatra rājadviṣṭāt prāṇaharād vipulād adharmyād anarthasamprayuktād vāpyarthāt madarpaṇena matpradhānena madadhīnena matpriyahitānuvartinā ca śaśvadbhavitavyaṃ putravad dāsavad arthivaccopacaratānuvastavyo 'ham anutsekenāvahitenānanyamanasā vinītenāvekṣyāvekṣyakāriṇānasūyakena cābhyanujñātena pravicaritavyam anujñātena pravicaratā pūrvaṃ gurvarthopāharaṇe yathāśakti prayatitavyaṃ karmasiddhimarthasiddhiṃ yaśolābhaṃ pretya ca svargamicchatā bhiṣajā tvayā gobrāhmaṇamādau kṛtvā sarvaprāṇabhṛtāṃ śarmāśāsitavyamaharaharuttiṣṭhatā copaviśatā ca sarvātmanā cāturāṇāmārohyāya prayatitavyaṃ jīvitahetorapi cāturebhyo nābhidrogdhavyaṃ
manasāpi ca parastriyo nābhigamanīyāstathā sarvameva parasvaṃ nibhṛtaveśaparicchadena bhavitavyam aśauṇḍenāpāpenāpāpasahāyena ca ślakṣṇaśukladharmyaśarmyadhanyasatyahitamitavacasā deśakālavicāriṇā smṛtimatā jñānotthānopakaraṇasampatsu nityaṃ yatnavatā ca na ca kadācidrājadviṣṭānāṃ rājadveṣiṇāṃ vā mahājanadviṣṭānāṃ mahājanadveṣiṇāṃ vāpyauṣadham anuvidhātavyaṃ tathā sarveṣām atyarthanikṛtaduṣṭaduḥkhaśīlācāropacārāṇām anapavādapratikārāṇāṃ mumūrṣūṇāṃ ca tathaivāsannihiteśvarāṇāṃ strīṇāmanadhyakṣāṇāṃ vā na ca kadācit strīdattamāmiṣamādātavyamananujñātaṃ bhartrāthavādhyakṣeṇa āturakulaṃ cānupraviśatā viditenānumatapraveśinā sārdhaṃ puruṣeṇa susaṃvītenāvākśirasā smṛtimatā stimitenāvekṣyāvekṣya manasā sarvamācaratā samyaganupraveṣṭavyam anupraviśya ca vāṅmanobuddhīndriyāṇi na kvacit praṇidhātavyānyanyatrāturād āturopakārārthād āturagateṣvanyeṣu vā bhāveṣu na cāturakulapravṛttayo bahirniścārayitavyāḥ hrasitaṃ cāyuṣaḥ pramāṇamāturasya jānatāpi tvayā na varṇayitavyaṃ tatra yatrocyamānam āturasyānyasya vāpyupaghātāya sampadyate jñānavatāpi ca nātyarthamātmano jñāne vikatthitavyam āptādapi hi vikatthamānād atyartham udvijantyaneke //
Ca, Vim., 8, 13.1 athainamagnisakāśe brāhmaṇasakāśe bhiṣaksakāśe cānuśiṣyād brahmacāriṇā śmaśrudhāriṇā satyavādināmāṃsādena medhyasevinā nirmatsareṇāśastradhāriṇā ca bhavitavyaṃ na ca te madvacanāt kiṃcid akāryaṃ syādanyatra rājadviṣṭāt prāṇaharād vipulād adharmyād anarthasamprayuktād vāpyarthāt madarpaṇena matpradhānena madadhīnena matpriyahitānuvartinā ca śaśvadbhavitavyaṃ putravad dāsavad arthivaccopacaratānuvastavyo 'ham anutsekenāvahitenānanyamanasā vinītenāvekṣyāvekṣyakāriṇānasūyakena cābhyanujñātena pravicaritavyam anujñātena pravicaratā pūrvaṃ gurvarthopāharaṇe yathāśakti prayatitavyaṃ karmasiddhimarthasiddhiṃ yaśolābhaṃ pretya ca svargamicchatā bhiṣajā tvayā gobrāhmaṇamādau kṛtvā sarvaprāṇabhṛtāṃ śarmāśāsitavyamaharaharuttiṣṭhatā copaviśatā ca sarvātmanā cāturāṇāmārohyāya prayatitavyaṃ jīvitahetorapi cāturebhyo nābhidrogdhavyaṃ manasāpi ca parastriyo nābhigamanīyāstathā sarvameva parasvaṃ nibhṛtaveśaparicchadena bhavitavyam aśauṇḍenāpāpenāpāpasahāyena ca ślakṣṇaśukladharmyaśarmyadhanyasatyahitamitavacasā deśakālavicāriṇā smṛtimatā jñānotthānopakaraṇasampatsu nityaṃ yatnavatā ca na ca kadācidrājadviṣṭānāṃ rājadveṣiṇāṃ vā mahājanadviṣṭānāṃ mahājanadveṣiṇāṃ vāpyauṣadham anuvidhātavyaṃ tathā sarveṣām atyarthanikṛtaduṣṭaduḥkhaśīlācāropacārāṇām anapavādapratikārāṇāṃ mumūrṣūṇāṃ ca tathaivāsannihiteśvarāṇāṃ strīṇāmanadhyakṣāṇāṃ vā na ca kadācit strīdattamāmiṣamādātavyamananujñātaṃ bhartrāthavādhyakṣeṇa āturakulaṃ cānupraviśatā viditenānumatapraveśinā sārdhaṃ puruṣeṇa susaṃvītenāvākśirasā smṛtimatā stimitenāvekṣyāvekṣya
manasā sarvamācaratā samyaganupraveṣṭavyam anupraviśya ca vāṅmanobuddhīndriyāṇi na kvacit praṇidhātavyānyanyatrāturād āturopakārārthād āturagateṣvanyeṣu vā bhāveṣu na cāturakulapravṛttayo bahirniścārayitavyāḥ hrasitaṃ cāyuṣaḥ pramāṇamāturasya jānatāpi tvayā na varṇayitavyaṃ tatra yatrocyamānam āturasyānyasya vāpyupaghātāya sampadyate jñānavatāpi ca nātyarthamātmano jñāne vikatthitavyam āptādapi hi vikatthamānād atyartham udvijantyaneke //
Ca, Vim., 8, 13.1 athainamagnisakāśe brāhmaṇasakāśe bhiṣaksakāśe cānuśiṣyād brahmacāriṇā śmaśrudhāriṇā satyavādināmāṃsādena medhyasevinā nirmatsareṇāśastradhāriṇā ca bhavitavyaṃ na ca te madvacanāt kiṃcid akāryaṃ syādanyatra rājadviṣṭāt prāṇaharād vipulād adharmyād anarthasamprayuktād vāpyarthāt madarpaṇena matpradhānena madadhīnena matpriyahitānuvartinā ca śaśvadbhavitavyaṃ putravad dāsavad arthivaccopacaratānuvastavyo 'ham anutsekenāvahitenānanyamanasā vinītenāvekṣyāvekṣyakāriṇānasūyakena cābhyanujñātena pravicaritavyam anujñātena pravicaratā pūrvaṃ gurvarthopāharaṇe yathāśakti prayatitavyaṃ karmasiddhimarthasiddhiṃ yaśolābhaṃ pretya ca svargamicchatā bhiṣajā tvayā gobrāhmaṇamādau kṛtvā sarvaprāṇabhṛtāṃ śarmāśāsitavyamaharaharuttiṣṭhatā copaviśatā ca sarvātmanā cāturāṇāmārohyāya prayatitavyaṃ jīvitahetorapi cāturebhyo nābhidrogdhavyaṃ manasāpi ca parastriyo nābhigamanīyāstathā sarvameva parasvaṃ nibhṛtaveśaparicchadena bhavitavyam aśauṇḍenāpāpenāpāpasahāyena ca ślakṣṇaśukladharmyaśarmyadhanyasatyahitamitavacasā deśakālavicāriṇā smṛtimatā jñānotthānopakaraṇasampatsu nityaṃ yatnavatā ca na ca kadācidrājadviṣṭānāṃ rājadveṣiṇāṃ vā mahājanadviṣṭānāṃ mahājanadveṣiṇāṃ vāpyauṣadham anuvidhātavyaṃ tathā sarveṣām atyarthanikṛtaduṣṭaduḥkhaśīlācāropacārāṇām anapavādapratikārāṇāṃ mumūrṣūṇāṃ ca tathaivāsannihiteśvarāṇāṃ strīṇāmanadhyakṣāṇāṃ vā na ca kadācit strīdattamāmiṣamādātavyamananujñātaṃ bhartrāthavādhyakṣeṇa āturakulaṃ cānupraviśatā viditenānumatapraveśinā sārdhaṃ puruṣeṇa susaṃvītenāvākśirasā smṛtimatā stimitenāvekṣyāvekṣya manasā sarvamācaratā samyaganupraveṣṭavyam anupraviśya ca
vāṅmanobuddhīndriyāṇi na kvacit praṇidhātavyānyanyatrāturād āturopakārārthād āturagateṣvanyeṣu vā bhāveṣu na cāturakulapravṛttayo bahirniścārayitavyāḥ hrasitaṃ cāyuṣaḥ pramāṇamāturasya jānatāpi tvayā na varṇayitavyaṃ tatra yatrocyamānam āturasyānyasya vāpyupaghātāya sampadyate jñānavatāpi ca nātyarthamātmano jñāne vikatthitavyam āptādapi hi vikatthamānād atyartham udvijantyaneke //
Ca, Vim., 8, 89.2 parīkṣā tvasya rugupaśamanaṃ svaravarṇayogaḥ śarīropacayaḥ balavṛddhiḥ abhyavahāryābhilāṣaḥ rucirāhārakāle abhyavahṛtasya cāhārasya kāle samyagjaraṇaṃ nidrālābho yathākālaṃ vaikāriṇāṃ ca svapnānāmadarśanaṃ sukhena ca pratibodhanaṃ vātamūtrapurīṣaretasāṃ muktiḥ
sarvākārairmanobuddhīndriyāṇāṃ cāvyāpattiriti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 90.1 kāryaphalaṃ sukhāvāptiḥ tasya lakṣaṇaṃ
manobuddhīndriyaśarīratuṣṭiḥ //
Ca, Śār., 2, 25.2 garbhopapattau tu
manaḥ striyā yaṃ jantuṃ vrajettatsadṛśaṃ prasūte //
Ca, Śār., 3, 10.1 yāni tu khalvasya garbhasyātmajāni yāni cāsyātmataḥ sambhavataḥ sambhavanti tānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ tadyathā tāsu tāsu yoniṣūtpattirāyurātmajñānaṃ
mana indriyāṇi prāṇāpānau preraṇaṃ dhāraṇamākṛtisvaravarṇaviśeṣāḥ sukhaduḥkhe icchādveṣau cetanā dhṛtirbuddhiḥ smṛtirahaṅkāraḥ prayatnaśceti //
Ca, Śār., 3, 13.1 asti khalu sattvamaupapādukaṃ yajjīvaṃ spṛkśarīreṇābhisaṃbadhnāti yasminnapagamanapuraskṛte śīlamasya vyāvartate bhaktir viparyasyate sarvendriyāṇyupatapyante balaṃ hīyate vyādhaya āpyāyyante yasmāddhīnaḥ prāṇāñjahāti yad indriyāṇām abhigrāhakaṃ ca
mana ityabhidhīyate tattrividham ākhyāyate śuddhaṃ rājasaṃ tāmasamiti /
Ca, Śār., 3, 13.2 yenāsya khalu
mano bhūyiṣṭhaṃ tena dvitīyāyām ā jātau saṃprayogo bhavati yadā tu tenaiva śuddhena saṃyujyate tadā jāteratikrāntāyā api smarati /
Ca, Śār., 3, 13.3 smārtaṃ hi jñānamātmanastasyaiva
manaso 'nubandhādanuvartate yasyānuvṛttiṃ puraskṛtya puruṣo jātismara ityucyate /
Ca, Śār., 5, 10.3 tatraivaṃjātirūpavittavṛttabuddhiśīlavidyābhijanavayovīryaprabhāvasaṃpanno 'hamityahaṅkāraḥ yan
manovākkāyakarma nāpavargāya sa saṅgaḥ karmaphalamokṣapuruṣapretyabhāvādayaḥ santi vā neti saṃśayaḥ sarvāvasthāsvananyo 'hamahaṃ sraṣṭā svabhāvasaṃsiddho 'hamahaṃ śarīrendriyabuddhismṛtiviśeṣarāśiriti grahaṇamabhisaṃplavaḥ mama mātṛpitṛbhrātṛdārāpatyabandhumitrabhṛtyagaṇo gaṇasya cāham ityabhyavapātaḥ kāryākāryahitāhitaśubhāśubheṣu viparītābhiniveśo vipratyayaḥ jñājñayoḥ prakṛtivikārayoḥ pravṛttinivṛttyośca sāmānyadarśanamaviśeṣaḥ prokṣaṇānaśanāgnihotratriṣavaṇābhyukṣaṇāvāhanayājanayajanayācanasalilahutāśanapraveśādayaḥ samārambhāḥ procyante hyanupāyāḥ /
Ca, Śār., 7, 16.1 tatra yad viśeṣataḥ sthūlaṃ sthiraṃ mūrtimadgurukharakaṭhinam aṅgaṃ nakhāsthidantamāṃsacarmavarcaḥkeśaśmaśrulomakaṇḍarādi tat pārthivaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ ca yad dravasaramandasnigdhamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittamūtrasvedādi tadāpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca yat pittam ūṣmā ca yo yā ca bhāḥ śarīre tat sarvamāgneyaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca yad ucchvāsapraśvāsonmeṣanimeṣākuñcanaprasāraṇagamanapreraṇadhāraṇādi tad vāyavīyaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca yadviviktaṃ yaducyate mahānti cāṇūni srotāṃsi tadāntarīkṣaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ ca yat prayoktṛ tat pradhānaṃ
buddhirmanaśca /
Ca, Śār., 8, 14.1 yā yā ca yathāvidhaṃ putram āśāsīta tasyāstasyāstāṃ tāṃ putrāśiṣam anuniśamya tāṃstāñjanapadān
manasānuparikrāmayet /
Ca, Śār., 8, 24.3 tato yaṣṭīmadhukasarpirbhyāṃ paramaśiśiravāriṇi saṃsthitābhyāṃ picum āplāvyopasthasamīpe sthāpayet tasyāḥ tathā śatadhautasahasradhautābhyāṃ sarpirbhyāmadhonābheḥ sarvataḥ pradihyāt sarvataśca gavyena caināṃ payasā suśītena madhukāmbunā vā nyagrodhādikaṣāyeṇa vā pariṣecayedadho nābheḥ udakaṃ vā suśītam avagāhayet kṣīriṇāṃ kaṣāyadrumāṇāṃ ca svarasaparipītāni celāni grāhayet nyagrodhādiśuṅgāsiddhayor vā kṣīrasarpiṣoḥ picuṃ grāhayet ataścaivākṣamātraṃ prāśayet prāśayedvā kevalaṃ kṣīrasarpiḥ padmotpalakumudakiñjalkāṃścāsyai samadhuśarkarān lehārthaṃ dadyāt śṛṅgāṭakapuṣkarabījakaśerukān bhakṣaṇārthaṃ gandhapriyaṅgvasitotpalaśālūkodumbaraśalāṭunyagrodhaśuṅgāni vā pāyayedenāmājena payasā payasā caināṃ balātibalāśāliṣaṣṭikekṣumūlakākolīśṛtena samadhuśarkaraṃ raktaśālīnāmodanaṃ mṛdusurabhiśītalaṃ bhojayet lāvakapiñjalakuraṅgaśambaraśaśahariṇaiṇakālapucchakarasena vā ghṛtasusaṃskṛtena sukhaśiśiropavātadeśasthāṃ bhojayet krodhaśokāyāsavyavāyavyāyāmebhyaś cābhirakṣet saumyābhiścaināṃ kathābhir
mano'nukūlābhir upāsīta tathāsyā garbhastiṣṭhati //
Garbhopaniṣat
GarbhOp, 1, 2.4 pṛthak śrotre śabdopalabdhau tvak sparśe cakṣuṣī rūpe jihvā rasane nāsikā ghrāṇe upastha ānandane apānam utsarge buddhyā budhyati
manasā saṃkalpayati vācā vadati /
GarbhOp, 1, 4.2 pitū reto'tirekāt puruṣaḥ mātū reto'tirekāt strī ubhayor vojatulyatvān napuṃsakaṃ
vyākulitamanaso 'ndhāḥ khañcāḥ kubjā vāmanā bhavanti /
GarbhOp, 1, 12.4 trīṇi sthānāni bhavanti mukhe āhavanīya udare gārhapatyo hṛdi dakṣiṇāgniḥ ātmā yajamāno
mano brahmā lobhādayaḥ paśavo dhṛtir dīkṣā saṃtoṣaś ca buddhīndriyāṇi yajñapātrāṇi karmendriyāṇi havīṃṣi śiraḥ kapālaṃ keśā darbhāḥ mukham antarvediḥ catuṣkapālaṃ śiraḥ ṣoḍaśa pārśvadantapaṭalāni saptottaraṃ marmaśataṃ sāśītikaṃ saṃdhiśataṃ sanavakaṃ snāyuśataṃ sapta sirāśatāni pañca majjāśatāni asthīni ca ha vai trīṇi śatāni ṣaṣṭiḥ sārdhacatasro romāṇi koṭyo hṛdayaṃ palāny aṣṭau dvādaśa palā jihvā pittaprasthaṃ kaphasyāḍhakaṃ śukrakuḍavaṃ medaḥ prasthau dvāv aniyataṃ mūtrapurīṣam āhāraparimāṇāt /
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 1, 70.1 atha khalu devaputrā bhagavatastūṣṇībhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā tuṣṭā udagrā
āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasābhivandya bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya divyaiścandanacūrṇairagurucūrṇair māndārapuṣpaiścābhyavakīrya tatraivāntardadhuḥ //
LalVis, 2, 1.1 tatra bhikṣavaḥ katamaḥ sulalitavistaro nāma dharmaparyāyaḥ sūtrānto mahāvaipulyaḥ iha bhikṣavo bodhisattvasya tuṣitavarabhavanāvasthitasya pūjyapūjitasyābhiṣekaprāptasya devaśatasahasrastutastaumitavarṇitapraśaṃsitasya labdhābhiṣekasya praṇidhānasamudgatasya sarvabuddhadharmasamudāgatabuddheḥ suvipulapariśuddhajñānanayanasya smṛtimatigatidhṛtyuttaptavipulabuddheḥ dānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñāmahopāyakauśalyaparamapāramitāprāptasya mahāmaitrīkaruṇāmuditopekṣābrahmapathakovidasya mahābhijñāsaṃgaṇāvaraṇajñānasaṃdarśanābhimukhībhūtasya smṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgasarvabodhipakṣadharmasuparipūrṇakoṭiprāptasya aparimitapuṇyasaṃbhāralakṣaṇānuvyañjanasamalaṃkṛtakāyasya dīrghānuparivartino yathāvāditathākāryavitathavākkarmasamudāhārakasya ṛjvakuṭilāvaṅkāpratihatamānasasya sarvamānamadadarpabhayaviṣādāpagatasya sarvasattvasamacittasya aparimitabuddhakoṭinayutaśatasahasraparyupāsitasya bahubodhisattvakoṭinayutaśatasahasrāvalokitāvalokitavadanasya śakrabrahmamaheśvaralokapāladevanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragarākṣasagaṇair abhinanditayaśasaḥ sarvapadaprabhedanirdeśāsaṅgapratisaṃvidavatārajñānakuśalasya sarvabuddhabhāṣitadhāraṇasmṛtibhājanāvikṣepānantāparyantadhāraṇīpratilabdhasya mahādharmanausmṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgapāramitopāyakauśalyadharmaratnapuṇyasamudānītamahāsārthavāhasya caturoghapāragāminābhiprāyasya nihatamānapratyarthikasya sarvaparapravādisunigṛhītasya saṃgrāmaśīrṣasupratiṣṭhitasya kleśaripugaṇanisūdanasya jñānavaravajradṛḍhapraharaṇasya bodhicittamūlamahākaruṇādaṇḍādhyāśayodgatasya gambhīravīryasalilābhiṣiktasya upāyakauśalakarṇikasya bodhyaṅgadhyānakeśarasya samādhikiñjalkasya guṇagaṇavimalasarasisujātasya vigatamadamānaparivāhaśaśivimalavistīrṇapatrasya śīlaśrutāprasādadaśadigapratihatagandhino loke jñānavṛddhasyāṣṭābhirlokadharmair anupaliptasya mahāpuruṣapadmasya puṇyajñānasaṃbhāravisṛtasurabhigandhinaḥ prajñājñānadinakarakiraṇair vikasitasuviśuddhaśatapatrapadmatapanasya caturṛddhipādaparamajāpajapitasya caturāryasatyasutīkṣṇanakhadaṃṣṭrasya caturbrahmavihāraniśritadarśanasya catuḥsaṃgrahavastususaṃgṛhītaśirasaḥ dvādaśāṅgapratītyasamutpādānubodhānupūrvasamudgatakāyasya saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣadharmasaṃpratipūrṇasuvijātināvidyājñānakeśariṇastrivimokṣamukhāvajṛmbhitasya śamathavidarśanāsuviśuddhanayanasya dhyānavimokṣasamādhisamāpattigiridarīguhānivāsitasya caturīryāpathavinayanaupavanasuvardhitataror daśabalavaiśāradyābhyāsībhāvitabalasya vigatabhavavibhavabhayalomaharṣasyāsaṃkucitaparākramasya tīrthyaśaśamṛgagaṇasaṃghaśamathanasya nairātmyaghoṣodāhāramahāsiṃhanādanādinaḥ puruṣasiṃhasya vimuktidhyānamaṇḍalaprajñaprabharaśmitīrthakarakhadyotagaṇaniḥprabhaṃkarasya avidyātamo'ndhakāratamaḥpaṭalavitimirakaraṇasyottaptabalavīryasya devamanuṣyeṣu puṇyatejastejitasya mahāpuruṣadinakarasya kṛṣṇapakṣāpagatasya śuklapakṣapratipūrṇasya manāpapriyadarśanasya apratihatacakṣurindriyasya devaśatasahasrajyotirgaṇapratimaṇḍitasya dhyānavimokṣajñānamaṇḍalasya bodhyaṅgasukharaśmiśaśikiraṇasya buddhavibuddhamanujakumudavibodhakasya mahāpuruṣacandrasamacatuṣparṣaddvīpānuparītasya saptabodhyaṅgaratnasamanvāgatasya sarvasattvasamacittaprayogasyāpratihatabuddheḥ daśakuśalakarmapathavratatapasaḥ susamṛddhapratipūrṇaviśeṣagamanābhiprāyasya apratihatadharmarājāvarapravaradharmaratnacakrapravartakasya cakravartivaṃśakulakuloditasya gambhīraduravagāhapratītyasamutpādasarvadharmaratnapratipūrṇasya atṛptaśrutavipulavistīrṇārambhajñānaśīlavelānatikramaṇasya mahāpadmagarbhekṣaṇasya sāgaravaradharavipulabuddheḥ pṛthivyaptejovāyusamacittasya merukalpadṛḍhabalāprakampamānasyānunayapratighāpagatasya gaganatalavimalavipulāsahyavistīrṇabuddheḥ adhyāśayasupariśuddhasya sudattadānasya sukṛtapūrvayogasya sukṛtādhikārasya dattasatyaṃkārasya paryeṣitasarvakuśalamūlasya vāsitavāsanasya niryāṇamiva sarvakuśalamūlasya saptasaṃkhyeyeṣu kalpeṣu samudānītasarvakuśalamūlasyandasya dattasaptavidhadānasya pañcavidhapuṇyakriyāvastvavasevitavatastrividhaṃ kāyikena caturvidhaṃ vācā trividhaṃ
manasā sucaritavato daśakulakarmapathādānasevitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyakprayogamāsevitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyakpraṇidhānapraṇihitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagadhyāśayapratipannavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagvimokṣaparipūritavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagadhimuktimṛjīkṛtavataḥ catvāriṃśatsu buddhakoṭīniyutaśatasahasreṣvanupravrajitavataḥ pañcapañcāśatsu buddhakoṭīniyutaśatasahasreṣu dānāni dattavataḥ ardhacaturtheṣu pratyekabuddhakoṭīśateṣu kṛtādhikāravataḥ aprameyāsaṃkhyeyān sattvān svargamokṣamārgapratipāditavataḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃboddhukāmasyaikajātipratibaddhasya itaścyutvā tuṣitavarabhavane sthitasya śvetaketunāmno devaputrottamasya sarvadevasaṃghaiḥ sampūjyamānasya raśmyāyamaparamitaścyuto martyasya lokotpanno nacirādanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbhotsyatīti //
LalVis, 2, 4.1 smara
vipulanirmalamanas trimalamalaprahīṇaśāntamadadoṣam /
LalVis, 3, 8.6 sā rājānaṃ cakravartinaṃ muktvā nānyasmin
manasāpi rāgaṃ karoti kiṃ punaḥ kāyena /
LalVis, 3, 42.1 karmekṣiṇī mithyaprayogahīnā satye sthitā
kāyamanaḥsusaṃvṛtā /
LalVis, 4, 4.9 manaḥsaṃvaro dharmālokamukham abhidhyāvyāpādamithyādṛṣṭiprahāṇāya saṃvartate /
LalVis, 5, 12.3 abhiprāyu mahya yatha
cittamanaḥpraharṣaṃ tanme śṛṇuṣva bhava prītamanā udagraḥ //
LalVis, 5, 12.3 abhiprāyu mahya yatha cittamanaḥpraharṣaṃ tanme śṛṇuṣva bhava
prītamanā udagraḥ //
LalVis, 5, 27.3 ko votsaheta vararūpadharam anubandhayituṃ satataṃ
prītamanāḥ /
LalVis, 6, 5.1 atha sa rājā śuddhodanastadvacanaṃ śrutvā
praharṣitamanā ākampitaśarīro bhadrāsanādutthāya amātyanaigamapārṣadyabandhujanaparivṛto yenāśokavanikā tenopasaṃkrāmad upasaṃkrāntaśca na śaknoti sma aśokavanikāṃ praveṣṭum /
LalVis, 6, 20.1 iti hi bhikṣavo rājā śuddhodano brāhmaṇebhyo lakṣaṇanaimittikavaipañcakebhyaḥ svapnādhyāyīpāṭhakebhyaḥ pratiśrutya hṛṣṭastuṣṭa udagra
āttamanāḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajātastān brāhmaṇān prabhūtena khādanīyabhojanīyāsvādanīyena saṃtarpya saṃpravāryācchādanāni ca dattvā visarjayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 61.18 dṛṣṭvā ca punastuṣṭā udagrā
āttamanāḥ pramuditā prītisaumanasyajātā bhavati sma //
LalVis, 6, 63.5 dṛṣṭvā ca te tuṣṭā abhūvan udagrā
āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātāḥ /
LalVis, 7, 95.2 dṛṣṭvā ca saṃharṣitaromakūpajātastvaritatvaritaṃ
dīnamanā asitaṃ maharṣimetadavocat kimidamṛṣe rodasi aśrūṇi ca pravartayasi gambhīraṃ ca niśvasasi mā khalu kumārasya kācidvipratipattiḥ //
LalVis, 7, 96.19 ityeva tadahaṃ mahārāja rodimi
paridīnamanā dīrghaṃ ca niśvasāmi yadahamimaṃ nārogye 'pi rādhayiṣyāmi //
LalVis, 7, 99.1 atha khalu rājā śuddhodano 'sitasya maharṣeḥ sakāśātkumārasyedaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ śrutvā saṃtuṣṭa udagra
āttamanāḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajāta utthāyāsanādbodhisattvasya caraṇayoḥ praṇipatyemāṃ gāthāmabhāṣata //
LalVis, 11, 1.4 saṃvignamanāstatra bodhisattva ekākī advitīyo 'nucaṅkramyamāṇo 'nuvicaran jambuvṛkṣamapaśyat prāsādikaṃ darśanīyam /
LalVis, 11, 20.8 sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā āścaryaprāptastuṣṭa udagra
āttamanāḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajātaḥ śīghraṃ śīghraṃ tvaramāṇarūpo rājānaṃ śuddhodanamupasaṃkramya gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣata //
LalVis, 12, 61.1 asmin khalu punargaṇanāparivarte bodhisattvena nirdiśyamāne arjuno gaṇakamahāmātraḥ sarvaśca śākyagaṇastuṣṭa udagra
āttamanāḥ pramudita āścaryādbhutaprāpto 'bhūt /
LalVis, 12, 99.2 guptendriyā sunibhṛtāśca
manaḥprasannāḥ kiṃ tādṛśāna vadanaṃ pratichādayitvā //
LalVis, 12, 101.1 yāścittagupta satatendriyasaṃyatāśca na ca
anyasattvamanasā svapatīna tuṣṭāḥ /
LalVis, 12, 104.2 śrutvā ca punastuṣṭa udagra
āttamanāḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajāto 'nekaratnapratyuptena dūṣyayugena koṭīśatasahasramūlyena ca muktāhāreṇābhijātalohitamuktāpratyuptayā ca suvarṇamālayā gopāṃ śākyakanyām abhicchādyainamudānamudānayati sma //
LalVis, 13, 143.1 tatra bhikṣavo bodhisattvaḥ pūrvāntata eva suviditasaṃsāradoṣaḥ saṃskṛtenādhyāśayenānarthikaḥ sarvopādānaparigrahairanarthiko buddhadharmanirvāṇābhimukhaḥ saṃsāraparāṅmukhastathāgatagocarābhirataḥ māraviṣayagocarāsaṃsṛṣṭaḥ ādīptabhavadoṣadarśī traidhātukānniḥśaraṇābhiprāyaḥ saṃsāradoṣādīnavaniḥsaraṇakuśalaḥ pravrajyābhilāṣī niṣkramaṇābhiprāyo vivekanimno vivekapravaṇo vivekaprāgbhāraḥ āraṇyaprāraṇyābhimukhaḥ pravivekapraśamābhikāṅkṣī ātmaparahitapratipannaḥ anuttarapratipattiśūro lokasyārthakāmo hitakāmaḥ sukhakāmo yogakṣemakāmo lokānukampako hitaiṣī maitrīvihārī mahākāruṇikaḥ saṃgrahavastukuśalaḥ satatasamitam aparikhinnamānasaḥ sattvaparipākavinayakuśalaḥ sarvasattveṣvekaputrakapremānugatamanasikāraḥ sarvavastunirapekṣaparityāgī dānasaṃvibhāgarataḥ prayuktatyāgaḥ prayatapāṇiḥ tyāgaśūro yaṣṭayajñaḥ susamṛddhapuṇyaḥ susaṃgṛhītapuṇyaḥ pariṣkāravigatamalāmātsaryasunigṛhītacitto 'nuttaro mahādānapatirdattvā ca vipākāpratikāṅkṣī pradānaśūraḥ icchāmahecchālobhadveṣamadamānamohamātsaryapramukhasarvārikleśagaṇapratyarthikanigrahāyābhyutthitaḥ sarvajñatācittotpādaprabandhāccalitaḥ mahātyāgacittasaṃnāhasusaṃnaddhaḥ lokānukampako hitaiṣīva varmitakavacitavīryaḥ sattvapramokṣālambanamahākaruṇābalavikramaparākramaḥ avaivartikasarvasattvasamacittatyāgapraharaṇo yathābhiprāyasattvāśayasaṃtoṣaṇo bodhibhājanībhūtaḥ kālākṣuṇṇadharmavedhī bodhipariṇāmapraṇidhiḥ anavanāmitadhvajas trimaṇḍalapariśodhanadānaparityāgī jñānavaravajradṛḍhapraharaṇaḥ sunigṛhītakleśapratyarthikaḥ śīlaguṇacāritrapratipannaḥ
svārakṣitakāyavāṅmanaskarmānto 'ṇumātrāvadyabhayadarśī supariśuddhaśīlaḥ amalavimalanirmalacittaḥ sarvaduruktadurāgatavacanapathākrośaparibhāṣaṇakutsanatāḍanatarjanavadhabandhanāvarodhanaparikleśāluḍitacitto 'kṣubhitacittaḥ kṣāntisaurabhyasampannaḥ akṣato 'nupahato 'vyāpannacittaḥ sarvasattvahitārthāyottaptavīryārambhī dṛḍhasamādānasarvakuśalamūladharmasamudānayanāpratyudāvartyasmṛtimān susaṃprajñāsusamāhito 'vikṣiptacitto dhyānaikāgramanasikāro dharmapravicayakuśalo labdhāloko vigatatamo'ndhakāraḥ anityaduḥkhātmāśubhākāraparibhāvitacetāḥ smṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgāryasatyasarvabodhipakṣadharmasuparikarmakṛtamanasikāraḥ śamathavipaśyanāsuparyavadātabuddhiḥ pratītyasamutpādasatyadarśī satyānubodhādaparapratyayastrivimokṣasukhavikrīḍito māyāmarīcisvapnodakacandrapratiśrutkāpratibhāsopamasarvadharmanayāvatīrṇaḥ //
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 20, 14.14 tava dyutiṃ kupitakṛtāntasaṃnibhāṃ niśāmya naścalati
mano vyavasthitam /
MBh, 1, 21, 16.1 mahad yaśastvam iti sadābhipūjyase manīṣibhir
muditamanā maharṣibhiḥ /
MBh, 1, 36, 7.2 cacāra sarvāṃ pṛthivīṃ mahātmā na cāpi dārān
manasāpyakāṅkṣat //
MBh, 1, 40, 9.2 sa cāpi tāṃ prāpya mudā yuto 'bhavan na cānyanārīṣu
mano dadhe kvacit //
MBh, 1, 50, 11.2 dhṛtyā ca te
prītamanāḥ sadāhaṃ tvaṃ vā rājā dharmarājo yamo vā //
MBh, 1, 85, 3.2 kathaṃ tasmin kṣīṇapuṇyā bhavanti saṃmuhyate me 'tra
mano 'timātram /
MBh, 1, 85, 16.1 ghrāṇena gandhaṃ jihvayātho rasaṃ ca tvacā sparśaṃ
manasā veda bhāvam /
MBh, 1, 183, 1.3 tam evārthaṃ dhyāyamānā
manobhir āsāṃcakrur atha tatrāmitaujāḥ //
MBh, 2, 52, 5.2 vijñāyate te
manaso na praharṣaḥ kaccit kṣattaḥ kuśalenāgato 'si /
MBh, 2, 56, 9.1 mahārāja prabhavastvaṃ dhanānāṃ purā
dyūtānmanasā yāvad iccheḥ /
MBh, 2, 57, 2.2 jihvā
manaste hṛdayaṃ nirvyanakti jyāyo nirāha manasaḥ prātikūlyam //
MBh, 2, 57, 2.2 jihvā manaste hṛdayaṃ nirvyanakti jyāyo nirāha
manasaḥ prātikūlyam //
MBh, 2, 57, 6.1 mā no 'vamaṃsthā vidma
manastavedaṃ śikṣasva buddhiṃ sthavirāṇāṃ sakāśāt /
MBh, 3, 3, 31.2 varakanakahutāśanaprabhaṃ tvam api
manasy abhidhehi bhāskaram //
MBh, 3, 3, 33.2 sa mucyate śokadavāgnisāgarāllabheta kāmān
manasā yathepsitān //
MBh, 3, 6, 13.2 tad vai pathyaṃ
tanmano nābhyupaiti tataś cāhaṃ kṣamam anyanna manye //
MBh, 3, 26, 5.2 saṃsmṛtya rāmaṃ
manasā mahātmā tapasvimadhye 'smayatāmitaujāḥ //
MBh, 3, 161, 3.2 manaḥprasādaḥ paramo babhūva yathā divaṃ prāpya marudgaṇānām //
MBh, 3, 253, 4.1 kṣipraṃ nivartadhvam alaṃ mṛgair no
mano hi me dūyati dahyate ca /
MBh, 3, 281, 30.2 mano'nukūlaṃ budhabuddhivardhanaṃ tvayāham ukto vacanaṃ hitāśrayam /
MBh, 3, 281, 39.2 na dūram etan mama bhartṛsaṃnidhau
mano hi me dūrataraṃ pradhāvati /
MBh, 3, 281, 50.2 yathā yathā bhāṣasi dharmasaṃhitaṃ
mano'nukūlaṃ supadaṃ mahārthavat /
MBh, 3, 298, 28.2 kadaryabhāve na
ramenmanaḥ sadā nṛṇāṃ sadākhyānam idaṃ vijānatām //
MBh, 4, 10, 7.2 naivaṃvidhāḥ klībarūpā bhavanti kathaṃcaneti pratibhāti me
manaḥ //
MBh, 4, 60, 15.2 prākṣveḍayad
yoddhumanāḥ kirīṭī bāṇena viddhaṃ rudhiraṃ vamantam //
MBh, 4, 61, 1.2 āhūyamānastu sa tena saṃkhye
mahāmanā dhṛtarāṣṭrasya putraḥ /
MBh, 4, 61, 9.2 gāṇḍīvaghoṣeṇa
manāṃsi teṣāṃ mahābalaḥ pravyathayāṃcakāra //
MBh, 4, 61, 21.2 na tveva bībhatsur alaṃ nṛśaṃsaṃ kartuṃ na pāpe 'sya
mano niviṣṭam //
MBh, 4, 61, 25.1 tān prasthitān
prītamanāḥ sa pārtho dhanaṃjayaḥ prekṣya kurupravīrān /
MBh, 5, 26, 2.1 akurvataścet puruṣasya saṃjaya sidhyet saṃkalpo
manasā yaṃ yam icchet /
MBh, 5, 27, 13.1 jahāti mṛtyuṃ ca jarāṃ bhayaṃ ca na kṣutpipāse
manasaścāpriyāṇi /
MBh, 5, 29, 12.1 hitvā sukhaṃ
manasaśca priyāṇi tena śakraḥ karmaṇā śraiṣṭhyam āpa /
MBh, 5, 30, 1.3 kaccinna vācā vṛjinaṃ hi kiṃcid uccāritaṃ me
manaso 'bhiṣaṅgāt //
MBh, 5, 32, 10.2 sahāmātyaḥ kuśalī pāṇḍuputro bhūyaścāto yacca te 'gre
mano 'bhūt /
MBh, 5, 33, 12.1 yataḥ prāptaḥ saṃjayaḥ pāṇḍavebhyo na me
yathāvanmanasaḥ praśāntiḥ /
MBh, 5, 45, 6.2 manīṣayātho
manasā hṛdā ca ya evaṃ vidur amṛtāste bhavanti /
MBh, 5, 45, 17.2 hito manīṣī
manasābhipaśyed ye taṃ śrayeyur amṛtāste bhavanti /
MBh, 5, 45, 21.2 mano brāhmīṃ laghutām ādadhīta prajñānam asya nāma dhīrā labhante /
MBh, 5, 61, 4.1 prasāditaṃ hyasya mayā
mano 'bhūcchuśrūṣayā svena ca pauruṣeṇa /
MBh, 5, 158, 40.2 bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ hatasarvabāndhavas tadā
manaste paritāpam eṣyati //
MBh, 6, 76, 12.2 śrutvaiva caitat paramapratīto duryodhanaḥ
prītamanā babhūva //
MBh, 6, 81, 7.1 ṣaṣṭiṃ rathāṃstān avajitya saṃkhye dhanaṃjayaḥ
prītamanā yaśasvī /
MBh, 7, 2, 18.2 manaśca me śatrunivāraṇe dhruvaṃ svarakṣaṇe cācalavad vyavasthitam //
MBh, 8, 13, 25.1 itīva bhūyaś ca suhṛdbhir īritā niśamya vācaḥ
sumanās tato 'rjunaḥ /
MBh, 8, 29, 27.1 astraṃ brāhmaṃ
manasā taddhy ajayyaṃ kṣepsye pārthāyāpratimaṃ jayāya /
MBh, 8, 54, 11.1 arīn viśokābhinirīkṣya sarvato
manas tu cintā pradunoti me bhṛśam /
MBh, 8, 65, 24.1 ity ūcivān brāhmam asahyam astraṃ prāduścakre
manasā saṃvidheyam /
MBh, 8, 66, 14.2 nijaghnuṣe devaripūn sureśvaraḥ svayaṃ dadau yat
sumanāḥ kirīṭine //
MBh, 8, 68, 13.2 duryodhano
dīnamanā visaṃjñaḥ punaḥ punar nyaśvasad ārtarūpaḥ //
MBh, 8, 68, 55.3 prasahya śaṅkhau dhamatuḥ sughoṣau
manāṃsy arīṇām avasādayantau //
MBh, 9, 16, 37.2 smṛtvā
manaḥ śalyavadhe yatātmā yathoktam indrāvarajasya cakre //
MBh, 9, 16, 38.2 netre ca dīpte sahasā vivṛtya madrādhipaṃ
kruddhamanā niraikṣat //
MBh, 12, 47, 72.1 tato giraḥ puruṣavarastavānvitā dvijeritāḥ pathi
sumanāḥ sa śuśruve /
MBh, 12, 47, 72.2 kṛtāñjaliṃ praṇatam athāparaṃ janaṃ sa keśihā
muditamanābhyanandata //
MBh, 12, 50, 36.1 sa pāṇḍaveyasya
manaḥsamutthitaṃ narendra śokaṃ vyapakarṣa medhayā /
MBh, 12, 139, 64.3 bhikṣām anyāṃ bhikṣa mā te
mano 'stu śvabhakṣaṇe śvā hyabhakṣo dvijānām //
MBh, 12, 288, 5.2 kiṃ manyase śreṣṭhatamaṃ dvija tvaṃ
kasminmanaste ramate mahātman //
MBh, 12, 309, 25.2 cakṣuste yadi na parapraṇetṛneyaṃ dharme te bhavatu
manaḥ paraṃ niśamya //
MBh, 12, 309, 29.1 maryādā niyatāḥ svayaṃbhuvā ya ihemāḥ prabhinatti daśaguṇā
mano'nugatvāt /
MBh, 12, 325, 4.10 tvaṃ sārathiḥ tvaṃ vaṣaṭkāraḥ tvam oṃkāraḥ tvaṃ
manaḥ tvaṃ candramāḥ tvaṃ cakṣur ādyam tvaṃ sūryaḥ tvaṃ diśāṃ gajaḥ digbhāno hayaśiraḥ /
MBh, 12, 329, 21.3 tāśca dṛṣṭvā
manaḥ kṣubhitaṃ tasyābhavat tāsu cāpsaraḥsu nacirād eva sakto 'bhavat /
MBh, 13, 15, 33.1 ye cendriyārthāśca
manaśca kṛtsnaṃ ye vāyavaḥ sapta tathaiva cāgniḥ /
MBh, 13, 18, 50.1 agryā buddhir
manasā darśane ca sparśe siddhiḥ karmaṇāṃ yā ca siddhiḥ /
MBh, 13, 27, 98.2 bhajed vācā
manasā karmaṇā ca bhaktyā yuktaḥ parayā śraddadhānaḥ //
MBh, 13, 75, 31.1 sa nṛpatir abhavat sadaiva tābhyaḥ
prayatamanā hyabhisaṃstuvaṃśca gā vai /
MBh, 13, 143, 4.1 balaṃ śrotre vāṅ
manaścakṣuṣī ca jñānaṃ tathā na viśuddhaṃ mamādya /
MBh, 14, 10, 36.3 manaścakre tena vittena yaṣṭuṃ tato 'mātyair mantrayāmāsa bhūyaḥ //
MBh, 14, 21, 21.2 tasmānmanaḥ sthāvaratvād viśiṣṭaṃ tathā devī jaṅgamatvād viśiṣṭā //
MBh, 14, 27, 14.1 eko hyagniḥ
sumanā brāhmaṇo 'tra pañcendriyāṇi samidhaścātra santi /
Manusmṛti
Mūlamadhyamakārikāḥ
Nyāyasūtra
NyāSū, 1, 1, 9.0 ātmaśarīrendriyārthabuddhimanaḥpravṛttidoṣapretyabhāvaphaladuḥkhāpavargāḥ tu prameyam //
NyāSū, 3, 2, 25.0 jñānasamavetātmapradeśasannikarṣāt
manasaḥ smṛtyutpatteḥ na yugapat utpattiḥ //
Nādabindūpaniṣat
Pāśupatasūtra
Rāmāyaṇa
Rām, Bā, 4, 27.2 sa cāpi rāmaḥ pariṣadgataḥ śanair
bubhūṣayāsaktamanā babhūva //
Rām, Ay, 31, 35.1 na me tathā pārthiva dhīyate
mano mahatsu kāmeṣu na cātmanaḥ priye /
Rām, Ār, 44, 35.2 prahasya tasyā haraṇe dhṛtaṃ
manaḥ samarpayāmāsa vadhāya rāvaṇaḥ //
Rām, Ki, 31, 22.2 mano hi te jñāsyati mānuṣaṃ balaṃ sarāghavasyāsya surendravarcasaḥ //
Rām, Ki, 33, 19.2 tataḥ sukhaṃ nāma niṣevase sukhī na rāmakāryaṃ
manasāpy avekṣase //
Rām, Su, 4, 18.1 tataḥ priyān prāpya
mano'bhirāmān suprītiyuktāḥ prasamīkṣya rāmāḥ /
Rām, Su, 4, 20.2 latāṃ praphullām iva sādhujātāṃ dadarśa tanvīṃ
manasābhijātām //
Rām, Su, 4, 21.2 bhartur
manaḥ śrīmad anupraviṣṭāṃ strībhyo varābhyaśca sadā viśiṣṭām //
Rām, Su, 6, 17.2 apaśyato 'bhavad atiduḥkhitaṃ
manaḥ sucakṣuṣaḥ pravicarato mahātmanaḥ //
Rām, Su, 39, 17.1 sa tasya kṛtvārthapater mahākapir mahad vyalīkaṃ
manaso mahātmanaḥ /
Rām, Su, 46, 6.2 na tvāṃ samāsādya raṇāvamarde
manaḥ śramaṃ gacchati niścitārtham //
Rām, Yu, 26, 33.1 idaṃ vacastatra nigadya mālyavān parīkṣya rakṣo'dhipater
manaḥ punaḥ /
Rām, Yu, 57, 90.1 athāṅgado
rāmamanaḥpraharṣaṇaṃ suduṣkaraṃ taṃ kṛtavān hi vikramam /
Rām, Yu, 78, 54.2 paramam
upalabhanmanaḥpraharṣaṃ vinihatam indraripuṃ niśamya devāḥ //
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 2, 65.1 udvegādapunarbhave
manaḥ praṇidhāya sa yayau śayitavarāṅganādanāsthaḥ /
SaundĀ, 2, 65.2 niśi nṛpatinilayanād
vanagamanakṛtamanāḥ sarasa iva mathitanalināt kalahaṃsaḥ //
SaundĀ, 3, 1.2 śrīmadabhayam anuraktajanaṃ sa vihāya
niścitamanā vanaṃ yayau //
SaundĀ, 3, 29.2 te 'pi niyamavidhim āmaraṇājjagṛhuśca
yuktamanasaśca dadhrire //
SaundĀ, 4, 15.1 sā tena ceṣṭālalitena bhartuḥ śāṭhyena
cāntarmanasā jahāsa /
SaundĀ, 4, 40.1 didṛkṣayākṣiptamanā munestu nandaḥ prayāṇaṃ prati tatvare ca /
SaundĀ, 5, 23.1 sādhāraṇāt svapnanibhādasārāllolaṃ
manaḥ kāmasukhānniyaccha /
SaundĀ, 5, 34.2 pravrājayānanda śamāya
nandamityabravīnmaitramanā maharṣiḥ //
SaundĀ, 7, 1.2 bhāryāgataireva
manovitarkair jehrīyamāṇo na nananda nandaḥ //
SaundĀ, 7, 11.2 lelihyamānaiśca madhu dvirephaiḥ svanadvanaṃ tasya
mano nunoda //
SaundĀ, 7, 19.2 pāriplavākṣeṇa mukhena bālā tanme vaco 'dyāpi
mano ruṇaddhi //
SaundĀ, 7, 52.2 pūjyaṃ liṅgaṃ hi
skhalitamanaso bibhrataḥ kliṣṭabuddhernāmutrārthaḥ syādupahatamaternāpyayaṃ jīvalokaḥ //
SaundĀ, 8, 5.1 atha duḥkhamidaṃ
manomayaṃ vada vakṣyāmi yadatra bheṣajam /
SaundĀ, 8, 5.2 manaso hi rajastamasvino bhiṣajo 'dhyātmavidaḥ parīkṣakāḥ //
SaundĀ, 8, 36.2 kupito bhujago 'pi gṛhyate pramadānāṃ tu
mano na gṛhyate //
SaundĀ, 8, 55.2 capalaṃ bhavanotsukaṃ
manaḥ pratisaṃkhyānabalena vāryatām //
SaundĀ, 8, 62.1 tadvijñāya
manaḥśarīraniyatānnārīṣu doṣānimān matvā kāmasukhaṃ nadījalacalaṃ kleśāya śokāya ca /
SaundĀ, 9, 3.1 na cātra citraṃ yadi rāgapāpmanā
mano 'bhibhūyeta tamovṛtātmanaḥ /
SaundĀ, 9, 27.1 navaṃ vayaścātmagataṃ niśāmya yadgṛhonmukhaṃ te viṣayāptaye
manaḥ /
SaundĀ, 9, 42.2 dravatphalebhyo
dhṛtiraśmibhirmano nigṛhyatāṃ gauriva śasyalālasā //
SaundĀ, 10, 29.2 vihaṃgamāḥ śiñjirikābhidhānā
rutairmanaḥśrotraharairbhramanti //
SaundĀ, 10, 33.2 manāṃsi khinnāni tapodhanānāṃ haranti yatrāpsaraso laḍantyaḥ //
SaundĀ, 10, 48.2 etāḥ kathaṃ rūpaguṇairmatāste sa vā jano yatra gataṃ
manaste //
SaundĀ, 10, 56.2 mumoha bodhyorhyacalātmano
mano babhūva dhīmāṃśca sa śantanustanuḥ //
SaundĀ, 11, 61.1 antarjālagatāḥ
pramattamanaso mīnāstaḍāge yathā jānanti vyasanaṃ na rodhajanitaṃ svasthāścarantyambhasi /
SaundĀ, 13, 55.2 indriyoragair
manobilāśrayaiḥ spṛhāviṣaiḥ śamāgadādṛte na dṛṣṭamasti yaccikitset //
SaundĀ, 14, 46.2 kāyasya kṛtvā hi vivekamādau sukho 'dhigantuṃ
manaso vivekaḥ //
SaundĀ, 15, 68.2 tathā yogācāro nipuṇamiha doṣavyavahitaṃ viśodhya kleśebhyaḥ śamayati
manaḥ saṃkṣipati ca //
SaundĀ, 15, 69.2 manaḥśuddho bhikṣurvaśagatamabhijñāsvapi tathā yathecchaṃ yatrecchaṃ śamayati manaḥ prerayati ca //
SaundĀ, 15, 69.2 manaḥśuddho bhikṣurvaśagatamabhijñāsvapi tathā yathecchaṃ yatrecchaṃ śamayati
manaḥ prerayati ca //
SaundĀ, 16, 1.1 evaṃ
manodhāraṇayā krameṇa vyapohya kiṃcit samupohya kiṃcit /
SaundĀ, 16, 3.1 ataḥ paraṃ tattvaparīkṣaṇena
mano dadhātyāsravasaṃkṣayāya /
SaundĀ, 16, 45.2 samyagvimuktirmanasaśca tābhyāṃ na cāsya bhūyaḥ karaṇīyamasti //
SaundĀ, 16, 56.2 kriyāsamarthaṃ hi
manastathā syānmandāyamāno 'gnirivendhanena //
SaundĀ, 16, 64.1 mohātmikāyāṃ
manasaḥ pravṛttau sevyas tvidampratyayatāvihāraḥ /
SaundĀ, 16, 67.2 samyaṅ nimittaṃ
manasā tvavekṣyaṃ nāśo hi yatno 'pyanupāyapūrvaḥ //
SaundĀ, 16, 76.1 vyapatrapante hi kulaprasūtā
manaḥpracārairaśubhaiḥ pravṛttaiḥ /
SaundĀ, 16, 84.1 kimatra citraṃ yadi vītamoho vanaṃ gataḥ
svasthamanā na muhyet /
SaundĀ, 17, 7.2 paryākulaṃ tasya
manaścakāra prāvṛṭsu vidyujjalamāgateva //
SaundĀ, 17, 9.1 ārabdhavīryasya
manaḥśamāya bhūyastu tasyākuśalo vitarkaḥ /
SaundĀ, 17, 12.1 vimokṣakāmasya hi yogino 'pi
manaḥ puraṃ jñānavidhiśca daṇḍaḥ /
SaundĀ, 17, 14.2 yasmāttu mokṣāya sa
pātrabhūtastasmānmanaḥ svātmani saṃjahāra //
SaundĀ, 18, 44.1 idaṃ hi bhuktvā śuci śāmikaṃ sukhaṃ na me
manaḥ kāṅkṣati kāmajaṃ sukham /
SaundĀ, 18, 59.1 dhruvaṃ hi saṃśrutya tava sthiraṃ
mano nivṛttanānāviṣayairmanorathaiḥ /
SaundĀ, 18, 60.2 manasi śamadamātmake vivikte matiriva kāmasukhaiḥ parīkṣakasya //
SaundĀ, 18, 63.1 ityeṣā vyupaśāntaye na rataye mokṣārthagarbhā kṛtiḥ śrotṝṇāṃ
grahaṇārthamanyamanasāṃ kāvyopacārāt kṛtā /
Saṅghabhedavastu
SBhedaV, 1, 22.1 bhavati gautamā sa samayo yad ayaṃ lokaḥ saṃvartate saṃvartamāne loke yadbhūyasā sattvā ābhāsvare devanikāye upapadyante te tatra bhavanti rūpiṇo
manomayāḥ avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayamprabhā vihāyasaṃgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti /
SBhedaV, 1, 26.1 te iha bhavanti rūpiṇo
manomayā avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayamprabhā vihāyasaṃgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti //
SBhedaV, 1, 94.1 atha te sattvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti kāmyanti paridevante vayaṃ sma bhavantaḥ pūrvaṃ rūpiṇo bhavāmo
manomayā avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayaṃprabhā vihāyasaṅgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhāmaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 196.0 sa kathayati vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti aputrasya gatir nāstīti asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu
maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ pañcābhijñālābhī tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād vedanā viṣṭambhitā sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni ātmacintā lokacintā sattvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite dvau kumārau jātau tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ tau tatra praviṣṭau tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ paśyati kālagataḥ sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite kapālāny avasthitāni so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati dvau kumārau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyaitau putrāv iti paśyati gautamasya ṛṣeḥ tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ tena tāv āśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ tasmāt sūryagotrāviti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣuvāṭāllabdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ tam abhiṣiñcāma iti kṛtasaṃjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi śobhanaṃ tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena pāpakāryasāvakīrtanīyaḥ kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ idaṃ cedaṃ ca nāsau pāpakarmakārī adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ kathaṃ tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo nāsāviti te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau amātyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe kasyaitau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ tais taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ so 'pyaputraḥ kālagataḥ tato 'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam abhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 201.1 tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasampannaḥ phalasampannaḥ śālisampanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā sā kathayati deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti rājā kathayati gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ katham anuprayacchāmi yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ tasya lumbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ
saṃdigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante kecit kathayanti dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti apare kathayanti nāsau dārikā kiṃ tarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma tasyā māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasampannaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikānāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasampannaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ kiṃtu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ śākyāḥ sambhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata te kathayanti deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ dattvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ parituṣṭā smaḥ vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ sa kathayati sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ kiṃtu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ deva śobhanam evaṃ kriyatāṃ tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte //
Vaiśeṣikasūtra
VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4.0 prāṇāpānanimeṣonmeṣajīvanamanogatīndriyāntaravikārāḥ sukhaduḥkhe icchādveṣau prayatnaścetyātmaliṅgāni //
VaiśSū, 5, 2, 14.0 agnerūrdhvajvalanaṃ vāyośca
tiryakpavanamaṇumanasoścādyaṃ karmetyadṛṣṭakāritāni //
Vṛddhayamasmṛti
Yogasūtra
YS, 1, 35.1 viṣayavatī vā pravṛttir utpannā
manasaḥ sthitinibandhinī //
Śira'upaniṣad
ŚiraUpan, 1, 39.0 rudro hi śāśvatena vai purāṇeneṣam ūrjeṇa tapasā niyantāgnir iti bhasma vāyar iti bhasma jalam iti bhasma sthalam iti bhasma vyomam iti bhasma sarvaṃ ha vā idaṃ bhasma
mana etāni cakṣūṃṣi yasmād vratam idaṃ pāśupataṃ yad bhasmanāṅgāni saṃspṛśet tasmād brahma tad etat pāśupataṃ paśupāśavimokṣaṇāya //
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
ŚvetU, 2, 4.1 yuñjate
mana uta yuñjate dhiyo viprā viprasya bṛhato vipaścitaḥ /
ŚvetU, 2, 8.1 trirunnataṃ sthāpya samaṃ śarīraṃ hṛdīndriyāṇi
manasā saṃniveśya /
ŚvetU, 2, 9.2 duṣṭāśvayuktam iva vāham enaṃ vidvān
mano dhārayetāpramattaḥ //
ŚvetU, 2, 10.2 mano'nukūle na tu cakṣupīḍane guhānivātāśrayaṇe prayojayet //
ŚvetU, 3, 13.2 hṛdā manīṣā
manasābhikᄆpto ya etad vidur amṛtās te bhavanti //
ŚvetU, 4, 17.2 hṛdā manīṣā
manasābhikᄆpto ya etad vidur amṛtās te bhavanti //
ŚvetU, 4, 20.2 hṛdā hṛdisthaṃ
manasā ya enam evaṃ vidur amṛtās te bhavanti //
Abhidharmakośa
Abhidharmakośabhāṣya
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Amaruśataka
AmaruŚ, 1, 30.1 sā bālā vayam
apragalbhamanasaḥ sā strī vayaṃ kātarāḥ sā pīnonnatimatpayodharayugaṃ dhatte sakhedā vayam /
AmaruŚ, 1, 36.2 mā mā mānada māti māmalamiti kṣāmākṣarollāpinī suptā kiṃ nu mṛtā nu kiṃ
manasi me līnā vilīnā nu kim //
AmaruŚ, 1, 75.2 daṣṭāsmītyabhidhāya satvarapadaṃ vyādhūya cīnāṃśukaṃ tanvaṅgyā ratikātareṇa
manasā nītaḥ pradīpaḥ śamam //
AmaruŚ, 1, 80.2 dṛṣṭenaiva
mano hṛtaṃ dhṛtimuṣā prāṇeśvareṇādya me tatkenātra nirūpyamāṇanipuṇo mānaḥ samādhīyatām //
AmaruŚ, 1, 90.1 cintāmohaviniścalena
manasā maunena pādānataḥ pratyākhyānaparāṅmukhaḥ priyatamo gantuṃ pravṛtto'dhunā /
AmaruŚ, 1, 99.1 adyārabhya yadi priye punarahaṃ mānasya vānyasya vā gṛhṇīyāṃ śaṭhadurnayena
manasā nāmāpi saṃkṣepataḥ /
AmaruŚ, 1, 103.1 cakṣuḥprītiprasakte
manasi paricaye cintyamānābhyupāye rāge yāte'tibhūmiṃ vikasati sutarāṃ gocare dūtikāyāḥ /
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
ASaṃ, 1, 22, 8.1 kāyavāṅmanobhedena tu trividhamapyahitaṃ karma prajñāparādhaḥ /
Bhallaṭaśataka
BhallŚ, 1, 92.1 āste 'traiva sarasy aho bata kiyān saṃtoṣapakṣagraho haṃsasyāsya manāṅ na dhāvati
manaḥ śrīdhāmni padme kvacit /
BhallŚ, 1, 100.1 ayaṃ vārām eko nilaya iti ratnākara iti śrito 'smābhis
tṛṣṇātaralitamanobhir jalanidhiḥ /
Bodhicaryāvatāra
BoCA, 1, 2.2 ataeva na me parārthacintā
svamano vāsayituṃ kṛtaṃ mamedam //
BoCA, 1, 35.1 atha yasya
manaḥ prasādameti prasavet tasya tato'dhikaṃ phalam /
BoCA, 4, 46.1 kvāsau
yāyānmanaḥstho nirastaḥ sthitvā yasminmadvadhārthaṃ yateta /
BoCA, 5, 69.1 dattvāsmai vetanaṃ tasmātsvārthaṃ kuru
mano'dhunā /
BoCA, 8, 1.1 vardhayitvaivamutsāhaṃ samādhau
sthāpayenmanaḥ /
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
BKŚS, 4, 2.2 tvatkathāśravaṇotkaṇṭhaniṣkampamanasaḥ sthitāḥ //
BKŚS, 11, 1.2 saṃprasthāpya
manaḥ pūrvaṃ nṛpāsthānam agām aham //
BKŚS, 13, 52.1 āsīn me
manasi hṛtā na sā mṛtā sā yā dṛṣṭer vrajati na gocaraṃ priyā me /
Daśakumāracarita
DKCar, 1, 1, 27.1 tairbahudhā vijñāpito 'pyakharveṇa garveṇa virājamāno rājā tad vākyam akṛtyam ity anādṛtya
pratiyoddhumanā babhūva //
DKCar, 1, 1, 28.1 śitikaṇṭhadattaśaktisāro mānasāro
yoddhumanasām agrībhūya sāmagrīsameto 'kleśaṃ magadhadeśaṃ praviveśa //
DKCar, 1, 2, 17.3 manmanorathaphalāyamānaṃ bhavadāgamanamavagamya madrājyāvalambabhūtāmātyānumatyā madanakṛtasārathyena
manasā bhavantamāgaccham /
DKCar, 1, 3, 5.1 vipro 'sau bahutanayo vidvānnirdhanaḥ sthaviraśca dānayogya iti tasmai
karuṇāpūrṇamanā ratnamadām /
DKCar, 1, 3, 11.1 mānapālapreṣitāt tadanucarād enam akhilam udantajātam ākarṇya
saṃtuṣṭamanā rājābhyudgato madīyaparākrame vismayamānaḥ samahotsavamamātyabāndhavānumatyā śubhadine nijatanayāṃ mahyamadāt /
DKCar, 1, 4, 5.1 tanniśamya
manoviditajanakabhāvaṃ tamavādiṣam tāta bhavate vijñāpanīyāni bahūni santi /
DKCar, 1, 4, 10.3 tataḥ kānanabhūmiṣu bhavantamanveṣṭumudyuktaṃ māṃ paramamitraṃ bandhupālo niśamyāvadat sakalaṃ dharaṇitalamapāramanveṣṭumakṣamo
bhavānmanoglāniṃ vihāya tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhatu /
DKCar, 1, 4, 12.2 manasābhimukhaiḥ samākuñcitai rāgalajjāntarālavartibhiḥ sāṅgavartibhirīkṣaṇaviśeṣairnijamanovṛttimakathayat //
DKCar, 1, 4, 12.2 manasābhimukhaiḥ samākuñcitai rāgalajjāntarālavartibhiḥ
sāṅgavartibhirīkṣaṇaviśeṣairnijamanovṛttimakathayat //
DKCar, 1, 4, 13.1 caturagūḍhaceṣṭābhir asyā
mano'nurāgaṃ samyagjñātvā sukhasaṃgamopāyam acintayam /
DKCar, 1, 4, 18.1 tasyā
manogatam rāgodrekaṃ manmanorathasiddhyantarāyaṃ ca niśamya bāṣpapūrṇalocanāṃ tāmāśvāsya dāruvarmaṇo maraṇopāyaṃ ca vicārya vallabhām avocam taruṇi bhavadabhilāṣiṇaṃ duṣṭahṛdayamenaṃ nihantuṃ mṛdurupāyaḥ kaścin mayā cintyate /
DKCar, 1, 5, 1.1 atha mīnaketanasenānāyakena malayagirimahīruhanirantarāvāsibhujaṃgamabhuktāvaśiṣṭeneva sūkṣmatareṇa dhṛtaharicandanaparimalabhareṇeva mandagatinā dakṣiṇānilena viyogihṛdayasthaṃ manmathānalam ujjvalayan sahakārakisalayamakarandāsvādanaraktakaṇṭhānāṃ madhukarakalakaṇṭhānāṃ kākalīkalakalena dikcakraṃ vācālayan māninīmānasotkalikāmupanayan mākandasinduvāraraktāśokakiṃśukatilakeṣu kalikām upapādayan madanamahotsavāya
rasikamanāṃsi samullāsayan vasantasamayaḥ samājagāma //
DKCar, 1, 5, 9.1 sā
manasītthamacintayat ananyasādhāraṇasaundaryeṇānena kasyāṃ puri bhāgyavatīnāṃ taruṇīnāṃ locanotsavaḥ kriyate /
DKCar, 1, 5, 12.2 samutsukayā rājakanyayā marālagrahaṇe niyuktāṃ bālacandrikāmavalokya samucito vākyāvasara iti sambhāṣaṇanipuṇo rājavāhanaḥ salīlamalapat sakhi purā śāmbo nāma kaścinmahīvallabho
manovallabhayā saha vihāravāñchayā kamalākaramavāpya tatra kokanadakadambasamīpe nidrādhīnamānasaṃ rājahaṃsaṃ śanair gṛhītvā bisaguṇena tasya caraṇayugalaṃ nigaḍayitvā kāntāmukhaṃ sānurāgaṃ vilokayan mandasmitavikasitaikakapolamaṇḍalas tām abhāṣata indumukhi mayā baddho marālaḥ śānto munivadāste /
DKCar, 1, 5, 14.3 sāpi bhartṛdārikā tadvacanākarṇanābhijñātasvapurātanajananavṛttāntā nūnamayaṃ matprāṇavallabhaḥ iti
manasi jānatī rāgapallavitamānasā samandahāsamavocat saumya purā śāmbo yajñavatīsaṃdeśaparipālanāya tathāvidhaṃ haṃsabandhanam akārṣīt /
DKCar, 1, 5, 15.4 mātaramanugacchantī avantisundarī rājahaṃsakulatilaka vihāravāñchayā kelivane madantikamāgataṃ bhavantamakāṇḍe eva visṛjya mayā samucitamiti jananyanugamanaṃ kriyate tadanena
bhavanmanorāgo 'nyathā mā bhūd iti marālamiva kumāramuddiśya samucitālāpakalāpaṃ vadantī punaḥ punaḥ parivṛttadīnanayanā vadanaṃ vilokayantī nijamandiramagāt //
DKCar, 1, 5, 19.6 puṣpabāṇabāṇatūṇīrāyamānamānaso 'naṅgataptāvayavasaṃparkaparimlānapallavaśayanamadhiṣṭhito rājavāhanaḥ prāṇeśvarīmuddiśya saha puṣpodbhavena saṃlapannāgatāṃ priyavayasyāmālokya pādamūlamanveṣaṇīyā lateva bālacandrikāgateti
saṃtuṣṭamanā niṭilataṭamaṇḍanībhavadambujakorakākṛtilasadañjalipuṭām ito niṣīda iti nirdiṣṭasamucitāsanāsīnām avantisundarīpreṣitaṃ sakarpūraṃ tāmbūlaṃ vinayena dadatīṃ tāṃ kāntāvṛttāntamapṛcchat /
DKCar, 1, 5, 23.3 sa ca vidyeśvaranāmadheyo 'hamaindrajālikavidyākovido vividhadeśeṣu
rājamanorañjanāya bhramannujjayinīmadyāgato 'smi iti śaśaṃsa /
DKCar, 1, 5, 23.10 saṃtuṣṭamanā mahīpatiranimittaṃ mitraṃ prakaṭīkṛtakṛtrimakriyāpāṭavaṃ vipralambhakṛtrimapremasahajasauhārdavedinaṃ taṃ vidyeśvaraṃ sabahumānaṃ visasarja //
DKCar, 1, 5, 24.2 paredyuḥ prabhāte vidyeśvaro rasabhāvarītigaticaturastādṛśena mahatā nijaparijanena saha rājabhavanadvārāntikamupetya dauvārikaniveditanijavṛttāntaḥ sahasopagamya sapraṇāmam aindrajālikaḥ samāgataḥ iti dvāḥsthair vijñāpitena taddarśanakutūhalāviṣṭena samutsukāvarodhasahitena mālavendreṇa samāhūyamāno vidyeśvaraḥ kakṣāntaraṃ praviśya savinayam āśiṣaṃ dattvā tadanujñātaḥ parijanatāḍyamāneṣu vādyeṣu nadatsu gāyakīṣu madanakalakokilāmañjuladhvaniṣu
samadhikarāgarañjitasāmājikamanovṛttiṣu picchikābhramaṇeṣu saparivāraṃ parivṛttaṃ bhrāmayanmukulitanayanaḥ kṣaṇamatiṣṭhat /
DKCar, 2, 2, 204.1 atiniṣṇātaśca madanatantre māmabhyupetya dhanamitro rahasyakathayat sakhe saiva dhanyā gaṇikādārikā yāmevaṃ
bhavanmano 'bhiniviśate //
DKCar, 2, 2, 335.1 acintayaṃ caivam
hantumanasaivāmunā manmocanāya śapathaḥ kṛtaḥ tadenaṃ hatvāpi nāsatyavādadoṣeṇa spṛśye iti //
DKCar, 2, 5, 20.1 abhūcca me
manasi kimayaṃ svapnaḥ kiṃ vipralambho vā kimiyamāsurī daivī vā kāpi māyā //
DKCar, 2, 6, 55.1 candrasenādibhiśca priyasakhībhiḥ saha vihṛtya vihṛtānte cābhivandya devīṃ
manasā me sānurāgeṇeva parijanenānugamyamānā kuvalayaśaramiva kusumaśarasya mayyapāṅgaṃ samarpayantī sāpadeśam asakṛdāvartyamānavadanacandramaṇḍalatayā svahṛdayamiva matsamīpe preritaṃ pratinivṛttaṃ na vetyālokayantī saha sakhībhiḥ kumārīpuramagamat //
DKCar, 2, 8, 60.0 kathamivāsyājasracintāyāsavihvalamanaso varākasya nidrāsukhamupanamet //
DKCar, 2, 8, 96.0 athaiṣu dineṣu bhūyobhūyaḥ prastute 'rthe preryamāṇo mantrivṛddhena vacasābhyupetya
manasaivācittajña ityavajñātavān //
DKCar, 2, 8, 119.0 pāne 'pi nānāvidharāgabhaṅgapaṭīyasāmāsavānām āsevanāt spṛhaṇīyavayovyavasthāpanam ahaṅkāraprakarṣād aśeṣaduḥkhatiraskaraṇam aṅgajarāgadīpanādaṅganopabhogaśaktisaṃdhukṣaṇam
aparādhapramārjanānmanaḥśalyonmārjanam aśrāvyaśaṃsibhir anargalapralāpair viśvāsopabṛṃhaṇam matsarānanubandhād ānandaikatānatā śabdādīnāmindriyārthānāṃ sātatyenānubhavaḥ saṃvibhāgaśīlatayā suhṛdvargasaṃvargaṇam anupamānam aṅgalāvaṇyam anuttarāṇi vilasitāni bhayārtiharaṇācca sāṃgramikatvam iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 267.0 ato mayā yuṣmābhiḥ saha maitrīm avabudhya sarvebhyo gaditam ityākarṇya te 'śmakendrāntaraṅgabhṛtyā rājasūnorbhavānīvaraṃ viditvā pūrvameva
bhinnamanasa āsan //
DKCar, 2, 9, 5.0 etaṃ bhavadvṛttāntaṃ tatapratyāvṛttānāṃ sainikānāṃ mukhādākarṇyāsahyaduḥkhodanvati
magnamanasāvubhāvahaṃ yuṣmajjananī ca vāmadevāśramaṃ gatvaitadvṛttāntaṃ tadviditaṃ vidhāya prāṇaparityāgaṃ kurvaḥ iti niścitya tadāśramamupagatau taṃ muniṃ praṇamya yāvatsthitau tāvadeva tena trikālavedinā muninā viditamevāsmanmanīṣitam //
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 24.0 sā
āttamanāttamanāḥ svāmina ārocayati diṣṭyā āryaputra vardhasva //
Divyāv, 1, 24.0 sā
āttamanāttamanāḥ svāmina ārocayati diṣṭyā āryaputra vardhasva //
Divyāv, 1, 27.0 so 'pi
āttamanāttamanā udānam udānayati apyevāhaṃ cirakālābhilaṣitaṃ putramukhaṃ paśyeyam //
Divyāv, 1, 27.0 so 'pi
āttamanāttamanā udānam udānayati apyevāhaṃ cirakālābhilaṣitaṃ putramukhaṃ paśyeyam //
Divyāv, 2, 371.0 santi pūrṇa śrotravijñeyāḥ śabdāḥ ghrāṇavijñeyā gandhāḥ jihvāvijñeyā rasāḥ kāyavijñeyāni spraṣṭavyāni
manovijñeyā dharmā iṣṭāḥ kāntāḥ priyā manaāpāḥ kāmopasaṃhitā rañjanīyāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 105.0 sā
āttamanāḥ svāmina ārocayati diṣṭyā āryaputra vardhasva āpannasattvāsmi saṃvṛttā //
Divyāv, 8, 107.0 so
'pyāttamanā āttamanā udānamudānayati apyevāhaṃ cirakālābhilaṣitaṃ putramukhaṃ paśyeyam //
Divyāv, 8, 107.0 so 'pyāttamanā
āttamanā udānamudānayati apyevāhaṃ cirakālābhilaṣitaṃ putramukhaṃ paśyeyam //
Divyāv, 8, 430.0 atha supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ
pramuditamanāḥ sukhapratibuddhaḥ kālyamevotthāya sauvarṇaṃ kinnaranagaramanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 489.0 tacchṛṇu
manasi kuru bhāṣiṣyāmaḥ itaḥ paścime digbhāge sapta parvatānatikramya mahāparvata uccaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 137.1 sa mātāpitṛviyogapratispardhinā pūrvakarmāparādhaprabhāveṇa duḥkhadaurmanasyena
saṃtāpitamanāḥ sāśrukaṇṭhastūṣṇīmavasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 14, 29.1 atha śakro devānāmindra
āttamanāstasyāṃ velāyāmimāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate /
Divyāv, 18, 5.1 yato vaṇijastaṃ mahāsamudraṃ dṛṣṭvā
saṃbhinnamanaso na prasahante samavataritum //
Divyāv, 18, 71.1 tasya taṃ namo buddhāyeti rāvaṃ śrutvā
manaso 'marṣa utpanno viklavībhūtaśca buddho bata loka utpannaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 246.1 yato 'sya bhagavatā avavādo datto dharmaruce idaṃ cedaṃ
manasi kuru //
Divyāv, 18, 554.1 sa jalapariṣekāvasikto dārakaścireṇa kālena pratyāgataprāṇastayā mātrā samāśvāsyate kimevaṃ khedamupāgatastvam asmadīyaṃ vacanamupaśrutya
dhīramanā bhavasva //
Divyāv, 18, 556.1 sa dārakastasyāḥ kathayati kathamahaṃ khedaṃ na kariṣyāmi saṃmohaṃ vā yena mayā evaṃvidhaṃ pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ tataḥ sa tayābhihito na te
manaḥśūkam asminnarthe utpādayitavyam //
Divyāv, 18, 595.1 dṛṣṭvā cārogyayitvā cābhibhāṣyokto mātuste kuśalam sa ca dārakastamarhantaṃ tathā abhivadamānamupaśrutya saṃbhinnacetāḥ svena duścaritena karmaṇā
śaṅkitamanāścintayituṃ pravṛttaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 612.1 sa yadā nirvāsitastasmādadhiṣṭhānāt tadā cintayituṃ pravṛtto 'sti cāsya buddhaśāsane kaścidevānunaya evaṃ
manasi kṛtaṃ gacchāmi idānīṃ pravrajāmīti //
Divyāv, 18, 649.1 idamavocadbhagavān
āttamanasaste bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitamabhyanandan //
Divyāv, 19, 532.1 sa gatastāṃ vibhūtiṃ dṛṣṭvā
vismayāvarjitamanāstatraivāvasthitaḥ //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 1, 4.2 manaḥkarṇasukhaṃ tan māṃ prīṇāty amṛtasaṃmitam //
HV, 1, 28.1 tatra kālaṃ
mano vācaṃ kāmaṃ krodham atho ratim /
HV, 2, 47.1 sa sṛṣṭvā
manasā dakṣaḥ paścād asṛjata striyaḥ /
HV, 3, 3.1 manasā tv eva bhūtāni pūrvam evāsṛjat prabhuḥ /
HV, 4, 24.1 nāśuceḥ
kṣudramanaso nāśiṣyasyāvratasya vā /
HV, 10, 8.2 satyavratas tadā roṣaṃ vasiṣṭhe
manasākarot //
HV, 11, 27.2 tad brūhi bharataśreṣṭha yat te
manasi vartate //
HV, 12, 26.1 prāyaścittāni dharmajñā
vāṅmanaḥkarmajāni vai /
HV, 15, 45.2 dṛṣṭvā krodhaparītātmā yuddhāyaiva
mano dadhe //
HV, 20, 1.4 karmaṇā
manasā vācā śubhāny eva cacāra ha //
HV, 21, 33.3 tathā tāta kariṣyāmi mā te bhūd viklavaṃ
manaḥ //
HV, 29, 39.2 dadau
hṛṣṭamanāḥ kṛṣṇas taṃ maṇiṃ babhrave punaḥ //
Harṣacarita
Harṣacarita, 1, 63.1 krameṇa ca mandāyamāne mukulitabisinīvisaravyasanaviṣaṇṇasarasi vāsare madhumadamuditakāminīkopakuṭilakaṭākṣakṣipyamāṇa iva kṣepīyaḥ kṣitidharaśikharam avatarati taruṇatarakapilapanalohite lokaikacakṣuṣi bhagavati prasnutamukhamāheyīyūthakṣaratkṣīradhārādhavaliteṣv āsannacandrodayoddāmakṣīrodalaharīkṣāliteṣv iva divyāśramopaśalyeṣu aparāhṇapracāracalite cāmariṇi cāmīkarataṭatāḍanaraṇitaradane radati surasravantīrodhāṃsi svairam airāvate prasṛtānekavidyādharābhisārikāsahasracaraṇālaktakarasānulipta iva prakaṭayati ca tārāpathe pāṭalatām tārāpathaprasthitasiddhadattadinakarāstamayārghyāvarjite rañjitakakubhi kusumbhabhāsi sravati pinākipraṇatimuditasaṃdhyāsvedasalila iva raktacandanadrave vandārumunivṛndārakavṛndabadhyamānasaṃdhyāñjalivane brahmotpattikamalasevāgatasakalakamalākara iva rājati brahmaloke samuccāritatṛtīyasavanabrahmaṇi brahmaṇi jvalitavaitānajvalanajvālājaṭālājireṣv ārabdhadharmasādhanaśibiranīrājaneṣv iva saptarṣimandireṣu aghamarṣaṇamuṣitakilbiṣaviṣagadollāghalaghuṣu yatiṣu saṃdhyopāsanāsīnatapasvipaṅktipūtapuline plavamānanalinayoniyānahaṃsahāsadanturitormiṇi mandākinījale jaladevatātapatre patrarathakulakalatrāntaḥpurasaudhe nijamadhumadhurāmodini kṛtamadhupamudi mumudiṣamāṇe kumudavane divasāvasānatāmyattāmarasamadhuramadhusapītiprīte suṣupsati mṛdumṛṇālakāṇḍakaṇḍūyanakuṇḍalitakandhare dhutapatrarājivījitarājīvasarasi rājahaṃsayūthe taṭalatākusumadhūlidhūsaritasariti siddhapurapurandhridhammillamallikāgandhagrāhiṇi sāyantane tanīyasi niśāniśvāsanibhe nabhasvati saṃkocodañcaduccakesarakoṭisaṃkaṭakuśeśayakośakoṭarakuṭīśāyini ṣaṭcaraṇacakre nṛtyoddhūtadhūrjaṭijaṭāṭavīkuṭajakuḍmalanikaranibhe nabhastalaṃ stabakayati tārāgaṇe saṃdhyānubandhatāmre pariṇamattālaphalatvaktviṣi kālameghamedure medinīṃ mīlayati navavayasi tamasi taruṇataratimirapaṭalapāṭanapaṭīyasi samunmiṣati yāminīkāminīkarṇapūracampakakalikākadambake pradīpaprakare pratanutuhinakiraṇakiraṇalāvaṇyālokapāṇḍuny āśyānanīlanīramuktakālindīkulabālapulināyamāne śātakratave kṛśayati timiramāśāmukhe khamuci mecakitavikacitakuvalayasarasi śaśadharakaranikarakacagrahāvile vilīyamāne
māninīmanasīva śarvarīśabdacikuracaye cāṣapakṣatviṣi tamasi udite bhagavaty udayagiriśikharakaṭakakuharaharikharanakharanivahahetini hatanijahariṇagalitarudhiranicayanicitam iva lohitaṃ vapur udayarāgadharam adharam iva vibhāvarīvadhvā dhārayati śvetabhānau acalacyutacandrakāntajaladhārādhauta iva dhvaste dhvānte golokagalitadugdhavisaravāhini dantamayakaramukhamahāpraṇāla ivāpūrayituṃ prakṛte payodhimindumaṇḍale spaṣṭe pradoṣasamaye sāvitrī śūnyahṛdayāmiva kimapi dhyāyantīṃ sāsrāṃ sarasvatīmavādīt sakhi tribhuvanopadeśadānadakṣāyās tava puro jihvā jihreti me jalpantī //
Harṣacarita, 1, 80.1 ananyaśaraṇā cādyaiva prabhṛti pratipadyasva
manasā vācā kriyayā ca sarvavidyāvidhātāraṃ dātāraṃ ca śvaḥśreyasasya caraṇarajaḥpavitritatridaśāsuraṃ sudhāsūtikalikākalpitakarṇāvataṃsaṃ devadevaṃ tribhuvanaguruṃ tryambakam //
Harṣacarita, 1, 105.1 madhye ca tasya sārdhacandreṇa muktāphalajālamālinā vividharatnakhaṇḍakhacitena śaṅkhakṣīraphenapāṇḍureṇa kṣīrodeneva svayaṃ lakṣmīṃ dātumāgatena gaganagatenātapatreṇa kṛtacchāyam acchācchenābharaṇadyutīnāṃ nivahena diśāmiva darśanānurāgalagnena cakravālenānugamyamānam ānitambavilambinyā mālatīśekharasrajā sakalabhuvanavijayārjitayā rūpapatākayeva virājamānam utsarpibhiḥ śikhaṇḍakhaṇḍikāpadmarāgamaṇer aruṇair aṃśujālair adṛśyamānavanadevatāvidhṛtair bālapallavairiva pramṛjyamānamārgareṇuparuṣavapuṣam bakulakuḍmalamaṇḍalīmuṇḍamālāmaṇḍanamanohareṇa kuṭilakuntalastabakamālinā maulinā mīlitātapaṃ pibantamiva divasam paśupatijaṭāmukuṭamṛgāṅkadvitīyaśakalaghaṭitasyeva sahajalakṣmīsamāliṅgitasya lalāṭapaṭṭasya manaḥśilāpaṅkapiṅgalena lāvaṇyena limpantamivāntarikṣam abhinavayauvanārambhāvaṣṭambhapragalbhadṛṣṭipātatṛṇīkṛtatribhuvanasya cakṣuṣaḥ prathimnā vikacakumudakuvalayakamalasaraḥsahasrasaṃchāditadaśadiśaṃ śaradamiva pravartayantam āyatanayananadīsīmāntasetubandhena lalāṭataṭaśaśimaṇiśilātalagalitena kāntisalilasrotaseva drāghīyasā nāsāvaṃśena śobhamānam atisurabhisahakārakarpūrakakkolalavaṅgapārijātakaparimalamucā mattamadhukarakulakolāhalamukhareṇa mukhena sanandanavanaṃ vasantamivāvatārayantam āsannasuhṛtparihāsabhāvanottānitamukhamugdhahasitairdaśanajyotsnāsnapitadiṅmukhaiḥ punaḥpunarnabhasi saṃcāriṇaṃ candrālokamiva kalpayantaṃ kadambamukulasthūlamuktāphalayugalamadhyādhyāsitamarakatasya trikaṇṭakakarṇābharaṇasya preṅkhataḥ prabhayā samutsarpantyā kṛtasakusumaharitakundapallavakarṇāvataṃsamivopalakṣyamāṇam āmoditamṛgamadapaṅkalikhitapatrabhaṅgabhāsvaram bhujayugalamuddāmamakarākrāntaśikharamiva makaraketuketoḥ daṇḍadvayaṃ dadhānaṃ dhavalabrahmasūtrasīmantitaṃ sāgaramathanasāmarṣagaṅgāsrotaḥsaṃdānitamiva mandaraṃ dehamudvahantam karpūrakṣodamuṣṭicchuraṇapāṃśuleneva kāntoccakucacakravākayugalavipulapulinenoraḥsthalena sthūlabhujāyāmapuñjitam puro vistārayantamiva dikcakram purastād īṣad adhonābhinihitaikakoṇakamanīyena pṛṣṭhataḥ kakṣyādhikakṣiptapallavenobhayataḥ saṃvalanaprakaṭitorutribhāgena hārītaharitā nibiḍanipīḍitenādharavāsasā vibhajyamānatanutaramadhyabhāgam anavarataśramopacitamāṃsakaṭhinavikaṭamakaramukhasaṃlagnajānubhyām ativiśālavakṣaḥsthalopalavedikottambhanaśilāstambhābhyāṃ cārucandanasthāsakasthūlatarakāntibhyāmurudaṇḍābhyām upahasantamivairāvatakarāyāmam atibharitorubhāravahanakhedeneva tanuhasantam ivairāvatakarāyāmam atibharitorubhāravahanakhedeneva tanutarajaṅghākāṇḍam kalpapādapapallavadvayasyeva pāṭalasyobhayapārśvāvalambinaḥ pādadvayasya dolāyamānair nakhamayūkhair aśvamaṇḍanacāmaramālāmiva racayantam abhimukhamuccairudañcadbhiraticiramupariviśrāmyadbhiriva valitavikaṭaṃ patadbhiḥ khuraiḥ khaṇḍitabhuvi pratikṣaṇadaśanavimuktakhaṇakhaṇāyitakharakhalīne dīrghaghrāṇalīnalālike lalāṭalulitacārucāmīkaracakrake śiñjānaśātakaumbhāyānaśobhini
manoraṃhasi golāṅgūlakapolakālakāyalomni nīlasindhuvāravarṇe vājini mahati samārūḍham ubhayataḥ paryāṇapaṭṭaśliṣṭahastābhyām āsannaparicārakābhyāṃ dodhūyamānadhavalacāmarikāyugalam agrataḥ paṭhato bandinaḥ subhāṣitamutkaṇṭakitakapolaphalakena lagnakarṇotpalakesarapakṣmaśakaleneva mukhaśaśinā bhāvayantam anaṅgayugāvatāramiva darśayantaṃ candramayīmiva sṛṣṭimutpādayantam vilāsaprāyamiva jīvalokaṃ janayantam anurāgamayamiva sargāntamāracayantam śṛṅgāramayamiva divasamāpādayantam rāgarājyamiva pravartayantam ākarṣaṇāñjanamiva cakṣuṣoḥ vaśīkaraṇamantramiva manasaḥ svasthāveśacūrṇam ivendriyāṇām asaṃtoṣamiva kautukasya siddhayogamiva saubhāgyasya punarjanmadivasamiva manmathasya rasāyanamiva yauvanasya ekarājyamiva rāmaṇīyakasya kīrtistambhamiva rūpasya mūlakośamiva lāvaṇyasya puṇyakarmapariṇāmamiva saṃsārasya prathamāṅkuramiva kāntilatāyāḥ sargābhyāsaphalamiva prajāpateḥ pratāpamiva vibhramasya yaśaḥpravāhamiva vaidagdhyasya aṣṭādaśavarṣadeśīyaṃ yuvānamadrākṣīt //
Harṣacarita, 1, 105.1 madhye ca tasya sārdhacandreṇa muktāphalajālamālinā vividharatnakhaṇḍakhacitena śaṅkhakṣīraphenapāṇḍureṇa kṣīrodeneva svayaṃ lakṣmīṃ dātumāgatena gaganagatenātapatreṇa kṛtacchāyam acchācchenābharaṇadyutīnāṃ nivahena diśāmiva darśanānurāgalagnena cakravālenānugamyamānam ānitambavilambinyā mālatīśekharasrajā sakalabhuvanavijayārjitayā rūpapatākayeva virājamānam utsarpibhiḥ śikhaṇḍakhaṇḍikāpadmarāgamaṇer aruṇair aṃśujālair adṛśyamānavanadevatāvidhṛtair bālapallavairiva pramṛjyamānamārgareṇuparuṣavapuṣam bakulakuḍmalamaṇḍalīmuṇḍamālāmaṇḍanamanohareṇa kuṭilakuntalastabakamālinā maulinā mīlitātapaṃ pibantamiva divasam paśupatijaṭāmukuṭamṛgāṅkadvitīyaśakalaghaṭitasyeva sahajalakṣmīsamāliṅgitasya lalāṭapaṭṭasya manaḥśilāpaṅkapiṅgalena lāvaṇyena limpantamivāntarikṣam abhinavayauvanārambhāvaṣṭambhapragalbhadṛṣṭipātatṛṇīkṛtatribhuvanasya cakṣuṣaḥ prathimnā vikacakumudakuvalayakamalasaraḥsahasrasaṃchāditadaśadiśaṃ śaradamiva pravartayantam āyatanayananadīsīmāntasetubandhena lalāṭataṭaśaśimaṇiśilātalagalitena kāntisalilasrotaseva drāghīyasā nāsāvaṃśena śobhamānam atisurabhisahakārakarpūrakakkolalavaṅgapārijātakaparimalamucā mattamadhukarakulakolāhalamukhareṇa mukhena sanandanavanaṃ vasantamivāvatārayantam āsannasuhṛtparihāsabhāvanottānitamukhamugdhahasitairdaśanajyotsnāsnapitadiṅmukhaiḥ punaḥpunarnabhasi saṃcāriṇaṃ candrālokamiva kalpayantaṃ kadambamukulasthūlamuktāphalayugalamadhyādhyāsitamarakatasya trikaṇṭakakarṇābharaṇasya preṅkhataḥ prabhayā samutsarpantyā kṛtasakusumaharitakundapallavakarṇāvataṃsamivopalakṣyamāṇam āmoditamṛgamadapaṅkalikhitapatrabhaṅgabhāsvaram bhujayugalamuddāmamakarākrāntaśikharamiva makaraketuketoḥ daṇḍadvayaṃ dadhānaṃ dhavalabrahmasūtrasīmantitaṃ sāgaramathanasāmarṣagaṅgāsrotaḥsaṃdānitamiva mandaraṃ dehamudvahantam karpūrakṣodamuṣṭicchuraṇapāṃśuleneva kāntoccakucacakravākayugalavipulapulinenoraḥsthalena sthūlabhujāyāmapuñjitam puro vistārayantamiva dikcakram purastād īṣad adhonābhinihitaikakoṇakamanīyena pṛṣṭhataḥ kakṣyādhikakṣiptapallavenobhayataḥ saṃvalanaprakaṭitorutribhāgena hārītaharitā nibiḍanipīḍitenādharavāsasā vibhajyamānatanutaramadhyabhāgam anavarataśramopacitamāṃsakaṭhinavikaṭamakaramukhasaṃlagnajānubhyām ativiśālavakṣaḥsthalopalavedikottambhanaśilāstambhābhyāṃ cārucandanasthāsakasthūlatarakāntibhyāmurudaṇḍābhyām upahasantamivairāvatakarāyāmam atibharitorubhāravahanakhedeneva tanuhasantam ivairāvatakarāyāmam atibharitorubhāravahanakhedeneva tanutarajaṅghākāṇḍam kalpapādapapallavadvayasyeva pāṭalasyobhayapārśvāvalambinaḥ pādadvayasya dolāyamānair nakhamayūkhair aśvamaṇḍanacāmaramālāmiva racayantam abhimukhamuccairudañcadbhiraticiramupariviśrāmyadbhiriva valitavikaṭaṃ patadbhiḥ khuraiḥ khaṇḍitabhuvi pratikṣaṇadaśanavimuktakhaṇakhaṇāyitakharakhalīne dīrghaghrāṇalīnalālike lalāṭalulitacārucāmīkaracakrake śiñjānaśātakaumbhāyānaśobhini manoraṃhasi golāṅgūlakapolakālakāyalomni nīlasindhuvāravarṇe vājini mahati samārūḍham ubhayataḥ paryāṇapaṭṭaśliṣṭahastābhyām āsannaparicārakābhyāṃ dodhūyamānadhavalacāmarikāyugalam agrataḥ paṭhato bandinaḥ subhāṣitamutkaṇṭakitakapolaphalakena lagnakarṇotpalakesarapakṣmaśakaleneva mukhaśaśinā bhāvayantam anaṅgayugāvatāramiva darśayantaṃ candramayīmiva sṛṣṭimutpādayantam vilāsaprāyamiva jīvalokaṃ janayantam anurāgamayamiva sargāntamāracayantam śṛṅgāramayamiva divasamāpādayantam rāgarājyamiva pravartayantam ākarṣaṇāñjanamiva cakṣuṣoḥ vaśīkaraṇamantramiva
manasaḥ svasthāveśacūrṇam ivendriyāṇām asaṃtoṣamiva kautukasya siddhayogamiva saubhāgyasya punarjanmadivasamiva manmathasya rasāyanamiva yauvanasya ekarājyamiva rāmaṇīyakasya kīrtistambhamiva rūpasya mūlakośamiva lāvaṇyasya puṇyakarmapariṇāmamiva saṃsārasya prathamāṅkuramiva kāntilatāyāḥ sargābhyāsaphalamiva prajāpateḥ pratāpamiva vibhramasya yaśaḥpravāhamiva vaidagdhyasya aṣṭādaśavarṣadeśīyaṃ yuvānamadrākṣīt //
Harṣacarita, 1, 107.1 atha sa yuvā puroyāyināṃ yathādarśanaṃ
pratinivṛtyātivismitamanasāṃ kathayatāṃ padātīnāṃ sakāśādupalabhya divyākṛti tat kanyāyugalam upajātakutūhalaḥ pratūrṇaturago didṛkṣustaṃ latāmaṇḍapoddeśamājagāma //
Harṣacarita, 1, 128.1 bhartṛbhavanam āgacchantyāmapi duhitari nāsecanakadarśanamimamamuñcanmātāmaho
manovinodanaṃ naptāram //
Harṣacarita, 1, 162.1 aprahitamapi
manastenaiva sārdhamagād ajāyata ca navapallava iva bālavanalatāyāḥ kuto 'pyasyā anurāgaścetasi //
Harṣacarita, 1, 176.1 svapnāsāditadvitīyadarśanā cākarṇākṛṣṭakārmukeṇa
manasi nirdayamatāḍyata makaraketunā //
Harṣacarita, 1, 197.1 alasaḥ khalu loko yadevaṃ sulabhasauhārdāni yena kenacinna krīṇāti mahatāṃ
manāṃsi //
Harṣacarita, 1, 206.1 agṛhṇāccākārataḥ prabhṛty agrāmyatayā tais tairapi peśalairālāpaiḥ
sāvitrīsarasvatyormanasī //
Harṣacarita, 1, 216.1 sā tvavādīt devi jānāsyeva mādhuryaṃ viṣayāṇām lolupatāṃ cendriyagrāmasya unmāditāṃ ca navayauvanasya pāriplavatāṃ ca
manasaḥ //
Harṣacarita, 1, 232.1 astamupagate ca bhagavati gabhastimati stimitataram avatarati tamasi prahasitāmiva sitāṃ diśaṃ paurandarīṃ darīmiva kesariṇi muñcati candramasi sarasvatī śucini cīnāṃśukasukumāratare taraṅgiṇi dugūlakomalaśayana iva śoṇasaikate samupaviṣṭā svapnakṛtaprārthanā pādapatanalagnāṃ dadhīcacaraṇanakhacandrikāmiva lalāṭikāṃ dadhānā gaṇḍasthalādarśapratibimbitena cāruhāsiny ayamasāvāhṛto hṛdayadayito jana iti śravaṇasamīpavartinā nivedyamānamadanasaṃdeśevendunā vikīryamāṇanakhakiraṇacakravālena vālavyajanīkṛtacandrakalākalāpeneva kareṇa vījayantī svedinaṃ kapolapaṭṭam atra dadhīcād ṛte na kenacitpraveṣṭavyam iti tiraścīnaṃ cittabhuvā pātitāṃ vilāsavetralatāmiva bālamṛṇālikām adhistanaṃ stanayantī kathamapi hṛdayena vahantī pratipālayāmāsa āsīccāsyā
manasi ahamapi nāma sarasvatī yatrāmunā manojanmanā jānatyeva paravaśīkṛtā //
Harṣacarita, 1, 267.1 agācca niravagraho grahavān iva navayauvanena svairiṇā
manasā mahatāmupahāsyatām //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 1, 2.2 na vivyathe tasya
mano na hi priyaṃ pravaktum icchanti mṛṣā hitaiṣiṇaḥ //
Kir, 1, 41.1 dviṣannimittā yad iyaṃ daśā tataḥ samūlam unmūlayatīva me
manaḥ /
Kir, 2, 1.1 vihitāṃ priyayā
manaḥpriyām atha niścitya giraṃ garīyasīm /
Kir, 2, 34.1 spṛhaṇīyaguṇair mahātmabhiś carite vartmani yacchatāṃ
manaḥ /
Kir, 2, 40.1 kim asāmayikaṃ vitanvatā
manasaḥ kṣobham upāttaraṃhasaḥ /
Kir, 3, 10.1 ity uktavān uktiviśeṣaramyaṃ
manaḥ samādhāya jayopapattau /
Kir, 3, 19.2 dhunvan dhanuḥ kasya raṇe na kuryān
mano bhayaikapravaṇaṃ sa bhīṣmaḥ //
Kir, 3, 33.2 tulyād vibhāgād iva
tanmanobhir duḥkhātibhāro 'pi laghuḥ sa mene //
Kir, 3, 37.2 manaḥprasādāñjalinā nikāmaṃ jagrāha pātheyam ivendrasūnuḥ //
Kir, 4, 3.2 hṛtapriyādṛṣṭivilāsavibhramā
mano 'sya jahruḥ śapharīvivṛttayaḥ //
Kir, 5, 42.2 śṛṅgāṇy amuṣya bhajate gaṇabhartur ukṣā kurvan
vadhūjanamanaḥsu śaśāṅkaśaṅkām //
Kir, 6, 17.2 manasaḥ prasattim iva mūrdhni gireḥ śucim āsasāda sa vanāntabhuvam //
Kir, 6, 22.1 manasā japaiḥ praṇatibhiḥ prayataḥ samupeyivān adhipatiṃ sa divaḥ /
Kir, 6, 38.1 adhigamya guhyakagaṇād iti tan
manasaḥ priyaṃ priyasutasya tapaḥ /
Kir, 6, 43.2 hṛtavītarāgamanasāṃ nanu vaḥ sukhasaṅginaṃ prati sukhāvajitiḥ //
Kir, 8, 8.1 jahīhi kopaṃ dayito 'nugamyatāṃ purānuśete tava cañcalaṃ
manaḥ /
Kir, 8, 12.1 upeyuṣīṇāṃ bṛhatīr adhityakā
manāṃsi jahruḥ surarājayoṣitām /
Kir, 8, 18.2 taruprasūnāny apadiśya sādaraṃ manodhināthasya
manaḥ samādade //
Kir, 8, 46.2 akṛtrimapremarasāhitair
mano haranti rāmāḥ kṛtakair apīhitaiḥ //
Kir, 9, 1.1 vīkṣya
rantumanasaḥ suranārīr āttacitraparidhānavibhūṣāḥ /
Kir, 9, 30.2 sehire na kiraṇā himaraśmer duḥkhite
manasi sarvam asahyam //
Kir, 9, 74.1 anyonyaraktamanasām atha bibhratīnāṃ cetobhuvo harisakhāpsarasāṃ nideśam /
Kir, 10, 17.2 prasabham avatatāra cittajanmā harati
mano madhurā hi yauvanaśrīḥ //
Kir, 10, 22.1 vyathitam api bhṛśaṃ
mano harantī pariṇatajambuphalopabhogahṛṣṭā /
Kir, 10, 23.1 abhibhavati
manaḥ kadambavāyau madamadhure ca śikhaṇḍināṃ nināde /
Kir, 10, 42.1 abhinayamanasaḥ surāṅganāyā nihitam alaktakavartanābhitāmram /
Kir, 10, 48.2 gataghṛṇa gamitāni satsakhīnāṃ nayanayugaiḥ samam ārdratāṃ
manāṃsi //
Kir, 10, 54.2 abhipatitumanāḥ sasādhvaseva cyutaraśanāguṇasaṃditāvatasthe //
Kir, 10, 55.1 yadi
manasi śamaḥ kim aṅga cāpaṃ śaṭha viṣayās tava vallabhā na muktiḥ /
Kir, 10, 62.2 jvalayati mahatāṃ
manāṃsy amarṣe na hi labhate 'vasaraṃ sukhābhilāṣaḥ //
Kir, 10, 63.2 manobhiḥ sodvegaiḥ praṇayavihitadhvastarucayaḥ sagandharmā dhāma tridaśavanitāḥ svaṃ pratiyayuḥ //
Kir, 11, 8.2 avijñāte 'pi bandhau hi balāt prahlādate
manaḥ //
Kir, 13, 2.2 jayam icchati tasya jātaśaṅke
manasīmaṃ muhur ādade vitarkam //
Kir, 13, 6.1 na mṛgaḥ khalu ko 'py ayaṃ jighāṃsuḥ skhalati hy atra tathā bhṛśaṃ
mano me /
Kir, 13, 22.1 nayanād iva śūlinaḥ pravṛttair
manaso 'py āśutaraṃ yataḥ piśaṅgaiḥ /
Kir, 15, 2.2 muhyatīva hi kṛcchreṣu sambhramajvalitaṃ
manaḥ //
Kir, 18, 3.2 ka iva nāma
bṛhanmanasāṃ bhaved anukṛter api sattvavatāṃ kṣamaḥ //
Kir, 18, 41.2 atītya vācāṃ
manasāṃ ca gocaraṃ sthitāya te tatpataye namo namaḥ //
Kumārasaṃbhava
KumSaṃ, 3, 7.1 kām ekapatnīvrataduḥkhaśīlāṃ lolaṃ
manaś cārutayā praviṣṭām /
KumSaṃ, 3, 34.2 prayatnasaṃstambhitavikriyāṇāṃ kathaṃcid īśā
manasāṃ babhūvuḥ //
KumSaṃ, 3, 50.1 mano navadvāraniṣiddhavṛtti hṛdi vyavasthāpya samādhivaśyam /
KumSaṃ, 3, 51.1 smaras tathābhūtam ayugmanetraṃ paśyann adūrān
manasāpy adhṛṣyam /
KumSaṃ, 5, 5.2 ka īpsitārthasthiraniścayaṃ
manaḥ payaś ca nimnābhimukhaṃ pratīpayet //
KumSaṃ, 5, 35.1 api prasannaṃ hariṇeṣu te
manaḥ karasthadarbhapraṇayāpahāriṣu /
KumSaṃ, 5, 38.2 tvayā
manonirviṣayārthakāmayā yad eka eva pratigṛhya sevyate //
KumSaṃ, 5, 40.2 ayaṃ janaḥ
praṣṭumanās tapodhane na ced rahasyaṃ prativaktum arhasi //
KumSaṃ, 5, 46.1 niveditaṃ niśvasitena soṣmaṇā
manas tu me saṃśayam eva gāhate /
KumSaṃ, 5, 48.2 śaśāṅkalekhām iva paśyato divā sacetasaḥ kasya
mano na dūyate //
KumSaṃ, 5, 73.1 nivartayāsmād asadīpsitān
manaḥ kva tadvidhas tvaṃ kva ca puṇyalakṣaṇā /
KumSaṃ, 5, 82.2 mamātra bhāvaikarasaṃ
manaḥ sthitaṃ na kāmavṛttir vacanīyam īkṣate //
Kāmasūtra
KāSū, 1, 2, 11.1 śrotratvakcakṣurjihvāghrāṇānām ātmasaṃyuktena
manasādhiṣṭhitānāṃ sveṣu sveṣu viṣayeṣv ānukūlyataḥ pravṛttiḥ kāmaḥ //
KāSū, 2, 10, 22.1 tatra yuktarūpeṇa sāmnā pādapatanena vā
prasannamanāstām anunayann upakramya śayanam ārohayet //
KāSū, 3, 3, 3.19 vardhamānānurāgaṃ cākhyānake
manaḥ kurvatīm anvarthābhiḥ kathābhiścittahāriṇībhiśca rañjayet /
KāSū, 5, 1, 5.1 cakṣuḥprītir
manaḥsaṅgaḥ saṃkalpotpattir nidrācchedastanutā viṣayebhyo vyāvṛttir lajjāpraṇāśa unmādo mūrchā maraṇam iti teṣāṃ liṅgāni //
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
KāvyAl, 5, 69.2 prathitavacasaḥ santo'bhijñāḥ pramāṇamihāpare gurutaradhiyām asvārādhaṃ
mano'kṛtabuddhibhiḥ //
Kūrmapurāṇa
KūPur, 2, 29, 47.2 na bhavati punareṣāmudbhavo vā vināśaḥ
praṇihitamanaso ye nityamevācaranti //
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 1, 44.5 cittamanomanovijñānavigatena tvayā sarvadharmā vibhāvayitavyāḥ /
LAS, 1, 44.5 cittamanomanovijñānavigatena tvayā sarvadharmā vibhāvayitavyāḥ /
LAS, 1, 44.97 kena na kalpante
manasā ātmato jīvataḥ pudgalataḥ /
LAS, 1, 44.98 kathaṃ na vikalpante
manovijñānena viṣayārthahetukena yathā rūpalakṣaṇasaṃsthānākārataśca /
LAS, 2, 66.2 cittaṃ
manaśca vijñānaṃ nairātmyaṃ dharmapañcakam //
LAS, 2, 101.36 svacittanirābhāsamātrāvatāreṇa prajñāpāramitāvihārānuprāptā utpādakriyāyogavirahitāḥ samādhivajrabimbopamaṃ tathāgatakāyānugataṃ tathatānirmāṇānugataṃ balābhijñāvaśitākṛpākaruṇopāyamaṇḍitaṃ sarvabuddhakṣetratīrthyāyatanopagataṃ
cittamanomanovijñānarahitaṃ parāvṛttyānuśrayānupūrvakaṃ tathāgatakāyaṃ mahāmate te bodhisattvāḥ pratilapsyante /
LAS, 2, 101.36 svacittanirābhāsamātrāvatāreṇa prajñāpāramitāvihārānuprāptā utpādakriyāyogavirahitāḥ samādhivajrabimbopamaṃ tathāgatakāyānugataṃ tathatānirmāṇānugataṃ balābhijñāvaśitākṛpākaruṇopāyamaṇḍitaṃ sarvabuddhakṣetratīrthyāyatanopagataṃ
cittamanomanovijñānarahitaṃ parāvṛttyānuśrayānupūrvakaṃ tathāgatakāyaṃ mahāmate te bodhisattvāḥ pratilapsyante /
LAS, 2, 101.39 tasmāttarhi mahāmate bodhisattvena mahāsattvena svasiddhāntakuśalena punarapi mahāmatirāha deśayatu me bhagavān
cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvalakṣaṇakusumadharmaparyāyaṃ buddhabodhisattvānuyātaṃ svacittadṛśyagocaravisaṃyojanaṃ sarvabhāṣyayuktitattvalakṣaṇavidāraṇaṃ sarvabuddhapravacanahṛdayaṃ laṅkāpurigirimalaye nivāsino bodhisattvān ārabhyodadhitaraṃgālayavijñānagocaraṃ dharmakāyaṃ tathāgatānugītaṃ prabhāṣasva /
LAS, 2, 101.39 tasmāttarhi mahāmate bodhisattvena mahāsattvena svasiddhāntakuśalena punarapi mahāmatirāha deśayatu me bhagavān
cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvalakṣaṇakusumadharmaparyāyaṃ buddhabodhisattvānuyātaṃ svacittadṛśyagocaravisaṃyojanaṃ sarvabhāṣyayuktitattvalakṣaṇavidāraṇaṃ sarvabuddhapravacanahṛdayaṃ laṅkāpurigirimalaye nivāsino bodhisattvān ārabhyodadhitaraṃgālayavijñānagocaraṃ dharmakāyaṃ tathāgatānugītaṃ prabhāṣasva /
LAS, 2, 101.44 saha taireva mahāmate pañcabhirvijñānakāyair hetuviṣayaparicchedalakṣaṇāvadhārakaṃ nāma
manovijñānaṃ taddhetujaśarīraṃ pravartate /
LAS, 2, 101.52 kalyāṇamitrajinapuraskṛtairmahāmate śakyaṃ
cittamanovijñānaṃ svacittadṛśyasvabhāvagocaravikalpasaṃsārabhavodadhiṃ karmatṛṣṇājñānahetukaṃ tartum /
LAS, 2, 127.14 svacittadṛśyavikalpānugamamanasā ca mahāmate bhavitavyam /
LAS, 2, 137.8 cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvarahitān mahāmate sarvadharmān vibhāvayan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo dharmanairātmyakuśalo bhavati /
LAS, 2, 137.8 cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvarahitān mahāmate sarvadharmān vibhāvayan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo dharmanairātmyakuśalo bhavati /
LAS, 2, 138.21 punaraparaṃ mahāmate bodhisattvāś
cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvanairātmyalakṣaṇadvayagatiṃ gatvā parahitahetor anekarūpaveṣadhāriṇo bhavanti /
LAS, 2, 138.21 punaraparaṃ mahāmate bodhisattvāś
cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvanairātmyalakṣaṇadvayagatiṃ gatvā parahitahetor anekarūpaveṣadhāriṇo bhavanti /
LAS, 2, 139.2 atha khalu bhagavān mahāmatiṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocattena hi mahāmate śṛṇu tatsādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuru /
LAS, 2, 143.9 aṣṭamyāṃ bhūmau sthitāś
cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvanairātmyadvayagatiparāvṛttyadhigamān manomayakāyaṃ pratilabhante /
LAS, 2, 143.9 aṣṭamyāṃ bhūmau sthitāś
cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvanairātmyadvayagatiparāvṛttyadhigamān manomayakāyaṃ pratilabhante /
LAS, 2, 143.9 aṣṭamyāṃ bhūmau sthitāś cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvanairātmyadvayagatiparāvṛttyadhigamān
manomayakāyaṃ pratilabhante /
LAS, 2, 143.10 mahāmatirāha
manomayakāya iti bhagavan kena kāraṇena bhagavānāha manomaya iti mahāmate manovad apratihataśīghragāmitvān manomaya ityucyate /
LAS, 2, 143.10 mahāmatirāha manomayakāya iti bhagavan kena kāraṇena bhagavānāha
manomaya iti mahāmate manovad apratihataśīghragāmitvān manomaya ityucyate /
LAS, 2, 143.10 mahāmatirāha manomayakāya iti bhagavan kena kāraṇena bhagavānāha manomaya iti mahāmate
manovad apratihataśīghragāmitvān manomaya ityucyate /
LAS, 2, 143.10 mahāmatirāha manomayakāya iti bhagavan kena kāraṇena bhagavānāha manomaya iti mahāmate manovad apratihataśīghragāmitvān
manomaya ityucyate /
LAS, 2, 143.11 tadyathā mahāmate
mano'pratihataṃ girikuḍyanadīvṛkṣādiṣvanekāni yojanaśatasahasrāṇi pūrvadṛṣṭānubhūtān viṣayānanusmaran svacittaprabandhāvicchinnaśarīramapratihatagati pravartate evameva mahāmate manomayakāyasahapratilambhena māyopamasamena samādhinā balavaśitābhijñānalakṣaṇakusumitam āryagatinikāyasahajo mana iva pravartate'pratihatagatiḥ pūrvapraṇidhānaviṣayān anusmaran sattvaparipākārtham /
LAS, 2, 143.11 tadyathā mahāmate mano'pratihataṃ girikuḍyanadīvṛkṣādiṣvanekāni yojanaśatasahasrāṇi pūrvadṛṣṭānubhūtān viṣayānanusmaran svacittaprabandhāvicchinnaśarīramapratihatagati pravartate evameva mahāmate
manomayakāyasahapratilambhena māyopamasamena samādhinā balavaśitābhijñānalakṣaṇakusumitam āryagatinikāyasahajo mana iva pravartate'pratihatagatiḥ pūrvapraṇidhānaviṣayān anusmaran sattvaparipākārtham /
LAS, 2, 143.11 tadyathā mahāmate mano'pratihataṃ girikuḍyanadīvṛkṣādiṣvanekāni yojanaśatasahasrāṇi pūrvadṛṣṭānubhūtān viṣayānanusmaran svacittaprabandhāvicchinnaśarīramapratihatagati pravartate evameva mahāmate manomayakāyasahapratilambhena māyopamasamena samādhinā balavaśitābhijñānalakṣaṇakusumitam āryagatinikāyasahajo
mana iva pravartate'pratihatagatiḥ pūrvapraṇidhānaviṣayān anusmaran sattvaparipākārtham /
LAS, 2, 148.2 bhagavānāha tena hi mahāmate śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuru /
LAS, 2, 152.5 tena hi mahāmate śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuru /
LAS, 2, 153.3 tadyathā mahāmate mṛgatṛṣṇodakaṃ mṛgā udakabhāvena vikalpya grīṣmābhitaptāḥ pātukāmatayā pradhāvanti svacittadṛṣṭibhrāntyanavabodhānna prajānanti nātrodakamiti evameva mahāmate bālapṛthagjanā anādikālavividhaprapañcavikalpavāsitamatayo
rāgadveṣamohāgnitāpitamanaso vicitrarūpaviṣayābhilāṣiṇaḥ utpādabhaṅgasthitidṛṣṭyāśayā ādhyātmikabāhyabhāvābhāvākuśalāḥ /
LAS, 2, 154.2 na ca mahāmate
cittamanomanovijñānacittaparāvṛttyāśrayāṇāṃ svacittadṛśyagrāhyagrāhakavikalpaprahīṇānāṃ tathāgatabhūmipratyātmāryajñānagatānāṃ yogināṃ bhāvābhāvasaṃjñā pravartate /
LAS, 2, 154.2 na ca mahāmate
cittamanomanovijñānacittaparāvṛttyāśrayāṇāṃ svacittadṛśyagrāhyagrāhakavikalpaprahīṇānāṃ tathāgatabhūmipratyātmāryajñānagatānāṃ yogināṃ bhāvābhāvasaṃjñā pravartate /
LAS, 2, 170.2 kasyaitadbhagavannadhivacanaṃ yaduta nirvāṇamiti bhagavānāha
sarvavijñānasvabhāvavāsanālayamanomanovijñānadṛṣṭivāsanāparāvṛttir nirvāṇamityucyate sarvabuddhair mayā ca nirvāṇagatisvabhāvaśūnyatāvastugocaram /
LAS, 2, 170.2 kasyaitadbhagavannadhivacanaṃ yaduta nirvāṇamiti bhagavānāha
sarvavijñānasvabhāvavāsanālayamanomanovijñānadṛṣṭivāsanāparāvṛttir nirvāṇamityucyate sarvabuddhair mayā ca nirvāṇagatisvabhāvaśūnyatāvastugocaram /
Liṅgapurāṇa
LiPur, 2, 9, 53.2 abhivadanti sthūlamanantaṃ mahāścaryam adīrgham alohitam amastakam āsāyam ata evopurānasamasaṃgam agandham arasam acakṣuṣkam aśrotram
avāṅmano 'tejaskam apramāṇam anusukham anāmagotram amaram ajaram anāmayam amṛtam oṃśabdam amṛtam asaṃvṛtam apūrvam anaparam anantam abāhyaṃ tad aśnāti kiṃcana na tad aśnāti kiṃcana //
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 4, 15.2 kṣobhyaṃ
manaḥ prayatnena tvayaivoktaṃ purā vibho //
MPur, 38, 9.1 bhaye na muhyāmyaṣṭakāhaṃ kadācitsaṃtāpo me
manaso nāsti kaścit /
MPur, 39, 3.2 kathaṃ tasminkṣīṇapuṇyā bhavanti saṃmuhyate me 'tra
mano'timātram /
MPur, 39, 16.1 ghrāṇena gandhaṃ jihvayātho rasaṃ ca tvacā sparśaṃ
manasā devabhāvam /
MPur, 135, 67.2 nāśaknuvaṃste
manasāpi ceṣṭituṃ yathendriyārthā muninābhisaṃyatāḥ //
MPur, 154, 31.1 piturasti tathāpi
manovikṛtiḥ saguṇo viguṇo balavānabalaḥ /
MPur, 154, 38.1 ditijasya śarīramavāpya gataṃ śatadhā
matibhedamivālpamanāḥ /
MPur, 154, 497.2 sabāndhavo bhavati ca kasya no
mano vihvalaṃ ca jagati hi kanyakāpituḥ //
Meghadūta
Megh, Uttarameghaḥ, 34.1 jāne sakhyās tava mayi
manaḥ saṃbhṛtasnehamasmād itthaṃbhūtāṃ prathamavirahe tām ahaṃ tarkayāmi /
Nyāyabhāṣya
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 3, 2, 29, 1.1 āśugati
manaḥ tasya bahiḥśarīrātmapradeśena jñānasaṃskṛtena sannikarṣaḥ pratyāgatasya ca prayatnotpādanam ubhayaṃ yujyata iti //
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 3, 2, 38, 1.1 icchādveṣaprayatnasukhaduḥkhajñānāny ātmano liṅgam ityataḥprabhṛti yathoktaṃ saṃgṛhyate tena
bhūtendriyamanasāṃ caitanyapratiṣedhaḥ //
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 3, 2, 38, 2.1 pāratantryāt paratantrāṇi
bhūtendriyamanāṃsi dhāraṇapreraṇavyūhanakriyāsu prayatnavaśāt pravartante caitanye punaḥ svatantrāṇi syur iti //
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 3, 2, 38, 3.1 akṛtābhyāgamācca pravṛttir vāgbuddhiśarīrārambha iti caitanye
bhūtendriyamanasāṃ parakṛtaṃ karma puruṣeṇopabhujyata iti syād acaitanye tu tatsādhanasya svakṛtakarmaphalopabhogaḥ puruṣasyetyupapadyata iti //
Nyāyabindu
NyāBi, 1, 9.0 svaviṣayānantaraviṣayasahakāriṇā indriyajñānena samanantarapratyayena janitaṃ tan
manovijñānam //
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 1, 29.1 kaivalyagatānām api duḥkhitvadarśanāt kāryakāraṇapratyakṣadarśī vipratvād upāyopeyapratyakṣadarśitvāc ca praśnaprativaktā aiśvaryāvasthaś caiva muktatvān
mano'manaḥsaṃsthaś ca kāmitvād ataḥ sarvācāryaviśiṣṭo 'yam ācārya iti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 9, 64.0 tatra duḥkhotpādanaṃ nāma krośanatarjanatāḍananirbhartsanādibahubhedo'pi caturvidhasyāpi bhūtagrāmasya
manovākkāyakarmabhir abhidroho na kartavyaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 9, 179.0 ihādhyātmikādhibhautikādhidaivikānāṃ sarvadvaṃdvānāṃ
manasi śarīre ca upanipatitānāṃ sahiṣṇutvam apratīkāraśceti yasmāt kṛto 'trākrodhas tantre siddhaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 16, 2.0 nāyāntyādhyātmikādhibhautikādhidaivikās teṣāṃ svaśāstroktena krameṇa
manasi saṃmatānāṃ matānām anupāyataḥ pratīkāram akurvatāṃ tapo niṣpadyate //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 27, 1.0 atra
manaḥśabdenāntaḥkaraṇaṃ tattantratvād udāharaṇārthatvāc ca manograhaṇasya ubhayātmakatvāc ca manasaḥ sarvakaraṇagrahaṇānugrahaṇāc ca kāryagrahaṇamityataḥ kāryakaraṇādhiṣṭhātṛtvāc ca sakala ityupacaryate //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 27, 1.0 atra manaḥśabdenāntaḥkaraṇaṃ tattantratvād udāharaṇārthatvāc ca manograhaṇasya ubhayātmakatvāc ca
manasaḥ sarvakaraṇagrahaṇānugrahaṇāc ca kāryagrahaṇamityataḥ kāryakaraṇādhiṣṭhātṛtvāc ca sakala ityupacaryate //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 3, 2.0 nityatvaṃ nāma sati vibhutve puruṣeśvarayor
manasā saha gatasyātmatābhāvasya vṛttyākārasya viṣayaṃ prati kramo 'kṣopo 'vasthānaṃ vṛkṣaśakunivat //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 39, 21.0 tatra
manasi bhavaṃ mānasaṃ krodhalobhamohabhayaviṣāderṣyāsūyādveṣamadamānamātsaryāratyādyaviśeṣadarśanādinimittaṃ tad duḥkham //
Ratnaṭīkā
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 6.1, 47.1 niratiśayadṛkkriyāśaktiḥ patitvaṃ tenaiśvaryeṇa nityasambandhitvaṃ sattvam anāgantukaiśvaryatvam ādyatvaṃ samastajanmarahitatvam ajātatvaṃ mahāsṛṣṭisaṃhārakartṛtvaṃ bhavodbhavatvaṃ paramotkṛṣṭaṃ guṇadharmanimittanāmābhidheyatvaṃ vāmatvaṃ duḥkhāntanimittadharmotpādakanāmābhidheyatvaṃ vā svecchayaivāśeṣakāryotpattyādikāraṇasvabhāvaḥ krīḍā taddharmitvaṃ devatvaṃ siddhasādhakapaśubhyaḥ paratvaṃ jyeṣṭhatvaṃ sargādāv api rutabhayasaṃyojakatvaṃ rudratvam karmādinirapekṣasya svecchayaivāśeṣakāryakartṛtvaṃ kāmitvaṃ śamasukhanirvāṇakaratvaṃ śaṃkaratvam antarasṛṣṭyām api saṃhārakartṛtvaṃ kālatvaṃ kāryakāraṇākhyānāṃ kalānāṃ sthānaśarīrādibhāvena saṃyojakatvaṃ kalavikaraṇatvaṃ dharmādibalānāṃ yatheṣṭaṃ vṛttilābhalopākṣepakartṛtvaṃ balapramathanatvaṃ sarvadevamānuṣatiraścāṃ ratirañjanādhivāsanākartṛtvaṃ sarvabhūtadamanatvaṃ sakalaniṣkalāvasthāyās tulyaśaktitvaṃ
manomanastvaṃ sukhakarānantaśarīrādhiṣṭātṛtvam aghoratvaṃ duḥkhakarānantaśarīrādhiṣṭātṛtvaṃ ghorataratvaṃ sarvavidyādikāryāṇāṃ vyāptādhiṣṭhātṛtvaṃ pūraṇaṃ yathepsitānantaśarīrādikaraṇaśaktiḥ pauruṣyam //
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 6.1, 107.0 tatra
vākkāyamanobhiḥ paraduḥkhānutpādanam ahiṃsā indriyasaṃyamo brahmacaryaṃ dharmasādhanānaṅgavacanapratiṣedhaḥ satyaṃ varṇāśramibhiḥ saha dṛṣṭārthasaṃgatipratiṣedho 'saṃvyavahāraḥ dharmasādhanāṅgād abhyadhikasya nyāyato 'py asvīkaraṇam anyāyatas tu dharmasādhanāṅgasyāpy asvīkaraṇaṃ cāsteyaṃ parair apakṛtasyāpy amlānacittatvam akrodhaḥ vākkāyamanobhir gurau hitabhāvenaiva vartanaṃ guruśuśrūṣā kāyāntaḥkaraṇātmaśuddhiḥ śaucaṃ svavṛttyaivopārjitānnasya vidhiyogānuṣṭhānāvirodhenābhyavaharaṇam āhāralāghavam //
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 6.1, 107.0 tatra vākkāyamanobhiḥ paraduḥkhānutpādanam ahiṃsā indriyasaṃyamo brahmacaryaṃ dharmasādhanānaṅgavacanapratiṣedhaḥ satyaṃ varṇāśramibhiḥ saha dṛṣṭārthasaṃgatipratiṣedho 'saṃvyavahāraḥ dharmasādhanāṅgād abhyadhikasya nyāyato 'py asvīkaraṇam anyāyatas tu dharmasādhanāṅgasyāpy asvīkaraṇaṃ cāsteyaṃ parair apakṛtasyāpy amlānacittatvam akrodhaḥ
vākkāyamanobhir gurau hitabhāvenaiva vartanaṃ guruśuśrūṣā kāyāntaḥkaraṇātmaśuddhiḥ śaucaṃ svavṛttyaivopārjitānnasya vidhiyogānuṣṭhānāvirodhenābhyavaharaṇam āhāralāghavam //
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 1, 4.1 bhagavan śārīramānasāgantuvyādhibhir vividhavedanābhighātopadrutān sanāthān apy anāthavad viceṣṭamānān vikrośataś ca mānavānabhisamīkṣya
manasi naḥ pīḍā bhavati teṣāṃ sukhaiṣiṇāṃ rogopaśamārthamātmanaś ca prāṇayātrārthaṃ prajāhitahetor āyurvedaṃ śrotum icchāma ihopadiśyamānam atrāyattam aihikam āmuṣmikaṃ ca śreyaḥ tadbhagavantam upapannāḥ smaḥ śiṣyatveneti //
Su, Sū., 7, 4.1 tatra
manaḥśarīrābādhakarāṇi śalyāni teṣāmāharaṇopāyo yantrāṇi //
Su, Sū., 19, 25.2 tasmāt satatamatandrito janaparivṛto nityaṃ dīpodakaśastrasragdāmapuṣpalājādyalaṃkṛte veśmani
saṃpanmaṅgalamano'nukūlāḥ kathāḥ śṛṇvannāsīta //
Su, Śār., 1, 4.3 tatra vaikārikād ahaṃkārāt taijasasahāyāt tallakṣaṇānyevaikādaśendriyāṇyutpadyante tad yathā
śrotratvakcakṣurjihvāghrāṇavāgghastopasthapāyupādamanāṃsīti tatra pūrvāṇi pañca buddhīndriyāṇi itarāṇi pañca karmendriyāṇi ubhayātmakaṃ manaḥ /
Su, Śār., 1, 4.3 tatra vaikārikād ahaṃkārāt taijasasahāyāt tallakṣaṇānyevaikādaśendriyāṇyutpadyante tad yathā śrotratvakcakṣurjihvāghrāṇavāgghastopasthapāyupādamanāṃsīti tatra pūrvāṇi pañca buddhīndriyāṇi itarāṇi pañca karmendriyāṇi ubhayātmakaṃ
manaḥ /
Su, Śār., 1, 7.1 svaḥ svaścaiṣāṃ viṣayo 'dhibhūtaṃ svayamadhyātmam adhidaivataṃ buddher brahmā ahaṃkārasyeśvaraḥ
manasaś candramā diśaḥ śrotrasya tvaco vāyuḥ sūryaś cakṣuṣo rasanasyāpaḥ pṛthivī ghrāṇasya vāco 'gniḥ hastayor indraḥ pādayor viṣṇuḥ pāyor mitraḥ prajāpatirupasthasyeti //
Su, Śār., 1, 17.1 tasya sukhaduḥkhe icchādveṣau prayatnaḥ prāṇāpānāv unmeṣanimeṣau
buddhirmanaḥ saṃkalpo vicāraṇā smṛtir vijñānam adhyavasāyo viṣayopalabdhiś ca guṇāḥ //
Su, Śār., 3, 30.1 pañcame
manaḥ pratibuddhataraṃ bhavati ṣaṣṭhe buddhiḥ saptame sarvāṅgapratyaṅgavibhāgaḥ pravyaktataro 'ṣṭame 'sthirībhavatyojas tatra jātaś cenna jīven nirojastvān nairṛtabhāgatvācca tato baliṃ māṃsaudanamasmai dāpayet navamadaśamaikādaśadvādaśānām anyatamasmin jāyate ato 'nyathā vikārī bhavati //
Su, Śār., 3, 32.1 garbhasya khalu sambhavataḥ pūrvaṃ śiraḥ sambhavatītyāha śaunakaḥ śiromūlatvāt pradhānendriyāṇāṃ hṛdayamiti kṛtavīryo
buddhermanasaś ca sthānatvāt nābhir iti pārāśaryas tato hi vardhate deho dehinaḥ pāṇipādamiti mārkaṇḍeyas tanmūlatvācceṣṭāyā garbhasya madhyaśarīramiti subhūtir gautamas tannibaddhatvāt sarvagātrasambhavasya tattu na samyak sarvāṇyaṅgapratyaṅgāni yugapat sambhavantītyāha dhanvantarir garbhasya sūkṣmatvānnopalabhyante vaṃśāṅkuravac cūtaphalavacca tadyathā cūtaphale paripakve kesaramāṃsāsthimajjānaḥ pṛthak pṛthag dṛśyante kālaprakarṣāt tānyeva taruṇe nopalabhyante sūkṣmatvāt teṣāṃ sūkṣmāṇāṃ kesarādīnāṃ kālaḥ pravyaktatāṃ karoti etenaiva vaṃśāṅkuro 'pi vyākhyātaḥ /
Su, Śār., 4, 33.2 tatra yadā saṃjñāvahāni srotāṃsi tamobhūyiṣṭhaḥ śleṣmā pratipadyate tadā tāmasī nāma nidrā bhavatyanavabodhinī sā pralayakāle tamobhūyiṣṭhānām ahaḥsu niśāsu ca bhavati rajobhūyiṣṭhānāmanimittaṃ sattvabhūyiṣṭhānāmardharātre kṣīṇaśleṣmaṇām anilabahulānāṃ
manaḥśarīrābhitāpavatāṃ ca naiva sā vaikārikī bhavati //
Su, Śār., 10, 46.1 bālaṃ punargātrasukhaṃ gṛhṇīyāt na cainaṃ tarjayet sahasā na pratibodhayedvitrāsabhayāt sahasā nāpaharedutkṣipedvā vātādivighātabhayāt nopaveśayet kaubjyabhayāt nityaṃ cainamanuvarteta priyaśatair ajighāṃsuḥ evam
anabhihatamanās tvabhivardhate nityam udagrasattvasampanno nīrogaḥ suprasannamanāśca bhavati /
Su, Śār., 10, 46.1 bālaṃ punargātrasukhaṃ gṛhṇīyāt na cainaṃ tarjayet sahasā na pratibodhayedvitrāsabhayāt sahasā nāpaharedutkṣipedvā vātādivighātabhayāt nopaveśayet kaubjyabhayāt nityaṃ cainamanuvarteta priyaśatair ajighāṃsuḥ evam anabhihatamanās tvabhivardhate nityam udagrasattvasampanno nīrogaḥ
suprasannamanāśca bhavati /
Su, Cik., 6, 6.1 tatra vātānulomyamannaruciragnidīptirlāghavaṃ
balavarṇotpattirmanastuṣṭiriti samyagdagdhaliṅgāni atidagdhe tu gudāvadaraṇaṃ dāho mūrcchā jvaraḥ pipāsā śoṇitātipravṛttistannimittāścopadravā bhavanti dhyāmālpavraṇatā kaṇḍūr anilavaiguṇyam indriyāṇām aprasādo vikārasya cāśāntir hīnadagdhe //
Su, Cik., 24, 89.1 tatrādita eva nīcanakharomṇā śucinā śuklavāsasā laghūṣṇīṣacchatropānatkena daṇḍapāṇinā kāle hitamitamadhurapūrvābhibhāṣiṇā bandhubhūtena bhūtānāṃ guruvṛddhānumatena
susahāyenānanyamanasā khalūpacaritavyaṃ tad api na rātrau na keśāsthikaṇṭakāśmatuṣabhasmotkarakapālāṅgārāmedhyasnānabalibhūmiṣu na viṣamendrakīlacatuṣpathaśvabhrāṇām upariṣṭāt //
Su, Cik., 40, 52.1 tatra talpotthitenāsevitaḥ pratimarśo rātrāvupacitaṃ nāsāsrotogataṃ malam upahanti
manaḥprasādaṃ ca karoti prakṣālitadantenāsevito dantānāṃ dṛḍhatāṃ vadanasaugandhyaṃ cāpādayati gṛhānnirgacchatā sevito nāsāsrotasaḥ klinnatayā rajodhūmo vā na bādhate vyāyāmamaithunādhvapariśrāntenāsevitaḥ śramam upahanti mūtroccārānte sevito dṛṣṭergurutvamapanayati kavalāñjanānte sevito dṛṣṭiṃ prasādayati bhuktavatā sevitaḥ srotasāṃ viśuddhiṃ laghutāṃ cāpādayati vāntenāsevitaḥ srotovilagnaṃ śleṣmāṇamapohya bhaktākāṅkṣāmāpādayati divāsvapnotthitenāsevito nidrāśeṣaṃ gurutvaṃ malaṃ cāpohya cittaikāgryaṃ janayati sāyaṃ cāsevitaḥ sukhanidrāprabodhaṃ ceti //
Su, Utt., 47, 30.1 sāmānyamanyad api yacca samagramagryaṃ vakṣyāmi yacca
manaso madakṛt sukhaṃ ca /
Su, Utt., 47, 43.1 pañcendriyārthaviṣayā mṛdupānayogā hṛdyāḥ sukhāśca
manasaḥ satataṃ niṣevyāḥ /
Su, Utt., 47, 63.2 mlānaṃ
pratāntamanasaṃ manaso 'nukūlāḥ pīnastanorujaghanā haricandanāṅgyaḥ //
Su, Utt., 47, 63.2 mlānaṃ pratāntamanasaṃ
manaso 'nukūlāḥ pīnastanorujaghanā haricandanāṅgyaḥ //
Su, Utt., 57, 12.2 adyādrasāṃśca vividhān vividhaiḥ prakārair bhuñjīta cāpi
laghurūkṣamanaḥsukhāni //
Su, Utt., 57, 17.1 dainyaṃ gate
manasi bodhanamatra śastaṃ yadyat priyaṃ tadupasevyamarocake tu //
Su, Utt., 62, 12.2 gāḍhaṃ kṣate
manasi ca priyayā riraṃsor jāyeta cotkaṭataro manaso vikāraḥ //
Su, Utt., 62, 12.2 gāḍhaṃ kṣate manasi ca priyayā riraṃsor jāyeta cotkaṭataro
manaso vikāraḥ //
Su, Utt., 62, 13.1 citraṃ sa jalpati
mano'nugataṃ visaṃjño gāyatyatho hasati roditi mūḍhasaṃjñaḥ /
Su, Utt., 64, 75.2 hṛdyaṃ
manobalakaraṃ tvatha dīpanaṃ ca pathyaṃ sadā bhavati cāntarabhaktakaṃ yat //
Sāṃkhyakārikā
SāṃKār, 1, 27.1 ubhayātmakam atra
manaḥ saṃkalpakam indriyaṃ ca sādharmyāt /
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 3.2, 1.24 pañca buddhīndriyāṇi pañca karmendriyāṇyekādaśaṃ
manaḥ pañca mahābhūtānyeṣa ṣoḍaśako gaṇo vikṛtir eva /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 27.2, 1.7 sāttvikāhaṃkārād buddhīndriyāṇi karmendriyāṇi
manasā sahotpadyamānāni manasaḥ sādharmyaṃ pratipādayanti /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 27.2, 1.7 sāttvikāhaṃkārād buddhīndriyāṇi karmendriyāṇi manasā sahotpadyamānāni
manasaḥ sādharmyaṃ pratipādayanti /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 30.2, 1.18 adṛṣṭe 'nāgate 'tīte ca kāle
buddhyahaṃkāramanasāṃ rūpe cakṣuḥpūrvikā trayasya vṛttiḥ sparśe tvakpūrvikā gandhe ghrāṇapūrvikā rase rasanapūrvikā śabde śravaṇapūrvikā buddhyahaṃkāramanasām anāgate bhaviṣyati kāle 'tīte ca tatpūrvikā vṛttiḥ /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 30.2, 1.18 adṛṣṭe 'nāgate 'tīte ca kāle buddhyahaṃkāramanasāṃ rūpe cakṣuḥpūrvikā trayasya vṛttiḥ sparśe tvakpūrvikā gandhe ghrāṇapūrvikā rase rasanapūrvikā śabde śravaṇapūrvikā
buddhyahaṃkāramanasām anāgate bhaviṣyati kāle 'tīte ca tatpūrvikā vṛttiḥ /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 36.2, 1.10 buddhīndriyāṇi karmendriyāṇyahaṃkāro
manaścaitāni svaṃ svam arthaṃ puruṣasya prakāśya buddhau prayacchanti buddhisthaṃ kurvantītyarthaḥ /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 40.2, 1.8 tacca mahadādisūkṣmaparyantaṃ mahān ādau yasya tanmahadādi buddhir ahaṃkāro
mana iti pañca tanmātrāṇi /
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
STKau zu SāṃKār, 8.2, 1.5 mano'navasthānād yathā kāmādyupaplutamanāḥ sphītālokamadhyavartinam indriyasaṃnikṛṣṭam apyartham apaśyati /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 8.2, 1.5 mano'navasthānād yathā
kāmādyupaplutamanāḥ sphītālokamadhyavartinam indriyasaṃnikṛṣṭam apyartham apaśyati /
Tantrākhyāyikā
TAkhy, 1, 82.1 yathāhaṃ kaumāraṃ bhartāraṃ muktvā nānyaṃ parapuruṣaṃ
manasāpi vedmi tathā mamānena satyenāvyaṅgyaṃ mukham astviti //
TAkhy, 1, 83.1 athāsau mūrkhaḥ kṛtakavacanavyāmohitacittaḥ prajvālyolkām avyaṅgamukhīṃ jāyāṃ dṛṣṭvā protphullanayanaḥ paricumbya
hṛṣṭamanā bandhavād avamucya pīḍitaṃ ca pariṣvajya śayyām āropitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 216.1 tatsparśākṛṣṭamanā itaś cetaḥ paribhraman katham api tayā mandavisarpiṇyā sametaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 500.1 tatraikaḥ śākhāmṛgas
tadgatamanā muhurmuhus tam eva mukhenopādhamat //
TAkhy, 1, 594.1 duṣṭabuddhis tv adhomukhenākṣṇā vilokya vṛkṣavivarāntargataṃ vaṇikputraṃ dṛṣṭvā
vyathitamanā abhavat //
TAkhy, 1, 621.1 atha bhojanasamaye sārthavāho dārakam adṛṣṭvā
samākulamanāḥ śaṅkitahṛdayaś ca tam apṛcchat //
TAkhy, 2, 182.2 nirviṇṇaḥ śucam eti
śokamanaso buddhiḥ paribhraśyati nirdhīkaḥ kṣayam ety aho nidhanatā sarvāpadām āspadam //
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 2, 15.0 tilasaktudadhilājaṃ ca rātrāv abhakṣyam annaṃ paryuṣitam ājyena dadhnā vā yuktaṃ bhojyaṃ krimikeśakīṭayutaṃ gavāghrātaṃ pakṣijagdhaṃ ca bhasmādbhiḥ prokṣitaṃ śuddhaṃ śvakākādyupahate bahvanne tasmin puruṣāśamanamātraṃ tatraivoddhṛtya vyapohya pavamānaḥ suvarjana iti bhasmajalaiḥ prokṣya darbholkayā sparśayitvā gṛhṇīyāt prasūte 'ntardaśāhe gokṣīraṃ sadaikaśaphoṣṭrastrīṇāṃ payaś ca palāṇḍukavakalaśunagṛñjanaviḍjam anuktaṃ matsyamāṃsaṃ ca varjanīyaṃ yajñaśiṣṭaṃ māṃsaṃ bhakṣaṇīyam udakyāspṛṣṭaṃ śūdrānulomaiḥ spṛṣṭaṃ teṣām annaṃ ca varjayet svadharmānuvartināṃ śūdrānulomānām āmaṃ kṣudhitasya saṃgrāhyaṃ sarveṣāṃ pratilomāntarālavrātyānām āmaṃ pakvaṃ ca kṣudhito 'pi yatnān na gṛhṇīyāt taiḥ spṛṣṭisammiśraṃ parapakvaṃ ca saṃtyajati nityaṃ śrutismṛtyuditaṃ karma kurvan
manovākkāyakarmabhiḥ śanair dharmaṃ samācarati //
VaikhDhS, 3, 3.0 akṣaiḥ krīḍāṃ pretadhūmaṃ bālātāpaṃ ca varjayet keśaromatuṣāṅgārakapālāsthiviṇmūtrapūyaśoṇitaretaḥśleṣmocchiṣṭān nādhitiṣṭhet amedhyalipte 'ṅge yāvat
tatlepagandhamanaḥśaṅkā na syāt patitāntyajamūrkhādhārmikavairibhiḥ sārdhaṃ na vased ucchiṣṭo 'śucir vā devagoviprāgnīn na spṛśet devān vedān rājagurumātāpitṝn vidvadbrāhmaṇān nāvamanyeta avamantā nindakaś ca vinaśyati sarvabhūtakutsāṃ tāḍanaṃ ca na kurvīta guruṇā mātāpitṛbhyāṃ tatpitrādyair bhrātṛpitṛbhrātṛmātulācāryartvijādyair vivādaṃ nācaret sarvaśuddhiṣu puruṣasyārthaśuddhiḥ strīśuddhir annaśuddhiś ca śreṣṭhatamā syāt dravyeṣu ratnasauvarṇarajatamayāny adbhiḥ śodhayati tāmratrapusīsāyasādyāny amlavāribhir dārudantajātāni takṣaṇād dhāvanād vā yajñapātrāṇi dakṣiṇapāṇinā mārjanāt kṣālanād vā saṃśodhyāni //
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 3, 1.0 bahuṣu kāryeṣu jñeyeṣu ca yugapat prayatnā jñānāni vā na prādurbhavantītyataḥ prayatnajñānāyaugapadyādekaṃ
manaḥ pratiśarīraṃ mūrtamasparśaṃ niravayavaṃ nityamaṇu āśucārīti //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 1.0 prāṇāpānanimeṣonmeṣā
manogatiśca prayatnakāryatvādātmano liṅgam jīvanamadṛṣṭakāryatvāt indriyāntaravikārāḥ smṛtiprabhavatvāt sukhādayo guṇatvāt //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 4.0 manasā saṃyoga ātmano 'dṛṣṭāpekṣo jīvanam śarīravṛddhyādi tatkāryam api jīvanam śarīraṃ prayatnavatādhiṣṭhitaṃ vṛddhikṣatabhagnasaṃrohaṇanimittatvāt jīrṇagṛhavat //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 5.0 indriyāntaraṃ prati
manaso gamanaṃ manogatiḥ prayatnakāryā abhimatapradeśasambandhanimittatvāt pelakakriyāvat sā hi dārakaprayatnakṛtā //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 5.0 indriyāntaraṃ prati manaso gamanaṃ
manogatiḥ prayatnakāryā abhimatapradeśasambandhanimittatvāt pelakakriyāvat sā hi dārakaprayatnakṛtā //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 6.0 rūpālocanasaṃskāravyaktirasasmaraṇaprayatnamanaḥkriyārasanamanaḥsambandharasanavikārāṇāṃ pūrvasya pūrvasya kāraṇatvādutpattiḥ jñaptis tu vaiparītyena uttarottarasmāt pūrvasya pūrvasya smaraṇena ātmā anumīyate //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 2, 4, 6.0 rūpālocanasaṃskāravyaktirasasmaraṇaprayatnamanaḥkriyārasanamanaḥsambandharasanavikārāṇāṃ pūrvasya pūrvasya kāraṇatvādutpattiḥ jñaptis tu vaiparītyena uttarottarasmāt pūrvasya pūrvasya smaraṇena ātmā anumīyate //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 14, 1.0 agneravasthāne tiryag vā gamane pacyamānasyābhasmībhāvaḥ syād apāṃ vā tathā vāyor atiryaggamane pūyamānadravyāṇāṃ pavanābhāvo 'gneścāprabodhaḥ vinaṣṭaśarīrāṇāmātmanāṃ sargādau pṛthivyādiparamāṇuṣvādyaṃ parasparopasarpaṇakarma na syāt tathā labdhabhūmīnāṃ yogināṃ kalpānte 'bhisaṃdhāya prayatnena
manaḥ śarīrād vyatiricyāvatiṣṭhamānānāṃ sargādau navaśarīrasaṃbandhāya manasa ādyaṃ karma na bhavet adṛṣṭādṛte //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 14, 1.0 agneravasthāne tiryag vā gamane pacyamānasyābhasmībhāvaḥ syād apāṃ vā tathā vāyor atiryaggamane pūyamānadravyāṇāṃ pavanābhāvo 'gneścāprabodhaḥ vinaṣṭaśarīrāṇāmātmanāṃ sargādau pṛthivyādiparamāṇuṣvādyaṃ parasparopasarpaṇakarma na syāt tathā labdhabhūmīnāṃ yogināṃ kalpānte 'bhisaṃdhāya prayatnena manaḥ śarīrād vyatiricyāvatiṣṭhamānānāṃ sargādau navaśarīrasaṃbandhāya
manasa ādyaṃ karma na bhavet adṛṣṭādṛte //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 15.1, 1.0 yathātmasaṃyogaprayatnābhyāṃ haste karma
tathātmamanaḥsaṃyogāt prayatnācca manasaḥ karma etat sadehasya karma tatra jāgrata icchādveṣapūrvakāt prayatnāt prabodhakāle tu jīvanapūrvakāt //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 15.1, 1.0 yathātmasaṃyogaprayatnābhyāṃ haste karma tathātmamanaḥsaṃyogāt prayatnācca
manasaḥ karma etat sadehasya karma tatra jāgrata icchādveṣapūrvakāt prayatnāt prabodhakāle tu jīvanapūrvakāt //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 16.1, 1.0 yato
hetorātmendriyamano'rthasannikarṣo jñānakāraṇatvena sukhaduḥkhe janayatyatastadanārambhaḥ tasya sannikarṣasyānārambho'nutpattirucyata iti /
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 17.1, 1.0 yadā hi ātmani
mano'vasthitaṃ nendriyeṣu tadā catuṣṭayasannikarṣasyānārambhāt tatkāryayoḥ sukhaduḥkhayor abhāvarūpo vidyamānaśarīrasyātmano vāyunigrahāpekṣa ātmano manasā saṃyogo yogaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 17.1, 1.0 yadā hi ātmani mano'vasthitaṃ nendriyeṣu tadā catuṣṭayasannikarṣasyānārambhāt tatkāryayoḥ sukhaduḥkhayor abhāvarūpo vidyamānaśarīrasyātmano vāyunigrahāpekṣa ātmano
manasā saṃyogo yogaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 19.1, 1.0 maraṇakāle
pūrvaśarīrānmanaso niḥsaraṇamapasarpaṇam śarīrāntareṇābhisambandho manasa upasarpaṇam śukraśoṇitāt prabhṛti garbhasthasya mātrā upayuktenānnapānena nāḍyanupraviṣṭena sambandho 'śitapītasaṃyogaḥ kalalārbudamāṃsapeśīghanaśarīrādibhir ekasminneva saṃsāre ye sambandhāste kāryāntarasaṃyogāḥ tānyapasarpaṇādīnyadṛṣṭenaiva kriyante na prayatnena //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 19.1, 1.0 maraṇakāle pūrvaśarīrānmanaso niḥsaraṇamapasarpaṇam śarīrāntareṇābhisambandho
manasa upasarpaṇam śukraśoṇitāt prabhṛti garbhasthasya mātrā upayuktenānnapānena nāḍyanupraviṣṭena sambandho 'śitapītasaṃyogaḥ kalalārbudamāṃsapeśīghanaśarīrādibhir ekasminneva saṃsāre ye sambandhāste kāryāntarasaṃyogāḥ tānyapasarpaṇādīnyadṛṣṭenaiva kriyante na prayatnena //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 20.1, 1.0 evaṃrūpasyānādyapasarpaṇādinimittasyādṛṣṭasyābhāve
jīvanākhyasyātmamanaḥsaṃyogasyābhāvo 'nyasya ca śarīrasyāprādurbhāvo yaḥ sa mokṣaḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 7, 1, 15.1, 1.0 nitye ityadhyāyanāma yadupalabhyate tatrāvaśyaṃ mahattvam aṇutve tu
paramāṇudvyaṇukamanasāmanupalabdhiḥ evaṃ nityākhye'dhyāye upalabdhyanupalabdhyoḥ kāraṇe mahattvāṇutve kathite bhavataḥ upalabdhau mahattvasya niyamāt //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 9, 13.1, 1.0 āhṛtya viṣayebhya indriyāṇi tebhyaśca
mana ātmanyeva yadā samādhīyate tadā yogajadharmāpekṣād ātmāntaḥkaraṇasaṃyogād viśiṣṭāttatrabhavatāṃ svasminnātmani jñānaṃ pratyakṣam utpadyate //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 9, 23.1, 1.0 uparatendriyasya pralīnamanaskasyāntaḥkaraṇenaiva jñānaṃ svapnaḥ svapne'pi svapnajñānaṃ svapnāntikam tadubhayaṃ pūrvapratyayāpekṣād
ātmamanaḥsaṃyogaviśeṣād bhāvanāsahāyādutpadyate //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 9, 25.1, 1.0 vātādidoṣeṇopahatendriyasya pūrvarajatānubhavajanitāt
saṃskārādātmamanaḥsaṃyogācca viśiṣṭād adharmāpekṣād atasmiṃstaditi jñānaṃ yathā śuktikāyāṃ rajatamiti //
Viṃśatikākārikā
Viṃśatikāvṛtti
ViṃVṛtti zu ViṃKār, 1, 16.2, 1.0 yadā ca sā pratyakṣabuddhirbhavatīdaṃ me pratyakṣamiti tadā na so'rtho dṛśyate
manovijñānenaiva paricchedāccakṣurvijñānasya ca tadā niruddhatvāditi //
ViṃVṛtti zu ViṃKār, 1, 16.2, 4.0 nānanubhūtaṃ
manovijñānena smaryata ityavaśyamarthānubhavena bhavitavyaṃ tacca darśanamityevaṃ tadviṣayasya rūpādeḥ pratyakṣatvaṃ matam //
ViṃVṛtti zu ViṃKār, 1, 17.1, 1.0 tato hi vijñapteḥ smṛtisamprayuktā tatpratibhāsaiva rūpādivikalpikā
manovijñaptir utpadyata iti na smṛtyutpādādarthānubhavaḥ sidhyati //
ViṃVṛtti zu ViṃKār, 1, 20.2, 2.0 tadabhiprasannair amānuṣaistadvāsinaḥ sattvā utsāditā na tvṛṣīṇāṃ
manaḥpradoṣānmṛtā ityevaṃ sati kathaṃ tena karmaṇā manodaṇḍaḥ kāyavāgdaṇḍābhyāṃ mahāvadyatamaḥ siddho bhavati //
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 3, 7, 20.3 na harati na ca hanti kiṃciduccaiḥ
sitamanasaṃ tamavaihi viṣṇubhaktam //
ViPur, 3, 7, 23.1 sphaṭikagiriśilāmalaḥ kva
viṣṇurmanasi nṛṇāṃ kva ca matsarādidoṣaḥ /
ViPur, 4, 1, 14.1 jāte ca tasmin amitatejobhiḥ paramarṣibhirṛṅmayo yajurmayaḥ sāmamayo 'tharvamayaḥ sarvamayo
manomayo jñānamayo nakiṃcinmayo bhagavān yajñapuruṣasvarūpī sudyumnasya puṃstvamabhilaṣadbhiryathāvadiṣṭastatprasādāccāsāvilā punarapi sudyumno 'bhavat //
ViPur, 4, 2, 68.2 mano'nukūlabhakṣyabhojyānulepanavastrabhūṣaṇādibhogopabhogā mṛdūni śayanāni sarvasaṃpatsamavetam etad gārhasthyam /
ViPur, 4, 2, 92.1 tatrāpyanudinaṃ vaikhānasaniṣpādyam aśeṣaṃ kriyākalāpaṃ niṣpādya kṣapitasakalapāpaḥ
paripakvamanovṛttir ātmanyagnīn samāropya bhikṣur abhavat //
ViPur, 4, 2, 95.1 yaścaitat saubharicaritam anusmarati paṭhati śṛṇoti avadhārayati lekhayati tasyāṣṭau janmanyasanmatir asaddharmo vā
manaso 'sanmārgācaraṇam aśeṣaheyeṣu vā mamatvaṃ na bhavati //
ViPur, 4, 4, 101.1 ye 'pi teṣu bhagavadaṃśeṣvanurāgiṇaḥ kosalanagarajānapadās te 'pi
tanmanasas tatsālokyatām avāpuḥ //
ViPur, 4, 6, 61.1 rājāpi ca tau
meṣāvādāyātihṛṣṭamanāḥ svaśayanam āyāto norvaśīṃ dadarśa //
ViPur, 4, 6, 64.1 tataś conmattarūpo jāye he tiṣṭha
manasi dhīre tiṣṭha vacasi kapaṭike tiṣṭhetyevam anekaprakāraṃ sūktam avocat //
ViPur, 4, 14, 52.1 bhagavatā ca sa nidhanam upānītas tatraiva paramātmabhūte
manasa ekāgratayā sāyujyam avāpa //
ViPur, 4, 15, 8.1 na tu sa tasminn anādinidhane parabrahmabhūte bhagavaty anālambini kṛte
manasas tallayam avāpa //
ViPur, 4, 15, 30.1 tataś ca sakalajaganmahātarumūlabhūto
bhūtabhaviṣyadādisakalasurāsuramunijanamanasām apyagocaro 'bjabhavapramukhair analamukhaiḥ praṇamyāvanibhāraharaṇāya prasādito bhagavān anādimadhyanidhano devakīgarbham avatatāra vāsudevaḥ //
Viṣṇusmṛti
ViSmṛ, 19, 24.2 vākyais tu yair bhūmi tavābhidhāsye vākyānyahaṃ tāni
mano'bhirāme //
ViSmṛ, 48, 9.1 ye devā
manojātā manojuṣaḥ sudakṣā dakṣapitaras te naḥ pāntu te no 'vantu tebhyo namas tebhyaḥ svāhety ātmani juhuyāt //
ViSmṛ, 48, 9.1 ye devā manojātā
manojuṣaḥ sudakṣā dakṣapitaras te naḥ pāntu te no 'vantu tebhyo namas tebhyaḥ svāhety ātmani juhuyāt //
ViSmṛ, 65, 2.1 aśvinoḥ prāṇas tau ta iti jīvādānaṃ dattvā yuñjate
mana ityanuvākenāvāhanaṃ kṛtvā jānubhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ śirasā ca namaskāraṃ kuryāt //
ViSmṛ, 73, 27.1 akṣayyodakaṃ ca nāmagotrābhyāṃ dattvā viśve devāḥ prīyantām iti prāṅmukhebhyas tataḥ prāñjalir idaṃ
tanmanāḥ sumanā yāceta //
ViSmṛ, 97, 7.1 atha nirākāre lakṣabandhaṃ kartuṃ na śaknoti tadā
pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśamanobuddhyātmāvyaktapuruṣāṇāṃ pūrvaṃ pūrvaṃ dhyātvā tatra labdhalakṣaḥ tatparityajyāparam aparaṃ dhyāyet //
ViSmṛ, 99, 8.1 asyājñayā yaṃ
manasā smarāmi śriyā yutaṃ taṃ pravadanti santaḥ /
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 5.1, 13.1 tathānātmany ātmakhyātir bāhyopakaraṇeṣu cetanācetaneṣu bhogādhiṣṭhāne vā śarīre puruṣopakaraṇe vā
manasy anātmany ātmakhyātir iti //
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 15.1, 19.1 sukhasādhanāni ca prārthayamānaḥ kāyena vācā
manasā ca parispandate tataḥ param anugṛhṇāty upahanti ceti //
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 19.1, 2.1 tathā śrotratvakcakṣurjihvāghrāṇāni buddhīndriyāṇi vākyapāṇipādapāyūpasthāni karmendriyāṇi ekādaśaṃ
manaḥ sarvārtham ity etāny asmitālakṣaṇasyāviśeṣasya viśeṣāḥ //
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 47.1, 2.1 na ca tat sāmānyamātragrahaṇākāraṃ katham anālocitaḥ sa viṣayaviśeṣa indriyeṇa
manasā vānuvyavasīyeteti //
YSBhā zu YS, 4, 11.1, 1.1 hetur dharmāt sukham adharmād duḥkhaṃ sukhād rāgo duḥkhād dveṣas tataśca prayatnas tena
manasā vācā kāyena vā parispandamānaḥ param anugṛhṇāty upahanti vā //
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
ŚTr, 1, 8.1 yadā kiṃcijjño 'haṃ dvipa iva madāndhaḥ samabhavaṃ tadā sarvajño 'smīty abhavad avaliptaṃ mama
manaḥ /
ŚTr, 1, 25.1 sūnuḥ saccaritaḥ satī priyatamā svāmī prasādonmukhaḥ snigdhaṃ mitram avañcakaḥ parijano niḥkleśaleśaṃ
manaḥ /
ŚTr, 1, 51.1 re re cātaka
sāvadhānamanasā mitra kṣaṇaṃ śrūyatām ambhodā bahavo vasanti gagane sarve 'pi naitādṛśāḥ /
ŚTr, 1, 55.1 lobhaś ced aguṇena kiṃ piśunatā yady asti kiṃ pātakaiḥ satyaṃ cet tapasā ca kiṃ śuci
mano yadyasti tīrthena kim /
ŚTr, 1, 56.2 prabhur dhanaparāyaṇaḥ satatadurgataḥ sajjano nṛpāṅgaṇagataḥ khalo
manasi sapta śalyāni me //
ŚTr, 1, 79.1 manasi vacasi kāye puṇyapīyūṣapūrṇāstribhuvanam upakāraśreṇibhiḥ prīṇayantaḥ /
ŚTr, 2, 8.2 kurvanti kasya na
mano vivaśaṃ taruṇyo vitrastamugdhahariṇīsadṛśaiḥ kaṭākṣaiḥ //
ŚTr, 2, 47.2 kintv evaṃ kavibhiḥ
pratāritamanās tattvaṃ vijānann api tvaṅmāṃsāsthimayaṃ vapur mṛgadṛśāṃ mando janaḥ sevate //
ŚTr, 2, 56.2 mā saṃcara
manaḥ pāntha tatrāste smarataskaraḥ //
ŚTr, 2, 63.2 kṣāmodaroparilasattrivalīlatānāṃ dṛṣṭvākṛtiṃ vikṛtim eti
mano na yeṣām //
ŚTr, 2, 67.1 virahe 'pi saṅgamaḥ khalu parasparaṃ saṃgataṃ
mano yeṣām /
ŚTr, 2, 70.1 yadā yogābhyāsavyasanakṛśayor
ātmamanasoravicchinnā maitrī sphurati kṛtinas tasya kimu taiḥ /
ŚTr, 3, 3.2 mantrārādhanatatpareṇa
manasā nītāḥ śmaśāne niśāḥ prāptaḥ kāṇavarāṭako 'pi na mayā tṛṣṇe sakāmā bhava //
ŚTr, 3, 4.1 khalālāpāḥ soḍhāḥ katham api tadārādhanaparairnigṛhyāntarbāṣpaṃ hasitam api śūnyena
manasā /
ŚTr, 3, 5.2 yadāḍhyānām agre
draviṇamadaniḥsaṃjñamanasāṃ kṛtaṃ māvavrīḍair nijaguṇakathāpātakam api //
ŚTr, 3, 13.2 vrajantaḥ svātantryād atulaparitāpāya
manasaḥ svayaṃ tyaktā hy ete śamasukham anantaṃ vidadhati //
ŚTr, 3, 27.2 kṣudrāṇām
avivekamūḍhamanasāṃ yatreśvarāṇāṃ sadā vittavyādhivikāravihvalagirāṃ nāmāpi na śrūyate //
ŚTr, 3, 35.2 tatsaṃsāram asāram eva nikhilaṃ buddhvā budhā bodhakā lokānugrahapeśalena
manasā yatnaḥ samādhīyatām //
ŚTr, 3, 49.1 vidyā nādhigatā kalaṅkarahitā vittaṃ ca nopārjitaṃ śuśrūṣāpi samāhitena
manasā pitror na sampāditā /
ŚTr, 3, 55.2 sa tu bhavatu daridro yasya tṛṣṇā viśālā
manasi ca parituṣṭe ko 'rthavān ko daridraḥ //
ŚTr, 3, 81.1 durārādhyāś cāmī turagacalacittāḥ kṣitibhujo vayaṃ tu sthūlecchāḥ sumahati phale
baddhamanasaḥ /
ŚTr, 3, 86.2 mano mandaspandaṃ bahir api cirasyāpi vimṛśanna jāne kasyaiṣā pariṇatir udārasya tapasaḥ //
ŚTr, 3, 102.2 ity utpannavikalpajalpamukharair ābhāṣyamāṇā janair na kruddhāḥ pathi naiva
tuṣṭamanaso yānti svayaṃ yoginaḥ //
ŚTr, 3, 110.1 dhairyaṃ yasya pitā kṣamā ca jananī śāntiś ciraṃ gehinī satyaṃ mitram idaṃ dayā ca bhaginī bhrātā
manaḥsaṃyamaḥ /
Śikṣāsamuccaya
ŚiSam, 1, 5.1 āyāntu ca tribhuvanaikahitasya vākyaṃ śrotuṃ
prasannamanasaḥ suranāgasatvāḥ /
ŚiSam, 1, 7.2 ata eva na me parārthayatnaḥ
svamano bhāvayituṃ mamedam iṣṭam //
Ṛtusaṃhāra
Ṭikanikayātrā
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Amaraughaśāsana
AmarŚās, 1, 26.1 vivekabodhasaṃtoṣaharṣapulakakṣamopaśamadhyānajñānotsavarāgavairāgyānandakampamūrchāvikāramanovāsanādīni prakṛtisvarūpāṇi //
AmarŚās, 1, 54.1 atha mokṣapadaṃ kathyate yatra sahajasamādhikrameṇa
manasā manaḥ samālokyate sa eva mokṣaḥ //
AmarŚās, 1, 54.1 atha mokṣapadaṃ kathyate yatra sahajasamādhikrameṇa manasā
manaḥ samālokyate sa eva mokṣaḥ //
AmarŚās, 1, 55.1 kāmaviṣaharasthānaṃ mānasodbhavaḥ
manomadhye kāraṇaṃ kāraṇāt utpattisthitipralayāḥ pravartante //
AmarŚās, 1, 72.1 yatra mūlakande pavanodayaḥ
manasa udayaḥ tapanodayaḥ jīvodayaḥ śabdodayaḥ mātṛkākṣarodayaś ceti //
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
BhāgPur, 2, 1, 38.2 saṃdhāryate 'smin vapuṣi sthaviṣṭhe
manaḥ svabuddhyā na yato 'sti kiṃcit //
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 7.2 so 'yaṃ yadantaram alaṃ praviśan bibheti kāmaḥ kathaṃ nu punarasya
manaḥ śrayeta //
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 18.2 yo vai pratiśrutam ṛte na cikīrṣadanyadātmānam aṅga
manasā haraye 'bhimene //
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 30.2 yaj jṛmbhato 'sya vadane bhuvanāni gopī saṃvīkṣya
śaṅkitamanāḥ pratibodhitāsīt //
BhāgPur, 3, 9, 7.2 kurvanti kāmasukhaleśalavāya dīnā
lobhābhibhūtamanaso 'kuśalāni śaśvat //
BhāgPur, 3, 9, 8.2 kāmāgninācyutaruṣā ca sudurbhareṇa sampaśyato
mana urukrama sīdate me //
BhāgPur, 3, 28, 22.2 dhyātur
manaḥśamalaśailanisṛṣṭavajraṃ dhyāyec ciraṃ bhagavataś caraṇāravindam //
BhāgPur, 3, 28, 26.2 kaṇṭhaṃ ca kaustubhamaṇer adhibhūṣaṇārthaṃ kuryān
manasy akhilalokanamaskṛtasya //
BhāgPur, 3, 28, 30.2 mīnadvayāśrayam adhikṣipad abjanetraṃ dhyāyen
manomayam atandrita ullasadbhru //
BhāgPur, 3, 28, 33.2 dhyāyet svadehakuhare 'vasitasya viṣṇor
bhaktyārdrayārpitamanā na pṛthag didṛkṣet //
BhāgPur, 3, 28, 35.1 muktāśrayaṃ yarhi nirviṣayaṃ viraktaṃ nirvāṇam ṛcchati
manaḥ sahasā yathārciḥ /
BhāgPur, 3, 28, 36.1 so 'py etayā caramayā
manaso nivṛttyā tasmin mahimny avasitaḥ sukhaduḥkhabāhye /
BhāgPur, 3, 32, 9.1 kṣmāmbho
'nalānilaviyanmana indriyārthabhūtādibhiḥ parivṛtaṃ pratisaṃjihīrṣuḥ /
BhāgPur, 4, 1, 28.2 atrāgatās tanubhṛtāṃ
manaso 'pi dūrādbrūta prasīdata mahān iha vismayo me //
Bhāratamañjarī
BhāMañj, 1, 575.2 roddhuṃ śaśāka na
manaḥ prasṛtaṃ priyasya ko vā vidhātṛcaritaṃ parimārṣṭumīśaḥ //
BhāMañj, 6, 184.2 abhyāyayau tava sutaḥ svakurūnnirasya dhāvanti tulyaguṇameva nṛṇāṃ
manāṃsi //
BhāMañj, 15, 69.1 bhāvāḥ svabhāvaviśarārava eva teṣu saktaṃ
mano na virahe sahate 'nutāpam /
Commentary on Amaraughaśāsana
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
GarPur, 1, 27, 1.2 oṃ kaṇicikīṇikakrāṇī carvāṇī bhūtahāriṇi phaṇiviṣiṇi virathanārāyayaṇi ume daha daha haste caṇḍe raudre māheśvari mahāmukhi jvālāmukhi śaṅkukarṇi śukamuṇḍe śatruṃ hana hana sarvanāśini svedaya sarvāṅgaśoṇitaṃ tannirīkṣāsi
manasā devi saṃmohaya saṃmohaya rudrasya hṛdaye jātā rudrasya hṛdaye sthitā /
GarPur, 1, 29, 2.2 puruṣottama apratirūpa lakṣmīnivāsa jagatkṣobhaṇa sarvastrīhṛdayadāraṇa tribhuvanamadonmādanakara surāsuramanujasundarī
janamanāṃsi tāpaya tāpaya śoṣaya śoṣaya māraya māraya stambhaya stambhaya drāvaya drāvaya ākarṣaya ākarṣaya paramasubhaga sarvasaubhāgyakara sarvakāmaprada amukaṃ hana hana cakreṇa gadayā khaḍgena sarvabāṇair bhinddhi bhinddhi pāśena kuṭṭa kuṭṭa aṅkuśena tāḍaya tāḍaya turu turu kiṃ tiṣṭhasi tāraya tāraya yāvatsamīhitaṃ me siddhaṃ bhavati hrīṃ phaṭ namaḥ //
GarPur, 1, 109, 18.1 ko 'rthaṃ prāpya na garvito bhuvi naraḥ kasyāpadonāgatāḥ strībhiḥ kasya na khaṇḍitaṃ bhuvi
manaḥ ko nāma rājñāṃ priyaḥ /
GarPur, 1, 147, 86.2 svedaḥ kṣuvaḥ
prakṛtiyogimano 'nnalipsā kaṇḍūśca mūrdhni vigatajvaralakṣaṇāni //
Gītagovinda
GītGov, 1, 4.1 yadi harismaraṇe sarasam
manaḥ yadi vilāsakalāsu kutūhalam /
GītGov, 1, 39.1 mādhavikāparimalalalite navamālikajātisugandhau
munimanasām api mohanakāriṇi taruṇakāraṇabandhau /
GītGov, 2, 3.1 rāse harim iha vihitavilāsam smarati
manaḥ mama kṛtaparihāsam //
GītGov, 2, 5.1 rāse harim iha vihitavilāsam smarati
manaḥ mama kṛtaparihāsam //
GītGov, 2, 7.1 rāse harim iha vihitavilāsam smarati
manaḥ mama kṛtaparihāsam //
GītGov, 2, 9.1 rāse harim iha vihitavilāsam smarati
manaḥ mama kṛtaparihāsam //
GītGov, 2, 11.1 rāse harim iha vihitavilāsam smarati
manaḥ mama kṛtaparihāsam //
GītGov, 2, 13.1 rāse harim iha vihitavilāsam smarati
manaḥ mama kṛtaparihāsam //
GītGov, 2, 15.1 rāse harim iha vihitavilāsam smarati
manaḥ mama kṛtaparihāsam //
GītGov, 2, 17.1 rāse harim iha vihitavilāsam smarati
manaḥ mama kṛtaparihāsam //
GītGov, 2, 18.2 yuvatiṣu valattṛṣṇe kṛṣṇe vihāriṇi mām vinā punaḥ api
manaḥ vāmam kāmam karoti karomi kim //
GītGov, 3, 20.2 tasyāḥ eva mṛgīdṛśaḥ manasijapreṅkhatkaṭākṣāśuga śreṇījarjaritam manāk api
manaḥ na adya api saṃdhukṣate //
GītGov, 7, 19.2 kāntaḥ
klāntamanāḥ manāk api pathi prasthātum eva akṣamaḥ saṃketīkṛtamañjuvañjulalatākuñje api yat na āgataḥ //
GītGov, 7, 72.1 ripuḥ iva sakhīsaṃvāsaḥ ayam śikhī iva himānilaḥ viṣam iva sudhāraśmiḥ yasmin dunoti
manaḥgate /
GītGov, 8, 12.1 bahiḥ iva malinataram tava kṛṣṇa
manaḥ api bhaviṣyati nūnam /
GītGov, 12, 1.2 sarasamanasam dṛṣṭvā rādhām muhuḥ navapallavaprasavaśayane nikṣiptākṣīm uvāca hariḥ priyām //
Haṃsasaṃdeśa
Haṃsasaṃdeśa, 1, 5.2 viśleṣeṇa
kṣubhitamanasāṃ meghaśailadrumādau yācñādainyaṃ bhavati kimuta kvāpi saṃvedanārhe //
Haṃsasaṃdeśa, 1, 20.1 ikṣucchāye kisalayamayaṃ talpam ātasthuṣīṇāṃ saṃlāpais tair
muditamanasāṃ śālisaṃrakṣikāṇām /
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 0, 12.1 ity ākarṇyātmanaḥ putrāṇām anadhigataśāstrāṇāṃ nityam unmārgagāmināṃ
śāstrānanuṣṭhānenodvignamanāḥ sa rājā cintayāmāsa /
Hitop, 1, 50.1 ity ākarṇya hiraṇyakaḥ
prahṛṣṭamanāḥ pulakitaḥ san abravītsādhu mitra sādhu /
Hitop, 2, 28.1 damanako brūte mitra sarvathā
manasāpi naitat kartavyam /
Hitop, 2, 111.17 yaḥ kanakavartanaṃ svacakṣuṣāgatya paśyati sa eva pitur agocaro 'pi māṃ pariṇeṣyatīti
manasaḥ saṅkalpaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 112.1 tasya tādṛśīm avasthām avalokya
parikliṣṭamanās tvām anuvartitum āgatā /
Hitop, 2, 153.3 strībhiḥ kasya na khaṇḍitaṃ bhuvi
manaḥ ko vāsti rājñāṃ priyā /
Hitop, 2, 159.4 akāraṇadveṣi
manas tu yasya vai kathaṃ janas taṃ paritoṣayiṣyati //
Hitop, 2, 175.2 damanakaḥ
prahṛṣṭamanāḥ vijayatāṃ mahārājaḥ śubham astu sarvajagatām ity uktvā yathāsukham avasthitaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 26.9 paścāt tena jāreṇa samaṃ tasmin paryaṅke nirbharaṃ krīḍantī paryaṅkatalasthitasya bhartuḥ kiṃcid aṅgasparśāt svāminaṃ māyāvinaṃ vijñāya
manasi sā viṣaṇṇābhavat /
Hitop, 3, 29.1 tvaṃ ca jāraḥ pāpamatiḥ
manolaulyāt puṣpatāmbūlasadṛśaḥ kadācit sevyase kadācin na sevyase ca /
Hitop, 3, 33.1 etat sarvaṃ śrutvā mandamatiḥ sa rathakāraḥ dhanyo 'haṃ yasyedṛśī priyavādinī svāmivatsalā ca bhāryā iti
manasi nidhāya tāṃ khaṭvāṃ strīpuruṣasahitāṃ mūrdhni kṛtvā sānandaṃ nanarta /
Hitop, 4, 141.4 prahṛṣṭamanāś cakravākaṃ gṛhītvā rājño mayūrasya saṃnidhānaṃ gataḥ /
Kathāsaritsāgara
KSS, 2, 5, 196.2 tallajjāsadanaṃ vidhāya vidadhe vatseśvare bhartari prākprauḍhapraṇayāvabaddhamapi tadbhaktyekatānaṃ
manaḥ //
KSS, 3, 3, 171.1 tatastaṃ devībhyāṃ samamucitasatkāravidhinā kṛtātithyaṃ dūtaṃ
sarabhasamanāḥ preṣya muditam /
KSS, 4, 3, 94.1 taṃ ca krīḍākalitalalitāvyaktanarmābhilāṣaṃ yāntaṃ
prītipravaṇamanasām aṅkato 'ṅkaṃ nṛpāṇām /
KSS, 5, 2, 290.2 taistaiḥ saṃvyabhajad vicitracaritaḥ so 'śokadattastadā yenaite sapadi
prabuddhamanaso 'jāyanta vidyādharāḥ //
Kālikāpurāṇa
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
KAM, 1, 28.1 prāpnoty ārādhite viṣṇau
manasā yad yad icchati /
KAM, 1, 55.2 ārādhyaiva naro viṣṇuṃ
manaso yad yad icchati /
KAM, 1, 76.1 kiṃ tena
manasā kāryaṃ yan na tiṣṭhati keśave /
Mahācīnatantra
Maṇimāhātmya
Mukundamālā
MukMā, 1, 9.1 mā
bhairmandamano vicintya bahudhā yāmīściraṃ yātanā nāmī naḥ prabhavanti pāparipavaḥ svāmī nanu śrīdharaḥ /
MukMā, 1, 24.1 madana parihara sthitiṃ madīye
manasi mukundapadāravindadhāmni /
MukMā, 1, 29.1 śatruchedaikamantraṃ sakalamupaniṣadvākyasaṃpūjyamantraṃ saṃsārottāramantraṃ
samuditamanasāṃ saṅganiryāṇamantram /
MukMā, 1, 30.1 vyāmohoddalanauṣadhaṃ
munimanovṛttipravṛttyauṣadhaṃ daityānarthakarauṣadhaṃ trijagatāṃ saṃjīvanaikauṣadham /
MukMā, 1, 30.2 bhaktārtipraśamauṣadhaṃ bhavabhayapradhvaṃsi divyauṣadhaṃ śreyaḥprāptikarauṣadhaṃ piba
manaḥ śrīkṛṣṇanāmauṣadham //
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 6.2, 10.0 evaṃ ca
śraddadhānamanasāṃ jaiminīyacchāyāśrayiṇām api codanāpradarśito 'yam astīva prasiddhaḥ panthāḥ kiṃ punaḥ parameśvaraprakāśanavihatamahāmohatimiratayā vispaṣṭadṛṣṭīnām anyeṣām //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 12.1, 3.0 ityādi śrutibhiḥ paramātmaiva sakalacidacidbhāvāvirbhāvatirobhāvaprakṛtisūtaḥ paripūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavaibhavasvatantraḥ eko 'pi san saṃsṛṣṭyarthaṃ
tattadvividhamanolakṣaṇopādhibhedena svabhāvāntarānuvidhāyī yathāvad avagato 'bhyudayāya bhavatīti vedāntavidaḥ pratipannāḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 8, 4.1, 7.0 evaṃ ca
manovākkāyāḥ sādhanaṃ yasya tat yathākramam iṣṭadevatānudhyānanamaskārastotrapāṭhayajanādirūpadharmātmakaṃ karma parasvājihīrṣātatpravādatadupaghātādayo yathāsaṃkhyaṃ manovākkāyakarmakṛtāḥ sādhanaṃ yasya tad adharmātmakam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 8, 4.1, 7.0 evaṃ ca manovākkāyāḥ sādhanaṃ yasya tat yathākramam iṣṭadevatānudhyānanamaskārastotrapāṭhayajanādirūpadharmātmakaṃ karma parasvājihīrṣātatpravādatadupaghātādayo yathāsaṃkhyaṃ
manovākkāyakarmakṛtāḥ sādhanaṃ yasya tad adharmātmakam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 10, 1.2, 1.0 māyātattvātprathamataḥ kalābhidheyayoḥ kalāniyatyoḥ kālasya nṛśabdenoktasya puṃsaśca puṃspratyayahetos tattvaviśeṣasyābhivyaktiḥ kalātattvāt tu vidyārāgāvyaktānāṃ mātṛśabdena ca prakṛtir avyaktākhyā tatsakāśād guṇāḥ tebhyo buddhiḥ tasyā ahaṃkāraḥ tasmāttaijasādbuddhīndriyāṇi
manaśca vaikārikāt karmendriyāṇi bhūtādisaṃjñāt mātrāśabdenoddiṣṭāni tanmātrāṇi tebhyo bhūtānītyasmād anukramād etad granthitattvato 'bhivyaṅgyam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 11, 10.2, 1.0 bodhavyañjakavidyākhyaṃ tattvaṃ buddhyātmakavyañjakāntarasadbhāve sati yadyanarthakaṃ tarhi bhavato 'pi kāpilasya
manaindriyalakṣaṇārthasadbhāve buddhir apyanarthikā //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 11, 11.2, 7.0 tathāhi buddhīndriyapañcakasya svasvaviṣayagrahaṇakriyāyāṃ karaṇasya sataḥ ṣaṣṭhena
manasā karaṇāntareṇāṅgīkriyamāṇenānaikāntikīkṛtam etat yatkaraṇāntarasadbhāve karaṇānarthakyam iti //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 11, 15.1, 2.0 tatastu nunnaṃ preritamavadhānena niyojitam akṣeśaṃ
mano yeṣāṃ tāni tathāvidhāni yānyakṣāṇīndriyāṇi tadgocarāṃs tadviṣayān svīkṛtya puṃsprayuktasyeti puṃsā prakarṣeṇa yuktasya sākṣātsvātmanyevopakārakatvena sthitasyāsyaiva vidyākhyasya karaṇasya buddhiryataḥ karmatāmeti grāhyatvam āgacchati tenetarā vidyā ato dūraṃ bhinnā //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 12, 6.1, 1.0 prakāśakṛt sāttviko
buddhīndriyamanolakṣaṇo yo vargaḥ yaśca karmakṛt rājasattvādvyāpārapravṛttaḥ karmendriyavargaḥ tābhyāṃ vargābhyāṃ vailakṣaṇyaṃ vaisādṛśyaṃ yasmādetāsāṃ tanmātrāṇāmatastamobhavā etāḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 12, 6.2, 1.0 eṣu cāhaṅkāraskandheṣu madhyādyo'yaṃ bhūtādirahaṅkāraskandhaḥ sa yasmātprakāśyaḥ tatkāryasya tanmātrātmano
manobuddhibhyāṃ buddhīndriyaiśca yogibhir upalabhyatvāt tato'yaṃ tāmaso vijñeyaḥ //
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
NiSaṃ zu Su, Utt., 1, 9.2, 2.0 kasmād śarādiprahāraḥ cittodvegaḥ kāyavāṅmanovihāravaiṣamyam
abhidadhāmīti kriyāphalasiddhiṃ itthaṃbhūtena dehadhāraṇadhātuśabde dravabhāvaḥ gacchanneva ātmaprakṛtivikārasaṃmūrchitaṃ ātmādayo dṛṣṭārtavaḥ pañcāśadvarṣāṇi ityādikam śarādiprahāraḥ kāyavāṅmanovihāravaiṣamyam kriyāphalasiddhiṃ dehadhāraṇadhātuśabde ātmaprakṛtivikārasaṃmūrchitaṃ kāyavāṅmanovihāravaiṣamyam dehadhāraṇadhātuśabde ātmaprakṛtivikārasaṃmūrchitaṃ kāyavāṅmanovihāravaiṣamyam prādhānyāttataḥ ca indriyārthavaiṣamyaṃ sa bhayaṃ vyāpnoti saṃbandhaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 3.1, 15.0 sattvaṃ atīsārādayaḥ devarṣayaste śukraṃ vātādidoṣarasādidūṣyamūtramalasaṃsargād mana devarṣayaste vātādidoṣarasādidūṣyamūtramalasaṃsargād
rājarṣīṇāṃ hi viṃśatir ityarthaḥ pūjyā svāgnipacyamānam mehāḥ tena svāgnipacyamānam iti api tathā devādīnāṃ na nāṇubhāgam vātādidoṣaraktadhātusaṃsargād saptānāṃ nāṇubhāgam vātādidoṣaraktadhātusaṃsargād nāṇubhāgam vātādidoṣaraktadhātusaṃsargād doṣaḥ //
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasahṛdayatantra
RHT, 1, 18.2 yadyogagamyamamalaṃ
manaso'pi na gocaraṃ tattvam //
RHT, 1, 23.1 tasminnādhāya
manaḥ sphuradakhilaṃ jagatpaśyan /
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnasamuccaya
RRS, 1, 47.2 yadyogagamyamamalaṃ
manaso 'pi na gocaraṃ tattvam //
RRS, 1, 51.1 tasminnādhāya
manaḥ sphuradakhilaṃ cinmayaṃ jagatpaśyan /
RRS, 13, 23.1 doṣāḥ
śoṣamano'bhitāpakupitāḥ kurvanti kāsaṃ tataḥ pītaṃ pūtikaphaṃ pratīpanayanaḥ pūyopamaṃ ṣṭhīvati /
RRS, 13, 47.1 śleṣmoparuddhamanaḥ pavano 'tiduṣṭaḥ saṃdūṣayannanu jalānnavahāś ca nāḍīḥ /
Rasaratnākara
RRĀ, R.kh., 1, 23.1 śrīmān sūtanṛpo dadāti vilasaṃllakṣmīṃ vapuḥ śāśvataṃsvānāṃ prītikarīm
acañcalamano māteva puṃsāṃ yathā /
Rasendracintāmaṇi
RCint, 2, 19.2 yathecchamacchaiḥ
sumanovicārair vicakṣaṇāḥ pallavayantu bhūyaḥ //
Rasārṇava
Ratnadīpikā
Ratnadīpikā, 1, 1.2 saṃsārabhramabhīruṇā ca
manasā dhyāyanti yaṃ yoginaḥ taṃ vande śaśikhaṇḍamaṇḍitajaṭājūṭaṃ bhavaṃ dhūrjaṭim //
Rājamārtaṇḍa
RājMār zu YS, 3, 43.1, 1.0 śarīrād bahir yā
manasaḥ śarīranairapekṣyeṇa vṛttiḥ sā mahāvidehā nāma vigataśarīrāhaṃkāradārḍhyadvāreṇocyate //
RājMār zu YS, 3, 43.1, 5.0 yadā punaḥ śarīrāhaṃkārabhāvaṃ parityajya svātantreṇa
manaso vṛttiḥ sā akalpitā tasyāṃ saṃyamāt yoginaḥ sarve cittamalāḥ kṣīyante //
Rājanighaṇṭu
RājNigh, Prabh, 158.1 yaḥ kāśmīrakulojjvalāmbujavanīhaṃso 'pi saṃsevyate
nityollāsitanīlakaṇṭhamanasaḥ prītyādyabhagnaśriyā /
RājNigh, Kar., 206.1 sthairye śailaśilopamāny api śanair āsādya tadbhāvanāṃ bhedyatvaṃ yamināṃ
manāṃsy api yayuḥ puṣpāśugasyāśugaiḥ /
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
SkPur, 3, 30.1 sarveṣāṃ
manasi sadāvatiṣṭhamāno jānānaḥ śubhamaśubhaṃ ca bhūtanāthaḥ /
SkPur, 4, 5.1 taṃ brahmā lokasṛṣṭyarthaṃ putrastvaṃ
manasābravīt /
SkPur, 8, 37.1 prasamīkṣya mahāsureśakālaṃ
manasā cāpi vicārya durvisahyam /
SkPur, 25, 53.2 diśantu sarvaṃ
manasepsitaṃ ca me sureśvarāḥ puṣṭimanuttamāṃ tathā //
Spandakārikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 20.2, 6.0 gaur vāk tadupalakṣitāsu saṃjalpamayīṣu
buddhyahaṃkāramanobhūmiṣu carantyo gocaryaḥ suprabuddhasya svātmābhedamayādhyavasāyābhimānasaṃkalpāñ janayanti mūḍhānāṃ tu bhedaikasārān //
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
TantraS, 5, 32.0 asmin eva uccāre sphuran avyaktānukṛtiprāyo dhvaniḥ varṇaḥ tasya sṛṣṭisaṃhārabīje mukhyaṃ rūpaṃ tadabhyāsāt parasaṃvittilābhaḥ tathāhi kādau mānte sācke anacke vā antaruccārite smṛte vā samaviśiṣṭaḥ saṃvitspandasparśaḥ samayānapekṣitvāt paripūrṇaḥ samayāpekṣiṇo 'pi śabdāḥ tadarthabhāvakā
manorājyādivat anuttarasaṃvitsparśāt ekīkṛtahṛtkaṇṭhoṣṭho dvādaśāntadvayaṃ hṛdayaṃ ca ekīkuryāt iti varṇarahasyam //
TantraS, 8, 73.0 tatra sāttviko yasmāt
manaś ca buddhīndriyapañcakaṃ ca tatra manasi janye sarvatanmātrajananasāmarthyayuktaḥ sa janakaḥ //
TantraS, 8, 73.0 tatra sāttviko yasmāt manaś ca buddhīndriyapañcakaṃ ca tatra
manasi janye sarvatanmātrajananasāmarthyayuktaḥ sa janakaḥ //
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 1, 75.2 anubhāvo vikalpo 'pi mānaso na
manaḥ śive //
TĀ, 1, 98.2 kālagrāsasamādhānarasikamanaḥsu teṣu ca prakaṭaḥ //
TĀ, 1, 214.1 śākto 'tha bhaṇyate
cetodhīmano'haṃkṛti sphuṭam /
TĀ, 8, 414.2 manasaścetyabhimāne dvāviṃśatireva bhuvanānām //
TĀ, 18, 2.1 adhvānaṃ
manasā dhyātvā dīkṣayettattvapāragaḥ /
TĀ, 26, 75.1 bhavettathā yathānyeṣāṃ śaṅkā no
manasi sphuret /
Toḍalatantra
Vetālapañcaviṃśatikā
VetPV, Intro, 23.1 rājño vacanaṃ śrutvā tenānītāni pratyekam utkṛṣya dṛṣṭāni sarvāṇy api ratnaiḥ pūrṇāni rājā ca
hṛṣṭamanāḥ saṃjātaḥ //
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
VNSūtraV zu VNSūtra, 10.1, 1.0 manaḥsahitaṃ śrotrādibuddhīndriyapañcakaṃ tathā buddhisahitaṃ vāgādikarmendriyapañcakam etad ubhayasamūho dvādaśavāhaḥ //
Ānandakanda
ĀK, 1, 2, 152.5 amuṣya liṅgasya sarvendriyāṇi
vāṅmanaścakṣuḥśrotrajihvāghrāṇā ihāgatya sukhaṃ ciraṃ tiṣṭhantu so'haṃ haṃsaḥ svāhā /
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āsapt, 1, 41.1 vaṃśe ghuṇa iva na viśati doṣo rasabhāvite satāṃ
manasi /
Āsapt, 2, 430.1 mugdhe mama
manasi śarāḥ smarasya pañcāpi santataṃ lagnāḥ /
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 3, 1.3 manaḥśarīraviśeṣāditi āgantorapi manaḥ śarīraṃ cādhiṣṭhānam evaṃ nijasyāpi āgantugrahaṇena ca mānaso'pi kāmādirgṛhyate /
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 3, 1.3 manaḥśarīraviśeṣāditi āgantorapi
manaḥ śarīraṃ cādhiṣṭhānam evaṃ nijasyāpi āgantugrahaṇena ca mānaso'pi kāmādirgṛhyate /
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 3, 1.8 kecit punaḥ eṣāṃ vikārāḥ iti paṭhanti sa tu pāṭho nānumatastāvat yadi ca syāttadā
dehamanaḥpratyavamarśakam eṣām iti padaṃ bahuvacanaṃ tu manaḥśarīrayorbahutvavivakṣayā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 3, 1.8 kecit punaḥ eṣāṃ vikārāḥ iti paṭhanti sa tu pāṭho nānumatastāvat yadi ca syāttadā dehamanaḥpratyavamarśakam eṣām iti padaṃ bahuvacanaṃ tu
manaḥśarīrayorbahutvavivakṣayā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 19.2, 4.0 evaṃ manyate yadā yugapad indriyārthā indriyaiḥ saṃyujyante tadā kvacid indriyārthe jñānaṃ bhavati kvacinna bhavatīti dṛṣṭaṃ tenemau jñānabhāvābhāvau jñānakāraṇāntaraṃ darśayataḥ yacca tat kāraṇāntaraṃ
tanmanaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 19.2, 5.0 tacca kāraṇaṃ
manorūpaṃ yadyātmavadyugapat sarvendriyavyāpakaṃ svīkriyate kiṃvā anekasaṃkhyam indriyavat svīkriyate tadā punarapi yugapad indriyārthasaṃbandhe pañcabhir jñānair bhavitavyaṃ vibhunā vā manasā anekair vā manobhir yugapad adhiṣṭhitatvād indriyāṇāṃ na ca bhavanti yugapajjñānāni tasmādyugapajjñānānudayāl liṅgānmano'ṇurūpamekaṃ ca sidhyatītyāha aṇutvamityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 19.2, 5.0 tacca kāraṇaṃ manorūpaṃ yadyātmavadyugapat sarvendriyavyāpakaṃ svīkriyate kiṃvā anekasaṃkhyam indriyavat svīkriyate tadā punarapi yugapad indriyārthasaṃbandhe pañcabhir jñānair bhavitavyaṃ vibhunā vā
manasā anekair vā manobhir yugapad adhiṣṭhitatvād indriyāṇāṃ na ca bhavanti yugapajjñānāni tasmādyugapajjñānānudayāl liṅgānmano'ṇurūpamekaṃ ca sidhyatītyāha aṇutvamityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 19.2, 5.0 tacca kāraṇaṃ manorūpaṃ yadyātmavadyugapat sarvendriyavyāpakaṃ svīkriyate kiṃvā anekasaṃkhyam indriyavat svīkriyate tadā punarapi yugapad indriyārthasaṃbandhe pañcabhir jñānair bhavitavyaṃ vibhunā vā manasā anekair vā
manobhir yugapad adhiṣṭhitatvād indriyāṇāṃ na ca bhavanti yugapajjñānāni tasmādyugapajjñānānudayāl liṅgānmano'ṇurūpamekaṃ ca sidhyatītyāha aṇutvamityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 19.2, 5.0 tacca kāraṇaṃ manorūpaṃ yadyātmavadyugapat sarvendriyavyāpakaṃ svīkriyate kiṃvā anekasaṃkhyam indriyavat svīkriyate tadā punarapi yugapad indriyārthasaṃbandhe pañcabhir jñānair bhavitavyaṃ vibhunā vā manasā anekair vā manobhir yugapad adhiṣṭhitatvād indriyāṇāṃ na ca bhavanti yugapajjñānāni tasmādyugapajjñānānudayāl
liṅgānmano'ṇurūpamekaṃ ca sidhyatītyāha aṇutvamityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 21.2, 12.0 indriyābhigrahaḥ indriyādhiṣṭhānaṃ
manasaḥ karma tathā svasya nigraho manasaḥ karma mano hy aniṣṭaviṣayaprasṛtaṃ manasaiva niyamyate manaśca guṇāntarayuktaṃ sadviṣayāntarān niyamayati ityāhureke //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 21.2, 12.0 indriyābhigrahaḥ indriyādhiṣṭhānaṃ manasaḥ karma tathā svasya nigraho
manasaḥ karma mano hy aniṣṭaviṣayaprasṛtaṃ manasaiva niyamyate manaśca guṇāntarayuktaṃ sadviṣayāntarān niyamayati ityāhureke //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 21.2, 12.0 indriyābhigrahaḥ indriyādhiṣṭhānaṃ manasaḥ karma tathā svasya nigraho manasaḥ karma
mano hy aniṣṭaviṣayaprasṛtaṃ manasaiva niyamyate manaśca guṇāntarayuktaṃ sadviṣayāntarān niyamayati ityāhureke //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 21.2, 12.0 indriyābhigrahaḥ indriyādhiṣṭhānaṃ manasaḥ karma tathā svasya nigraho manasaḥ karma mano hy aniṣṭaviṣayaprasṛtaṃ
manasaiva niyamyate manaśca guṇāntarayuktaṃ sadviṣayāntarān niyamayati ityāhureke //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 21.2, 12.0 indriyābhigrahaḥ indriyādhiṣṭhānaṃ manasaḥ karma tathā svasya nigraho manasaḥ karma mano hy aniṣṭaviṣayaprasṛtaṃ manasaiva niyamyate
manaśca guṇāntarayuktaṃ sadviṣayāntarān niyamayati ityāhureke //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 21.2, 19.0 tatrendriyāṇyālocayanti nirvikalpena gṛhṇantītyarthaḥ
manastu saṃkalpayati heyopādeyatayā kalpayatītyarthaḥ ahaṃkāro 'bhimanyate mamedamahamatrādhikṛta iti manyata ityarthaḥ buddhir adhyavasyati tyajāmyenaṃ doṣavantam upādadāmyenaṃ guṇavantam ityadhyavasāyaṃ karotītyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 35.2, 5.0 yadi vā karmendriyāṇyabhidhāya mahābhūtānītyādinā arthā evāśrayabhūtakhādikathanenocyante yā yad indriyam āśrityetyādinā tu sphuṭopalabhyamānā buddhivṛttibhedā ucyante buddhyahaṃkāratanmātrāṇyavyaktāni tu sūkṣmāṇi noktāni tāni sarvāṇyeva
buddhīndriyamano'rthānām ityādigranthe paraśabdenocyante tena yogadharaṃ paramityanena mūlaprakṛtistathā prakṛtivikṛtayaśca mahadādayaḥ saptocyante evaṃ caturviṃśatiko rāśirbhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 62.2, 13.0 atīndriyam ityanena cendriyagrahaṇāyogyaṃ yat kenāpi śabdādiliṅgena gṛhyate na tadavyaktaṃ kiṃtu yannityānumeyaṃ
mano'haṅkārādi tadevāvyaktam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 76.2, 6.0 cetanena hyātmanādhiṣṭhitaṃ
manaḥ kriyāsu pravartate cetanānadhiṣṭhitaṃ tu manaḥ kriyāsu na pravartate tena yatkṛtā sā kriyā sa eva kriyāvāniti vyapadeṣṭuṃ yujyate natvacetanaṃ manaḥ tat parādhīnakriyatvena paramārthataḥ kriyāvad api kartṛtvena nocyata iti vākyārthaḥ nocyate iti kartṛ iti śeṣaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 76.2, 6.0 cetanena hyātmanādhiṣṭhitaṃ manaḥ kriyāsu pravartate cetanānadhiṣṭhitaṃ tu
manaḥ kriyāsu na pravartate tena yatkṛtā sā kriyā sa eva kriyāvāniti vyapadeṣṭuṃ yujyate natvacetanaṃ manaḥ tat parādhīnakriyatvena paramārthataḥ kriyāvad api kartṛtvena nocyata iti vākyārthaḥ nocyate iti kartṛ iti śeṣaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 76.2, 6.0 cetanena hyātmanādhiṣṭhitaṃ manaḥ kriyāsu pravartate cetanānadhiṣṭhitaṃ tu manaḥ kriyāsu na pravartate tena yatkṛtā sā kriyā sa eva kriyāvāniti vyapadeṣṭuṃ yujyate natvacetanaṃ
manaḥ tat parādhīnakriyatvena paramārthataḥ kriyāvad api kartṛtvena nocyata iti vākyārthaḥ nocyate iti kartṛ iti śeṣaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 81.2, 12.0 etena yadyapyātmā kuḍyādibhir atirohitas tathāpi yad asyopalabdhisādhanaṃ
manastasyaikasminneva śarīre vyavasthitasya vyavadhānānna paśyatyayaṃ tiraskṛtam ityuktaṃ bhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 100.2, 4.0 dhṛtirhi niyamātmiketi yasmād dhṛtirakāryaprasaktaṃ
mano nivartayati svarūpeṇa tasmānmanoniyamaṃ kartumaśaktā dhṛtiḥ svakarmabhraṣṭā bhavatītyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 100.2, 4.0 dhṛtirhi niyamātmiketi yasmād dhṛtirakāryaprasaktaṃ mano nivartayati svarūpeṇa
tasmānmanoniyamaṃ kartumaśaktā dhṛtiḥ svakarmabhraṣṭā bhavatītyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 133.2, 2.0 sparśanendriyasaṃsparśa ityanenendriyāṇām arthena saṃbandhaṃ sparśanendriyakṛtaṃ darśayati cakṣurādīnyapi spṛṣṭamevārthaṃ jānanti yadi hy aspṛṣṭam eva cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ ghrāṇaṃ vā gṛhṇāti tadā vidūramapi gṛhṇīyāt na ca gṛhṇāti tasmāt spṛṣṭvaivendriyāṇy arthaṃ pratipadyate mānasastu sparśaścintyādinārthena samaṃ sūkṣmo 'styeva yena
manaḥ kiṃcideva cintayati na sarvaṃ tena yanmanasā spṛśyate tadeva mano gṛhṇātīti sthitiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 133.2, 2.0 sparśanendriyasaṃsparśa ityanenendriyāṇām arthena saṃbandhaṃ sparśanendriyakṛtaṃ darśayati cakṣurādīnyapi spṛṣṭamevārthaṃ jānanti yadi hy aspṛṣṭam eva cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ ghrāṇaṃ vā gṛhṇāti tadā vidūramapi gṛhṇīyāt na ca gṛhṇāti tasmāt spṛṣṭvaivendriyāṇy arthaṃ pratipadyate mānasastu sparśaścintyādinārthena samaṃ sūkṣmo 'styeva yena manaḥ kiṃcideva cintayati na sarvaṃ tena
yanmanasā spṛśyate tadeva mano gṛhṇātīti sthitiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 133.2, 2.0 sparśanendriyasaṃsparśa ityanenendriyāṇām arthena saṃbandhaṃ sparśanendriyakṛtaṃ darśayati cakṣurādīnyapi spṛṣṭamevārthaṃ jānanti yadi hy aspṛṣṭam eva cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ ghrāṇaṃ vā gṛhṇāti tadā vidūramapi gṛhṇīyāt na ca gṛhṇāti tasmāt spṛṣṭvaivendriyāṇy arthaṃ pratipadyate mānasastu sparśaścintyādinārthena samaṃ sūkṣmo 'styeva yena manaḥ kiṃcideva cintayati na sarvaṃ tena yanmanasā spṛśyate tadeva
mano gṛhṇātīti sthitiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 4, 5, 12.0 yadyapi ca ṛṣayo bharadvājadvārā indrādadhigatāyurvedāḥ tathāpi
grāmyavāsakṛtamanoglānyā na tathā sphuṭārtho vartata iti śaṅkayā punarindras tānupadiśati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 2, 4, 45.2, 6.0 etena satyapi tṛptijanite bale kṣayādinā
dehamanasor upahatatvāddharṣo na bhavati harṣābhāvād vyavāyaśaktir na bhavatītyuktaṃ bhavati //
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 3, 1.3 gaccha deva kimāścaryaṃ yatra te ramate
manaḥ /
Śusa, 4, 5.6 uktaṃ ca prītiḥ syāddarśanādyaiḥ prathamamatha
manaḥsaṅgasaṅkalpabhāvo nidrāchedastanutvaṃ vapuṣi kaluṣatā cendriyāṇāṃ nivṛttiḥ /
Śusa, 5, 18.5 saṃdigdhamanasāṃ rājñāṃ pradhānāḥ saṃśayacchidaḥ //
Śusa, 7, 6.2 tāpaso 'pi taṃ vipram alpayācakaṃ dṛṣṭvā
manasi duḥkhībabhūva /
Śusa, 9, 3.3 prabhuḥ prītisnigdhāṃ dṛśamapi na pāpeṣu visṛjet kutaḥ ślāghyāmājñāṃ praṇayarasasāndreṇa
manasā /
Śusa, 11, 2.3 mano'bhīṣṭe payo nimne 'gacchat kaḥ prativārayet //
Śusa, 16, 1.2 śukaḥ prāha satyameva tvayābhāṇi kartavyaṃ
yanmano'nugam /
Śusa, 20, 1.2 śukaḥ prāha gaccha devi
mano yatra ramate te narāntare /
Śusa, 21, 4.2 yuktaṃ na yuktaṃ
manasā vicintya vadedvipaścinmahato 'nurodhāt //
Śusa, 23, 32.5 ko 'rthānprāpya na garvito viṣayiṇaḥ kasyāpado 'staṃ gatāḥ strībhiḥ kasya na khaṇḍitaṃ bhuvi
manaḥ ko nāma rājñāṃ priyaḥ /
Śusa, 23, 36.4 pratipannamamalamanasāṃ na calati puṃsāṃ yugānte 'pi //
Śyainikaśāstra
Śāktavijñāna
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
ACint, 1, 6.2 kartuṃ yady api śakyate laghutayā sāraś cikitsārṇavo doṣo jātu bhaviṣyatīti
manasā nyūnādhiko na kṛtaḥ //
Bhramarāṣṭaka
Bhramarāṣṭaka, 1, 4.2 teneyaṃ
madhugandhalubdhamanasā guñjālatāṃ sevyate hā dhig daivakṛtaṃ sa eva madhupaḥ kāṃ kāṃ daśāṃ nāgataḥ //
Caurapañcaśikā
CauP, 1, 11.1 adyāpi
tanmanasi samparivartate me rātrau mayi kṣutavati kṣitipālaputryā /
CauP, 1, 31.2 kiṃ kiṃ tayā bahuvidhaṃ na kṛtaṃ madarthe vaktuṃ na pāryateti vyathate
mano me //
CauP, 1, 33.1 adyāpi tām avahitāṃ
manasācalena saṃcintayāmi yuvatīṃ mama jīvitāśām /
CauP, 1, 34.2 līlāvadhūtakarapallavakaṅkaṇānāṃ kvāṇo vimūrchati
manaḥ sutarāṃ madīyam //
CauP, 1, 37.1 adyāpi dhavati
manaḥ kim ahaṃ karomi sārdhaṃ sakhībhir api vāsagṛhaṃ sukānte /
CauP, 1, 41.2 vaktraṃ sudhāmayam ahaṃ yadi tat prapadye cumban pibāmy avirataṃ vyadhate
mano me //
CauP, 1, 44.1 adyāpi sā mama
manastaṭinī sadāste romāñcavīcivilasadvipulasvabhāvā /
Commentary on the Kādambarīsvīkaraṇasūtramañjarī
KādSvīSComm zu KādSvīS, 1.1, 5.0 nanu anutarṣasvīkaraṇam adṛṣṭaphalodbodhe upakārakam āhosvit dṛṣṭaphalodbodhe upakārakaṃ veti saṃśayavākyam upanyasya dṛṣṭaphalodbodhe eva sākṣād upakārakaṃ na kiṃcit svargādiphalavat ānuśravikavākyaṃ kalpyam upakārakam iti
manasi niścitya pūrvasūtrasya hetutvena dvitīyaṃ sūtram anuśāsti //
Dhanurveda
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
GherS, 7, 2.1 vidyāpratītiḥ svagurupratītir ātmapratītir
manasaḥ prabodhaḥ /
GherS, 7, 3.1 ghaṭād bhinnaṃ
manaḥ kṛtvā aikyaṃ kuryāt parātmani /
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
GorŚ, 1, 5.2 yad vyāvṛttaṃ
mano mohād āsaktaṃ paramātmani //
GorŚ, 1, 87.2 manasā tat smaren nityaṃ tat paraṃ jyotir om iti //
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
HBhVil, 1, 34.3 vettāraṃ vedaśāstrāgamavimalapathāṃ saṃmataṃ satsu dāntaṃ vidyāṃ yaḥ saṃvivitsuḥ
pravaṇatanumanā deśikaṃ saṃśrayeta //
HBhVil, 1, 36.1 śrībhāgavate daśamaskandhe śrutistutau vijitahṛṣīkavāyubhir
adāntamanasturagaṃ ya iha yatanti yantum atilolam upāyakhidaḥ /
HBhVil, 3, 29.1 prātar namāmi
manasā vacasā ca mūrdhnā pādāravindayugalaṃ paramasya puṃsaḥ /
HBhVil, 3, 56.2 sakṛn
manaḥ kṛṣṇapadāravindayor niveśitaṃ tadguṇarāgi yair iha /
HBhVil, 3, 67.2 bhayaṃ bhayānām apahāriṇi sthite
manasy anante mama kutra tiṣṭhati /
HBhVil, 4, 6.2 sa vai
manaḥ kṛṣṇapadāravindayor vacāṃsi vaikuṇṭhaguṇānuvarṇane karau harer mandiramārjanādiṣu śrutiṃ cakārācyutasatkathodaye //
Haṃsadūta
Haṃsadūta, 1, 3.1 kadācit khedāgniṃ vighaṭayitum antargatam asau sahālībhirlebhe
taralitamanā yāmunataṭīm /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 10.2 tadetaṃ saṃdeśaṃ
svamanasi samādhāya nikhila bhavān kṣipraṃ tasya śravaṇapadavīṃ saṃgamayatu //
Haṃsadūta, 1, 11.1 nirastapratyūhaṃ bhavatu bhavato vartmani śivaṃ samuttiṣṭha kṣipraṃ
manasi mudamādhāya sadayam /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 18.2 vidhātavyo hallīsakadalitamallīlatikayā samantādullāsastava
manasi rāsasthalikayā //
Haṃsadūta, 1, 52.1 vihaṃgendro yugmīkṛtakarasarojo bhuvi puraḥ kṛtāśaṅko bhāvī prajavini nideśe
'rpitamanāḥ /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 59.1 uro yasya sphāraṃ sphurati vanamālāvalayitaṃ vitanvānaṃ
tanvījanamanasi sadyo manasijam /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 74.2 pravīṇā gopīnāṃ tava caraṇapadme
'rpitamanā yayau rādhā sādhāraṇasamucitapraśnapadavīm //
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Janmamaraṇavicāra
JanMVic, 1, 18.0 sā ca kalā puruṣasya parimitaṃ kartṛtvaṃ prakāśya sukhaduḥkhamoharūpaṃ bhogyam avyaktatvaṃ sṛjati tato 'pi aṣṭaguṇaṃ buddhitattvam utpannaṃ tato 'pi sāttvikarājasatāmasabhedabhinnaṃ triskandham ahaṃkāratattvam tatra pūrvasmāt ahaṃkārāt
mano jātam aparasmāt indriyāṇi tṛtīyāt tanmātrāṇi ebhyo bhūtāni ity evam ayam ekasyaiva ādidevasya svātantryamahimnā saṃsāre saṃsarataḥ parimitapramātṛtām avalambamānasya tattvaprasaraḥ uktaṃ ca bhūtāni tanmātragaṇendriyāṇi mūlaṃ pumān kañcukayuk suśuddham //
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 2.0 manasā vai prajāpatir yajñam atanuta tato vācā tataḥ karmaṇā //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 3.0 manasaivaitad yajamāno yajñaṃ vitatya tato vācā tataḥ karmaṇā karoti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 4, 40.0 [... au3
letterausjhjh] ekāvyo manasā vikṣv īḍya [... au3 letterausjhjh] taṃ tvā yāmi brahmaṇā deva daivyam iti yad vā enam brahmaṇopacareyur hiṃsyād enam //
Kokilasaṃdeśa
KokSam, 1, 69.2 hāraṃ hāraṃ madanapṛtanākāhalaiḥ kaṇṭhanādair utkaṇṭhānāṃ janapadamṛgīlocanānāṃ
manāṃsi //
KokSam, 1, 79.2 vidvadvṛnde
vivaditumanasyāgate yatra śaśvadvyākhyāśālāvalabhinilayas tiṣṭhate kīrasaṅghaḥ //
KokSam, 2, 24.2 tādṛgbhūte
manasi vivaśe kiṃ nu kurvīta seyaṃ yadyacceto vimṛśati girāṃ tattadevābhidheyam //
KokSam, 2, 55.2 pratyudyāntīṃ tvaritamabalāṃ śliṣyate bhāgyasīmne sāraṅgākṣi spṛhayati
mano hanta cakrākhyayūne //
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 1, 10.2, 5.0 manaso dharmaiḥ śarīrāśritaiḥ ṣaṅkikāraś ca dehāsthiratvam etanniṣedhatvaṃ dehasthiratvaṃ mokṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 19.2, 3.0 kutaḥ yajñādaśvamedhādeḥ na kevalaṃ yajñāt punardānāt dhanasyārpaṇāt pātreṣu punastapasaḥ kṛcchrātikṛcchracāndrāyapasaṃcāgnitapanādeḥ punarvedādhyayanāt vedānām ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvaṇāṃ adhyayanaṃ pāṭhākramastataḥ punardamāt vedāntānusāreṇa damastāvat bāhyendriyāṇāṃ tadvyatiriktaviṣayebhyo
manasā nirvartanaṃ tadvyatiriktaṃ śravaṇādivyatiriktaṃ tataḥ punaḥ sadācārāt brāhmamuhūrtam ārabhya prātaḥsaṃgavamadhyāhnāparāhṇasāyāhnādiṣu śayanaparyantaṃ vedabodhito vidhiḥ sadācārastata iti samudāyaḥ śreyaskaro nātmasaṃvittikaraḥ punarātmasaṃvittiḥ brahmavedanaṃ yogavaśādeva syāt yogaḥ pūrvamuktaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 23.2, 2.0 tasminnādhāyeti pūrvanirūpite tasminnevātmani
mana ādhāya saṃsthāpya pumān utsannakarmabandho bhavet tyaktakarmapāśaḥ syāt //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 23.2, 5.0 kiṃ kurvan san akhilaṃ jagat sarvasaṃsāraṃ cinmayaṃ prakāśasvarūpaṃ cidvikāraṃ paśyan avalokamāno
manaścakṣuṣā kiṃviśiṣṭaṃ jagat sphurat adhyāropāpadeśena dedīpyamānam //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 24.2, 3.0 tathā ca nyāyaśāstre ātmā
manasā saṃyujyate mana indriyeṇa indriyamarthenetīndriyāṇāṃ vastuprāpyaprakāśakāritvaniyamād iti //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 24.2, 3.0 tathā ca nyāyaśāstre ātmā manasā saṃyujyate
mana indriyeṇa indriyamarthenetīndriyāṇāṃ vastuprāpyaprakāśakāritvaniyamād iti //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 49.2, 2.0 rasāyanakartā parame brahmaṇi citsvarūpe līnaḥ tanmayatāṃ prāpto bhavet praśāntacittaśca viṣayebhyo
nivṛttamanā bhavet samatvamāpannaḥ svasute śatrau ca nirvairo yathā syāt tathā trivargaṃ dharmārthakāmarūpaṃ vijitya rasānandaparitṛpto bhavet harṣaparipūrita ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 50.2, 2.0 yaḥ pumān śāstravidhiṃ tyaktvā svecchayā
ucchṛṅkhalamanasā rase sūte pravartate sa mūḍhaḥ jñānaśūnyaḥ tasya puṃsaḥ viruddhācārāt nitarāmatiśayena ajīrṇam utpadyate tadrasājīrṇamiti //
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra, 3, 3.1 mūlādividhibilaparyantaṃ taḍitkoṭikaḍārāṃ taruṇadivākarapiñjarāṃ jvalantīṃ mūlasaṃvidaṃ dhyātvā tadraśminihatakaśmalajālaḥ kādiṃ hādiṃ vā mūlavidyāṃ
manasā daśavāram āvartya //
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasikasaṃjīvanī
Rasārṇavakalpa
RAK, 1, 72.2 vīkṣayecchivamanā bhavātmikāṃ miśritauṣadharataikapāṭavaiḥ //
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 2, 74.2 tena hi śāriputra śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuru //
SDhPS, 3, 1.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputrastasyāṃ velāyāṃ tuṣṭa udagra
āttamanāḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajāto yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavato 'bhimukho bhagavantameva vyavalokayamāno bhagavantametadavocat /
SDhPS, 3, 7.1 yatpunarbhagavan asmābhir anupasthiteṣu bodhisattveṣu saṃdhābhāṣyaṃ bhagavato 'jānamānais tvaramāṇaiḥ prathamabhāṣitaiva tathāgatasya dharmadeśanā śrutvodgṛhītā dhāritā bhāvitā cintitā
manasikṛtā //
SDhPS, 3, 76.1 atha khalu tāścatasraḥ parṣado bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyā āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyedaṃ vyākaraṇamanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau bhagavato 'ntikāt saṃmukhaṃ śrutvā tuṣṭā udagrā
āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātāḥ svakasvakaiścīvarairbhagavantam abhicchādayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 3, 109.1 api tu ya ime mamaiva putrā bālakāḥ kumārakā asminneva niveśane ādīpte taistaiḥ krīḍanakaiḥ krīḍanti ramanti paricārayantīmaṃ cāgāramādīptaṃ na jānanti na budhyante na vidanti na cetayanti nodvegamāpadyante saṃtapyamānā apyanena mahatāgniskandhena mahatā ca duḥkhaskandhena spṛṣṭāḥ samānā na duḥkhaṃ
manasi kurvanti nāpi nirgamanamanasikāramutpādayanti //
SDhPS, 6, 24.1 tasyāṃ ca velāyāṃ pṛthak
pṛthaṅmanaḥsaṃgītyā imā gāthā abhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 8, 32.1 sarve ca te sattvā aupapādukā bhaviṣyanti brahmacāriṇo
manomayairātmabhāvaiḥ svayaṃprabhā ṛddhimanto vaihāyasaṃgamā vīryavantaḥ smṛtimantaḥ prajñāvantaḥ suvarṇavarṇaiḥ samucchrayair dvātriṃśadbhir mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtavigrahāḥ //
SDhPS, 8, 89.1 atha khalu tāni pañcārhacchatāni bhagavataḥ saṃmukhamātmano vyākaraṇāni śrutvā tuṣṭā udagrā
āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātā yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntāḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 154.1 so 'haṃ śrutvā tasyarṣervacanaṃ hṛṣṭastuṣṭa udagra
āttamanāḥ prītisaumanasyajāto yena sa ṛṣistenopeyivān //
SDhPS, 11, 214.3 asti kulaputra sāgarasya nāgarājño duhitā aṣṭavarṣā jātyā mahāprajñā tīkṣṇendriyā jñānapūrvaṃgamena
kāyavāṅmanaskarmaṇā samanvāgatā sarvatathāgatabhāṣitavyañjanārthodgrahaṇe dhāraṇīpratilabdhā sarvadharmasattvasamādhānasamādhisahasraikakṣaṇapratilābhinī //
SDhPS, 13, 4.2 yadā ca mañjuśrīrbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ kṣānto bhavati dānto dāntabhūmimanuprāpto
'nutrastāsaṃtrastamanā anabhyasūyako yadā ca mañjuśrīrbodhisattvo mahāsattvo na kasmiṃściddharme carati yathābhūtaṃ ca dharmāṇāṃ svalakṣaṇaṃ vyavalokayati //
SDhPS, 13, 112.1 sa prīta
āttamanāḥ samānasteṣāṃ yodhānāṃ vividhāni dānāni dadāti //
SDhPS, 16, 43.2 yair ajita asmiṃstathāgatāyuṣpramāṇanirdeśadharmaparyāye nirdiśyamāne sattvair ekacittotpādikāpyadhimuktir utpāditābhiśraddadhānatā vā kṛtā kiyatte kulaputrā vā kuladuhitaro vā puṇyaṃ prasavantīti tacchṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasi kuru //
SDhPS, 18, 1.2 yaḥ kaścit kulaputra imaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati vā deśayiṣyati vā likhiṣyati vā sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vāṣṭau cakṣurguṇaśatāni pratilapsyate dvādaśa śrotraguṇaśatāni pratilapsyate 'ṣṭau ghrāṇaguṇaśatāni pratilapsyate dvādaśa jihvāguṇaśatāni pratilapsyate 'ṣṭau kāyaguṇaśatāni pratilapsyate dvādaśa
manoguṇaśatāni pratilapsyate //
SDhPS, 18, 143.1 punaraparaṃ satatasamitābhiyukta asya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya tathāgate parinirvṛte imaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ dhārayato deśayataḥ saṃprakāśayato likhato vācayatas tair dvādaśabhir manaskāraguṇaśataiḥ samanvāgataṃ
manaindriyaṃ pariśuddhaṃ bhaviṣyati //
SDhPS, 18, 144.1 sa tena pariśuddhena
manaindriyeṇa yadyekagāthāmapyantaśaḥ śroṣyati tasya bahvarthamājñāsyati //
SDhPS, 18, 150.1 apratilabdhe ca tāvadāryajñāne evaṃrūpaṃ cāsya
manaindriyaṃ pariśuddhaṃ bhaviṣyati //
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
SātT, 2, 17.1 jātaḥ priyavratakule gaya ity udārakīrtiṃ tatāna bhagavān
tanuvāṅmanobhiḥ /
SātT, 2, 36.2 ity evaṃ vanitāparāyaṇanaraṃ hāsyann ivālokayan ṛkṣaṃ
manmathasāyakāhṛtamano reme priyāśaṅkayā //
SātT, 2, 58.1 kāmena snehabhayarāgakuṭumbasaṃdhe yasmin
mano nivasataḥ śamalaṃ nirasya /
SātT, 2, 62.2 tatrāpy ajo 'nujanitāpyaniruddhanāmānāmnāṃ pravartakatayā
manasīśvaro 'pi //
SātT, 4, 5.1 yadaivāvocaṃ māṃ kṛṣṇo dhyānāt
tuṣṭamanā vibhuḥ /
SātT, 5, 15.1 prāṇena
manasaḥ sākṣāt sthairyaṃ dhyānāṅgam uttamam /
SātT, 9, 19.2 yaccintanāt
sarvamano'nukūlāt siddhir bhavaty eva kimu prakīrtanāt //
Tarkasaṃgraha
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 9, 88.2 vāñchitaṃ
manasas tasmai mantrajñāya na saṃśayaḥ //
UḍḍT, 12, 40.8 anena mantreṇa siddhārthakaṃ ghṛtamiśritaṃ hunet aṣṭottaraśate na annapānavimiśritaṃ sahasreṇa hunet
manasaḥ prārthitaṃ labhet ayutaṃ hunecchrīsumanā bhavet lakṣaṃ huned grāmaśataṃ labhet //
UḍḍT, 12, 40.8 anena mantreṇa siddhārthakaṃ ghṛtamiśritaṃ hunet aṣṭottaraśate na annapānavimiśritaṃ sahasreṇa hunet manasaḥ prārthitaṃ labhet ayutaṃ
hunecchrīsumanā bhavet lakṣaṃ huned grāmaśataṃ labhet //
UḍḍT, 13, 1.2 imaṃ mantraṃ prathamam ayutam ekaṃ japet paścān
manasā saṃsmaret /
UḍḍT, 13, 16.9 mahāmāṃsaṃ saghṛtaṃ hunet
mano'bhīṣṭaṃ sarvaṃ bhavati //
UḍḍT, 14, 12.2 imāṃ mahāvidyāṃ śatruvaśaṃkarīṃ
manasā smaret sa sarvatra nirbhayo bhavati //
UḍḍT, 15, 3.3 rūpake tāmre bhramara iva kumbhe samarpayet kiṃcid anuyogitvena
mano'nurāgo bhavati tāmbūlarāgataḥ naśyati haridrārāgo ravikiraṇāt //
Yogaratnākara
YRā, Dh., 325.2 catvāri pātrāṇyasitāyasāni nyasyātape
dattamano'vadhānaḥ //
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 2, 13, 2.0 bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ suprajāḥ prajābhir bhūyāsaṃ supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ suvīro vīrair abhayaṃ te 'bhayaṃ no 'stu
manasā tvopatiṣṭhe lokam upaimi svaś cety āhavanīyam //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 20, 1.2 tasya te dhanur hṛdayaṃ
mana iṣavaś cakṣur visargas taṃ tvā tathā veda namas te 'stu somas tvāvatu mā mā hiṃsīḥ /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 5, 4, 1.0 adhvaryum anvārabhyaudgrabhaṇāni juhvataṃ yajamānaṃ
mano me manasā dīkṣatāṃ vāṅ me vācā dīkṣatāṃ prāṇo me prāṇena dīkṣatāṃ cakṣur me cakṣuṣā dīkṣatāṃ śrotraṃ me śrotreṇa dīkṣatām iti //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 5, 4, 1.0 adhvaryum anvārabhyaudgrabhaṇāni juhvataṃ yajamānaṃ mano me
manasā dīkṣatāṃ vāṅ me vācā dīkṣatāṃ prāṇo me prāṇena dīkṣatāṃ cakṣur me cakṣuṣā dīkṣatāṃ śrotraṃ me śrotreṇa dīkṣatām iti //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 6, 2, 2.0 bhūḥ prapadye bhuvaḥ prapadye svaḥ prapadye bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ prapadya oṃ prapadye vācamṛcaṃ prapadye
mano yajuḥ prapadye sāma prāṇaṃ prapadye cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ prapadye namo devebhyo namo devatābhyo namo mahate devāya namo gandharvāpsarobhyo namaḥ sarpadevajanebhyo namo bhūtāya namo bhaviṣyate namaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ pratinamaskārebhyo vo 'pi namaḥ //